The URL can be used to link to this page

Res No 073-19-15345RESOLUTION NO.: 73-19-1 5345 A Resolution authorizing the City Manager to negotiate and to enter into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC for construction renovation services at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center. WHEREAS, the City received a Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) award in the amount of $220,846.03 from Public Housing and Community Development (PHCD) of Miami Dade County. The grant agreement provides funding towards professional architectural layout plans and construction renovation services at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center; and WHEREAS, the Parks and Recreation Department desires to renovate/remodel all four (4) restroom facilities and the kitchen service area; replace with new four (4) drinking water bottle refill fountain stations; and, install new retractable bleachers (2 sets) and safety wall pads inside the basketball gymnasium; and WHEREAS, the City engaged EAC Consulting, Inc. to develop design construction drawings for the restroom facilities (Resolution #166-18-15199) and SRS Engineering, Inc. was consulted to develop design construction drawings for the kitchen service area (Resolution #164-18-15197), totaling $55,678; and WHEREAS, through the Procurement Division, the City's Parks and Recreation Department submitted a Request for Proposal ("RFP") #PR2019-05 on Tuesday, April 2, 2019 for "Facility Improvements at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center." Further details related to this project are outlined in RFP - Exhibit 1, Scope of Services, Attachment A; and WHEREAS, city staff recommends entering into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC based upon its work experience, project bid price, and compliance with the terms of the RFP. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE MAYOR AND CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF SOUTH MIAMI, FLORIDA THAT: Section 1: The City Manager is authorized to negotiate and to enter into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC for construction renovation services and improvements at the Gibson - Bethel Community Center. The proposal/contract amount shall not to exceed $353,949. The City Manager is also authorized to expend $20,000 over the proposal/contract amount of $353,949 to account for any unknown factors that may arise. Section 2: The total expenditure will be paid from the following accounts: • $165,138.03 from CDBG Comm. Ctr. Renovation account number 120-3310- 572-6550, which has a balance of $185,801 before this request was made. • $115,811 from Parks Capital Improvement account number 301-2020-572- 6450, which has a balance of $115,811 before this request was made. Page 1 of 2 Resolution No. 73-19-15345 • $92,999.97 from Parks Capital Improvement account number 301-2000-572- 6450, which has a balance of $446,828 before this request was made. Section 3: If any section clause, sentence, or phrase of this resolution is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, the holding shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this resolution. Section 4: This resolution shall become effective immediately upon adoption. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 4th day of June, 2019. ATTEST: Q CITY CL K APPROVED: AOV44 READ AND APPR �D AS TO FOR COMMISSION VOTE: §-0 LANG%LuMAND TI N Mayor Stoddard: Yea THERE Vice Mayor Harris: Yea Commissioner Gil: Yea Commissioner Liebman: yea CI A Commissioner Welsh: yea Page 2 of 2 Agenda Item NoA. City Commission Agenda item Report Meeting Date: June 4, 2019 Submitted by: Quentin Pough Submitting Department: Parks & Recreation Item Type: Resolution Agenda Section: Subject: A Resolution authorizing the City Manager to negotiate and to enter into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC for construction renovation services at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center. 3/5 (City Manager -Parks & Recreation) Suggested Action: Attachments: Memo-GB_Community_Ctr._Reno..doc Resolution -GB Community Ctr. Reno.docx Pre Bid Sign In Sheet RFP PR2019-054.18.19.pdf Bid Opening Report RFP PR2019-05 5.10.19.pdf Proposal Summary Facility Improvements at the Community Center 5.10.19.pdf Demand Star Facility Improvements 5.10.19.pdf ADVERTISMENT FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS COMMUNITY CENTER CDBG FUNDED 4.2.19.pdf Sun Biz Tadeos Engineering 5.10.19.pdf 1 South Miami THE CITY OF PLEASANT LIVING CITY OF SOUTH MIAMI OFFICE OF THE CITY MANAGER INTER -OFFICE MEMORANDUM To: The Honorable Mayor & Members of the City Commission FROM: . Steven Alexander, City Manager Via: Quentin Pough, Director of Parks & Recreation DATE: June 4, 2019 SUBJECT: A Resolution authorizing the City Manager to negotiate and to enter into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC for construction renovation services at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center. BACKGROUND: The City received a Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) award in the amount of $220,846.03 from Public Housing and Community Development (PHCD) of Miami Dade County. The grant agreement provides funding towards professional architectural layout plans and construction renovation services at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center. According to Amendment One to the Fiscal Year 2017 Community Development Block Grant Contract between Miami -Dade County and City of South Miami (attached), the City's minimum contribution amount is 58,154 dollars, totaling $275,064.03 ($220,846.03 + 58,154). The Parks and Recreation Department desires to renovate/remodel all four (4) restroom facilities and the kitchen service area; replace with new four (4) drinking water bottle refill fountain stations; and, install new retractable bleachers (2 sets) and safety wall pads inside the basketball gymnasium. The City engaged EAC Consulting, Inc. to develop design construction drawings for the restroom facilities (Resolution #166-18- 15199) and SRS Engineering, Inc. was consulted to develop design construction drawings for the kitchen service area (Resolution #164-I8- 15197). Through the Procurement Division, the City's Parks and Recreation Department submitted a Request for Proposal ("RFP") #PR2019-05 on Tuesday, April 2, 2019 for "Facility Improvements at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center." Further details related to this project are outlined in RFP - Exhibit 1, Scope of Services, Attachment A. City staff recommends entering into a contract with Tadeos Engineering, LLC based upon its work experience, project bid price, and compliance with the terms of the RFP. Furthermore, city staff has consulted with the contractor's references as to hands on experience and received positive feedback. E SoutYhMiami THE CITY OF PI FASANT I WING EXPENSE: ACCOUNT: CITY OF SOUTH MIAMI OFFICE OF THE CITY MANAGER INTER -OFFICE MEMORANDUM Proposal/contract amount shall not to exceed $353,949. To account for any unknown factors that may arise, a $20,000 contingency over the proposal of $353,949 is requested, totaling $373,949. However, the vendor will receive a purchase order in the amount of $353,949. The total expenditure will be paid from the following accounts: $165,138.03 from CDBG Comm. Ctr. Renovation account number 120- 3310-572-6550, which has a balance of $185,801 before this request was made. A total of $55,678 was spent on professional construction plans ($220,846.03 - $55,678 = $165,138.03). $115,811 from Parks Capital Improvement account number 301-2020- 572-6450, which has a balance of $115,811 before this request was made. $92,999.97 from Parks Capital Improvement account number 301-2000- 572-6450, which has a balance of $446,828 before this request was made. ATTACHMENTS: Resolution Pre -Bid Conference Sign -In Sheet Bid Opening Report Tadeos Engineering, LLC Proposal: httol/southmiamiflgov- my.sharepoint.com/:f:/g/personal/skulick southmiamifl Rov/EgVScjAr 3mNCoY9B SfHwGOB7KLoBRIWfF—iK7eJyYMkXQ?e=7um6HU Proposal Summary Demand Star Results RFP Advertisement SunBiz — Tadeos Engineering, LLC 3 c South,0Miami Pre -Bid Conference Sign -In Sheet Date: April 18, 2019 RFP Title: FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON- BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP No.: PR2019-05 Please Print Clearly 1 —)7; & To AddressName/Title Company Name/ E-mail JoI- EAl-raPRxsE1 305- �<e-szlb G5] z C2 tzs�p 7.0 mat, Infer n'$aS 7oS-S25-7$zc� 3 GQYI^e'f� �7� I'z rv� %j/G 36s- 4*-dOegr7 � h 4 Ups o, � C740 3 a �� Y�j/11 i✓ 1' l,'�✓I � adrir✓ �» �vY7t°ri c � Cd.\��J c `� ��G1 �g {>2C'��/ � GPJi9 mEi-�c Ct�+SI�'(�G�la� ��✓Ito 5 "Ipeie1 SIWIV p4§16 A) '433,9 "A rC !MG lffi� avt) Assn -es -766-szr-454� Mo-11M@MC(416004-C164 7 ivft 1/A!h /S%L�,"/ 4r A !/�aL T 13,,S �S S%�'Za � a ., PU'X C(y an %o 3�$ 3ys'1 yip 9 10 11 6 X:\Purchasing\Request for Proposals & Qualification (RFPs)\2019 FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS COMMUNITY CENTER\PRE BID\Pre- Bid Sign -In Sheet Facility Improvements Community Center 4.18.19.doc BID OPENING REPORT Bids were opened on: Friday, May 10, 2019 after: 10:00am For: RFP # P 2019-05 FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER COMPANIES THAT SUBMITTED PROPOSALS: AMOUNT: 1. CUNANO BUILDERS CORP............................................... $ 3r7q 2.50 2. JCM DEVELOPMENT GROUP, INC...................................... $ (0991 91 3. TADEOS ENGINEERING, LLC............................................ 4 35S349 THE ABOVE BIDS HAVE NOT BEEN CHECKED. THE BIDS ARE SUBJECT TO CORRECTION AFTER THE BIDS HAVE BEEN COMPLETELY REVIEWED. City Clerk: Print Name I _J Witness:6 (J-P65� 47Z Witness: AJe,- Print Name VA FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE COMMUNITY CENTER NOTE: RESULTS ARE NOT FINAL UNTIL AN AWARD RECOMMENDTION BY THE CITY MANAGER Bid Public Entity Package Bid Form Bidder List of Non Coll. Crimes and Drug free OSHA Fed. Related Presentation Signed Sun Bidder Bid Price (1 Org; 3 & Cost Qualif. Ref. Subs' Affidavit Conflicts of Workplace Sids State Party Dec CDBG REQ'S Proof of Contract Biz Copies;l Proposal Listings Ins Interest Digital) DEOS rENGINEERING $353,949 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X CUNANO $379,2S0 X X X X X X X X X X X X N/A X X BUILDERS CM DEVELOPMENT I $697,671 X X X X X X X X X X X X N/A N/A X G ROUPP (1) CONDITION OF AWARD CUNANO BUILDERS CDGB DOCS: MISSING NOTARY PAGE 5 OF 54 JCM.X MISSING NOTARY PAGE 5OF 54 Member Name City of South Miami RFP-RFP #PR2019-05-0- Bid Number 2019/SK FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL Bid Name COMMUNITY CENTER 4 Document(s) found for this bid 21 Planholder(s) found. 909 NOTIFIED Su tier Name Address 1 city State Zip Phone Attributes CCS Presentation Systems, 5530 S Florida Mining 1. Small Inc. Boulevard Jacksonville FL 32257 9049987227 Business Construction Journal, Ltd. 400 SW 7th Street Stuart FL 34994 8007855165 CSA Central, Inc. 8200 NW 41st Street Doral FL 33166 133186 3054615484 Daycoven Constructions LLC 13035 SW 132 Avenue Miami FL 3052354340 Dodge Data 4300 Beltway Place, Ste 150 Arlington TX 76018 4133767032 1. Hispanic Emerald Construction 2. Woman Corp. 1211 Stirling Rd Dania Beach FL 33004 9542412583 Ferguson Enterprises 1950 NW 18th St Pompano FL 33069 9549738100 JCM Development Group, Inc. 8602 SW 74 Street Miami FL 33143 3055953739 M.C. Harry & Associates, Inc. 2780 SW Douglas Road Miami FL 33133 3054453765 Marvi Builders LLC 13150 NW Miami Ct Miami FL 33168 3054566725 Miami Consulting, Inc. 6130 Sunset Drive South Miami FL 33143 3056636338 1. Small NDR Corporation 3250 N.E.12th Avenue Oakland Park FL 33334 9545659667 Business 1. Hispanic OAC Action Construction, 2. Small Corp 12540 SW 130 ST, Suite 3 Miami FL 33186 3052566655 Saltz Michelson Architects, Fort 1. Small Inc. 3501 Griffin Road Lauderdale FL 33312 9542662700 Business 1. Hispanic 2. Woman Sol -ARCH 4917 SW 74 Court Miami FL 33155 3057400723 Solid Builders Construction Pembroke Company 911 nw 209 Avenue Pines FL 33029 9544337990 1. Hispanic 2. Small SRS Engineering, Inc. 5001 SW 74 Ct. Miami FL 33155 3056628887 1. Small Stone Concept Miami Inc. 1239 Robin Ave. Miami Springs FL 33166 7863373425 Business T&G Constructors 8623 Commodity Circle Orlando FL 32819 4073524443 TechGroupOne, Inc 304 Indian Trace 641, #641 Weston FL 33326 3055173040 10376 West State Rd 84, STE IFL 133324 19543329933 Visible Construction 6 1 Davie CITY OF SOUTH MIAMI FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 SUBMITTAL DUE DATE: May 10, 2019 10 AM The City is hereby requesting sealed proposals in response to RFP #PR2019-05 "FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER." The purpose of this Solicitation is to contract for the services necessary for the completion of the project in accordance with the Scope of Services, (EXHIBIT 1, Attachment A, B C & D) and Respondent's Cost and Technical Proposal, Facility Improvements at or the plans and/or specifications, if any, described in this Solicitation (hereinafter referred to as "the Project" or "Project"). The project is funded in whole or part by a federal grant, Community Development Block Grant, (CDBG) through Miami -Dade County. Respondents must comply with the CDBG requirements; refer to EXHIBIT S, "CDBG Federal Grant Requirements, Public Housing & Community Development Federal Labor Standards & Section 3 Requirements," in this solicitation. Interested persons who wish to respond to this Solicitation can obtain the complete Solicitation package at the City Clerk's office Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. or by accessing the following webpage: http://www.southmiamifl.gov/ which is the City of South Miami's web address for solicitation information. The Proposal Package shall be delivered to the Office of the City Clerk located at South Miami City Hall, 6130 Sunset Drive, South Miami, Florida 33143. Sealed Proposals must be received by Office of the City Clerk, either by mail or hand delivery, no later than 10:00 A.M. local time (the "Closing Date") on May 10, 2019. Hand delivery must be made Monday through Friday from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M., unless a different time is provided above for the Closing Date, to the office of City Clerk. A Non -Mandatory Pre -Proposal Meeting will be conducted at City Hall in the Commission Chambers located at 6130 Sunset Drive, South Miami, FL 33143 on April 18, 2019 at 2 PM shall be held regardless of weather conditions. Nkenga Payne, CMC City Clerk City of South Miami 10 5/10/2019 Detail by Entity Name CeDaRmeM of State I Aivision of Cnrporatiens / Search Recor:;s / Detau By Document Number 1 Detail by Entity Name Florida Limited Liability Company TADEOS ENGINEERING LLC Filing Information Document Number L15000020350 FEUEIN Number 47-3077227 Date Filed 02/03/2015 Effective Date 02/02/2015 State FL Status ACTIVE Last Event LC AMENDMENT Event Date Filed 04/23/2015 Event Effective Date NONE Principal Address 14030 NW 82nd Ave Miami Lakes, FL 33016 Changed: 04/13/2019 VMailin9 Address 14030 NW 82nd Ave Miami Lakes, FL 33016 Changed: 04/13/2019 gtgi tee gent Name & Address DE LA HOZ OLIVERA, LUIS O 8857 NW 178TH ST MIAMI, FL 33018 Authorized Person(sj Detail Name & Address Title P DE LA HOZ OLIVERA, LUIS O 8857 NW 178TH ST MIAMI, FL 33018 11 IAnnual Reports I Ranowt Voar 1:11,0A r1nto search.sunbiz.org/Inquiry/Corporation Search/SearchResultDetai l?inq ui rytype=EntityNameBdirectionType=lnitial&searchNameOrder-TADEOSENG I N ... 1 /2 2019 FLORIDA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ANNUAL REPORT DOCUMENT# L15000020350 Entity Name: TADEOS ENGINEERING LLC Current Principal Place of Business: 14030 NW 82ND AVE MIAMI LAKES, FL 33016 Current Mailing Address: 14030 NW 82ND AVE MIAMI LAKES, FL 33016 US FEI Number: 47-3077227 Name and Address of Current Registered Agent: DE LA HOZ OLIVERA, LUIS 0 8857 NW 178TH ST MIAMI, FL 33018 US FILED Apr 13,2019 Secretary of State 2101202684CC Certificate of Status Desired: No The above named entity submits this Statement for the purpose of changing its registered omce or registered agent, or both, in the Slate of Florida. SIGNATURE: Electronic Signature of Registered Agent Authorized Person(s) Detail Title P Name DE LA HOZ OLIVERA, LUIS O Address 8857 NW 178TH ST City -State -Zip: MIAMI FL 33018 1 hereby candy Nat the information Molested on des report oaupplamental spat is Imo and mourns and that my aleclronio dgnatae than have Me same legal eeed as llmada under wm;that I am a managin mortar ormanagerm0e tlmnedliabndy company or the receiver or mostseemposeredto emcdathisrepot as tethered by Chapter 605. Fashion Some., and that my name appears stove, or on an attachment with all other like empomsed. SIGNATURE: LUIS DE LA HOZ OLIVERA PRESIDENT 0411312019 Electronic Signature of Signing Authorized Person(s) Detail Date 12 EXHIBIT 6 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 THIS CONTRACT was madVnd entered into on this day of 2041 by and between �t �' Ci—. r i.Cj � (herea er referfed to as "Contractor"), and the City of South Miami fereafter referfqd to as "Owner"), through its City Manager (hereafter referred to as "City"). WITNESETH: That, the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: I. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, transportation and any other items necessary to perform all of the work shown on and described in the Contract Documents and shall do everything required by this Contract and the other Contract Documents hereinafter referred to as the Work. 2. The Contract Documents shall include this Contract, General Conditions to the Contract, if any, the drawings, plans, specifications and project manual, if any, any supplementary or special conditions, other documents referring to this contract and signed by the parties, the solicitation documents ("hereinafter referred to as 'Bid Documents") and any documents to which those documents refer which are used by the Owner as well as any attachments or exhibits that are made a part of any of the documents described herein. 3. The Contractor shall commence the Work to be performed under this Contract on a date to be specified in a Notice to Proceed and shall complete all Work hereunder within the length of time set forth in the Contract Documents. 4. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Contract, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents and any properly approved, written change orders, in lawful money of the United States, the Lump Sum amount of. -1-kne, "&td-red .-LcOzefot i wIn o-, /a....HJ"d ae.d frtke !r Dollars (S m 0. (s"11 omwa„oW,.,se..l ("Contract Price"). S. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, and on Sunday and legal holidays shall be included in the Contract Price. The City may demand, at any point in time, that any part, or all, of the Work be performed after regular working hours. In such event, the Respondent shall have no right to additional compensation for such work However, nothing contained herein shall authorize work on days and during hours that are otherwise prohibited by ordinance unless specifically authorized or instructed in writing by the City. 6. If the Work is expected to require more than one month, the Owner shall make monthly partial payments to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved schedule of values for the Work performed during each calendar month by the Contractor, less the retainage (all as provided for in the Contract Documents), which is to be withheld by the Owner until completion and acceptance of the complete project in accordance with this Contract and the other Contract Documents and until such Work has been accepted by the City. 7. Upon submission by the Contractor of evidence satisfactory to the Owner that all labor, material, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the Work have been paid in full, and after compliance with the terms for payment provided for in the Contract Documents, final payment on account of this Contract shall be made within seventy five (75) calendar days after the completion by the Contractor of all Work covered by this Contract and the acceptance of such Work by the Owner. 8. The Work shall be completed in 120 calendar days. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete the Work within the time limit stipulated in the Contract Documents, or the extended time limit agreed upon, in accordance with the procedure as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid by the Contractor at the rate of $2.400 per dollars per day, plus any monies paid by the Owner to the Consultant, if any, for additional engineering and inspection services, if any, associated with such delay. 9. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if a Payment and/or Performance Bond ('Bond') Is required and if, at any time after the execution of this Contract and the Bond for Its faithful performance and payment, the City shall deem the Surety or Sureties upon such bond(s) to be unsatisfactory, or if, for any reason such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the Work or payment to subcontractors and suppliers, the Contractor shall, at its expense within five (5) business days after the 386 receipt of notice from the City so to do, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount and With such Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. In such even no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Contract until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the Work is furnished in the manner and in the form satisfactory to the City. 10. No additional Work or extras shall be done unless the same is duly authorized in writing, and in advance of the work, by appropriate action by the City and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11. The date that this contract was "made and entered into" and its effective date is the date that the contract is the signed by the City or, if the contract is required to be approved by resolution of the City Commission, then the Effective Date Is the date of the resolution approving the Contract whichever is the later date. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract on the day and date set forth next to their name below and may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart, be deemed an original Contract. CONTRACTOR: Signature: Print Signatory's Title of Signatory: ATTESTED: OWNER: CITY QFI SOUTH Signature:%0--Q Signature: Nkenga Payne I Steven Alexander City Clerk Pity Manager Read and Approved as to Form, Language, Legality, and Execution Thereof. - Signature: City Attorney 387 EXHIBIT 7 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 ARTICLE I —DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated. These definitions shall always apply when the section of the Contract specifically refers to this Article for the purpose of interpreting a word or group of words in that section of the Contract Document However, when the section of the Contract, where the word to be defined is used, does not specifically refers to this Article to define the word or group of words, the definitions contained in this Article shall not apply unless the word or group of words, in the context of it or their use in the Contract Document in question, is/are ambiguous and open for interpretation. In addition, these definitions shall also not apply to interpret terms in a specific provision of a Contract Document if that specific provision contains a definition of these terms: Addenda: Written or graphic documents issued prior to the Bid Opening which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications, by addition, deletions, clarifications or correction. Application for Payment: A form approved by the CONSULTANT, if any, or the City Manager which is to be used by the CONTRACTOR in requesting progress payments. Bid: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices and other terms for the Work to be performed. Bidder. Any person, firm or corporation submitting a response to the Owner's solicitation for proposals or bids for Work. Bid Documents: The solicitation for bids or proposals and all documents that make up the solicitation including the instructions, form of documents and affidavits. and • Bid bond, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security, furnished by the CONTRACTOR and its surety in accordance with the Contract Documents and in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. Change Order: A written order to the CONTRACTOR signed by the City Manager authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Contract. Work Order Proposals: Written proposals from the CONTRACTOR in response to orders or request for work based on the Scope of the Work provided by the City to the CONTRACTOR. The proposal includes line item pricing, where there are multiple locations, and the timeframe for completing the work. CITY: The City Manager for the City of South Miami, 6130 Sunset Drive, South Miami, FL 33143, unless the context wherein the word is used should more appropriately mean the City of South Miami. Construction Observer: An authorized representative of the CONSULTANT, if any, or otherwise a representative of the City assigned to observe the Work performed and materials furnished by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing of the identity of this representative. Contract Documents: The Contract Documents shall include the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor, other documents listed in the Contract and modifications issued after execution of the Contract as well as all Bid Documents including but not limited to the solicitation for Bid, CONTRACTOR'S Bid, the Bonds, Insurance endorsements, Insurance Certificates and policies, the Notice of Award, the Notice to Proceed, the General Conditions, Special Conditions, if any, any Supplementary Conditions, the Technical Specifications, Drawings, including any incorporated specifications, addenda to the drawings issued prior to execution of the Contract, Change Orders, Construction Change Directives and any written order for a minor change in the Work, and written modifications to any of the Contract Documents. Contract Price: The total moneys payable to the CONTRACTOR pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. Contract Time: The number of calendar days stated in the Contract for the completion of the Work. Contracting Officer. The individual who is authorized to sign the contract documents on behalf of the OWNER. CONTRACTOR: The person, firm or corporation with whom the OWNER has executed the Contract CONSULTANT: The person identified as the CONSULTANT in the Supplementary Conditions or, if none, then CITY's designated representative as identified in the Supplementary Conditions. A period of twenty-four hours measured from the beginning of the day at 12:01 a.m. and it shall be presumed to be a calendar day unless specifically designated as a business day. Des: The number of twenty-four (24) hour periods following the event to which the word "days" refers commencing at 12:01 a.m. at the start of the next day. Therefore, in computing any period of time prescribed or 388 allowed by the Contract Documents, the day of the act, event or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, in which event the period shall run until the end of the next business day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. Defective Work: Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to the CONSULTANT'S recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been delegated to the Owner); substitutions that are not properly approved and authorized, any deficiency in the Work, materials and equipment; materials and equipment furnished under the Contract that are not good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents. Drawings The drawings which show the character and Scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the CONSULTANT, or if none, then by an architect or engineer hired by the City and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Field Order: A written order Issued by the CONSULTANT which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents in accordance with Paragraph 9.3 or orders minor changes In the Work in accordance with paragraph 10.2. Modification: (a) A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties, (b) a Change Order signed by both parties, (c) a written clarification or interpretation if issued by the CONSULTANT in accordance with paragraph 9.3 or (d) a written order for minor change or alteration in the Work issued by the CONSULTANT pursuant to Paragraph 10.2. A modification may only be issued after execution of the Contract, it must be in writing and signed by the parry against whom the modification is sought to be enforced. Non -conforming Work means work that does not conform to the Contract Documents and includes work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient or that does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or that does not meet any approval required by, or referred to in, the Contract Documents, or work that has been damaged prior to CONSULTANT's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed in writing by CITY). Notice of Award: The written notice by CITY to the apparent successful Bidder stating that upon compliance with the conditions precedent to be fulfilled by it within the time specified, CITY will execute and deliver the Contract to him. Notice to Proceed: A written notice given by CITY to CONTRACTOR (with copy to CONSULTANT) fixing the date on which the Contract Time shall commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents. Person: An individual or legal entity. Project: The entire construction operation being performed as delineated in the Contract Documents. Po_liM.- The term "policy" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean the insurance binder, if it is issued, the declaration page of the policy and the body of the policy, including all endorsements. RFP: Request for Proposal. Scope of Services. This phrase refers to the scope of the services or work to be performed and it has the same meaning as Scope of the Work unless the context in which the phase is used clearly means otherwise. Shop Drawings: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, and which illustrate the equipment, material or some portion of the work and as required by the Contract Documents. Samples: Physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Specifications: Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work. Subcontractor. An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the construction site. Substantial Completion: The date, as certified by the CONSULTANT, when the construction of the Project or a certified part thereof is sufficiently completed, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Project, or a substantial part, can be utilized for the purposes for which it was intended without restriction or limitation to any degree, other than for the repair of minor "punch list" items; or if there be no such certification, the date when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.9. However, in no event shall the project or portion thereof, be deemed to be substantially completed until a certificate of occupancy or certificate of use is lawfully issued by the applicable governmental agency. A certificate of Substantial Completion, issued by the CONSULTANT, shall be null and void if it is based on false, misleading or inaccurate information, from any source, or when it would not have been issue but for the consideration of Work that is thereafter found to be defective to a degree greater than that which would normally to be considered by the City to be minor "punch list" work. Supplier: Any person or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the Work, including the fabrication of an item, but who does not perform labor at the site of the Work. 389 Surety: The individual or entity who is an obligor on'a Bond and who is bound with the CONTRACTOR for the full and faithful performance of the Contract and for the payment of all labor, services and materials used on the project. Work: Any and all obligations, duties and responsibilities necessary for the successful performance and completion of the Contract Notice: The term "Notice" as used herein shall mean and include all written notices, demands, instructions, claims, approvals and disapprovals required to obtain compliance with Contract requirements. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is Intended, or to an authorized representative of such individual, firm, or corporation, or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last known business address. Unless otherwise stated in writing, any notice to or demand upon the OWNER under this Contract shall be delivered to the City Manager and the CONSULTANT. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS Award: 2.1 The CITY reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, at its sole discretion. Bids shall be awarded by the CITY to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder. No Notice of Award shall be given until the CITY has concluded its investigation, as it deems necessary, to establish, to the satisfaction of the CITY, which Bidder is the most responsive and responsible of all the Bidders to complete the Work within the time prescribed and in accordance with the Contract Documents. The CITY reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who is not believed to be, in the sole discretion and satisfaction of the City, to be sufficiently responsible, qualified and financial able to perform the work. In analyzing a Bid, the CITY may also take into consideration alternate and unit prices, if requested by the Bid forms. If the Contract is awarded, the CITY shall issue the Notice of Award and give the successful Bidder a Contract for execution within ninety (90) day after opening of Bids. Execution of Contract: 2.2 At least four counterparts of the Contract, the Performance and Payment Bond, the Certificates of Insurance, the Binder of Insurance if issued, the Insurance Declaration Page if not included in the Policy of Insurance, the Policy of Insurance required by the Contract Documents, the written notice of designated supervisor or superintendent as provided in Section 6.1 of the General Conditions and such other Documents as required by the Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered by CONTRACTOR to the CITY within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the Notice of Award. A Contract Document that requires the signature of a party may be executed in counterparts separately by each of the parties and, in such event, each counterpart separately executed shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract Document. Forfeiture of Bid SecuriWPerformance and Payment Bond if any are required by the applicable RFP• 2.3 Within ten (10) calendar days of being notified of the Award, CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond containing all the provisions of the Performance Bond and Payment Bond attached. 2.3.1 Each Bond shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Price guaranteeing to OWNER the completion and performance of the Work covered in such Contract as well as full payment of all suppliers, material man, laborers, or Subcontractor employed pursuant to this Project Each Bond shall be with a Surety company whose qualifications meet the requirements of Sections 2.3.4, 2.3.5, and 2.3.6. 2.3.2 Each Bond shall continue in effect for five years after final completion and acceptance of the Work with the liability equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum. 2.3.3 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the Bond(s) referenced above shall be recorded in the public records of Miami -Dade County and provide CITY with evidence of such recording. 2.3.4 Each Bond must be executed by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Florida as a surety, having a resident agent in the State of Florida and having been in business with a record of successful continuous operation for a least five (5) years. 2.3.5 The surety company shall hold a current certificate of authority as acceptable surety on federal bonds in accordance with the United States Department of Treasury Circular 570, current revisions. 2.3.6 The CITY shall only be required to accept a surety bond from a company with a rating A. VII or better. 390 2.3.7 Failure of the successful Bidder to execute and deliver the Contract, and deliver the required bonds and Insurance documents shall be cause for the CITY to annul the Notice of Award and declare the Bid and any security therefore forfeited. Contractor's Pre -Start Representation: 2.4 CONTRACTOR represents that it has familiarized itself with, and assumes full responsibility for having familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, locality, and with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinance, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect performance of the Work, and represents that it has correlated its study and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR also represents that it has studied all surveys and investigations, reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions referred to in the specifications and made such additional surveys and investigations as it deems necessary for the performance of the Work reflected in the Contract Documents and that he has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Commencement of Contract Time: 2.5 The Contract Time shall commence to run on the date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Starting the Project-, 2.6 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the site (as defined in Article 1), prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run, except with the written consent of the CITY. Before Starting Construction: 2.7 Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements and conditions. It shall at once report in writing to CONSULTANT any conflict, error, or discrepancy which it may discover. Neither the OWNER nor the CONSULTANT shall be liable for any harm, damage or loss suffered by CONTRACTOR as a result of its failure to discover any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications nor shall the CONTRACTOR be entitled to any compensation for any harm, damage or loss suffered by the CONTRACTOR due to any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. Schedule of Completion: 2.8 Within Five (5) business days after delivery of the Notice to Proceed by CITY to CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall submit to CONSULTANT for approval, an estimated construction schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work, and a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing submissions. The CONSULTANT shall approve this schedule or require revisions thereto within seven (7) calendar days of its submittal. If there is more than one CONTRACTOR Involved in the Project, the responsibility for coordinating the Work of all CONTRACTORS shall be provided in the Special Conditions. 2.9 Within five (5) business days after delivery of the executed Contract by CITY to CONTRACTOR, but before starting the Work at the site, a pre -construction conference shall be held to review the above schedules, to establish procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submissions, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding between the parties as to the Project. Present at the conference will be the CITY'S representative, CONSULTANT, Resident Project Representatives, CONTRACTOR and its Superintendent. Oualifications of Subcontractors. Material men and Suppliers: 2.10 Within five (5) business days after bid opening, the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder shall submit to the CITY and the CONSULTANT for acceptance a list of the names of Subcontractors and such other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish principal items of materials or equipment) proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations must be submitted as specified in the Contract Documents. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the list, the CONSULTANT will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing if either the CITY or the CONSULTANT has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, person, or organization on such list The failure of the CITY or the CONSULTANT to make objection to any Subcontractor, person, or organization on the list within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt shall constitute an acceptance of such Subcontractor, person or organization. Acceptance of any such Subcontractor, person or organization shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the CITY or the 391 CONSULTANT to reject defective Work, material or equipment, or any Work, material or equipment not in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2.11 If, prior to the Notice of Award, the CITY or the CONSULTANT has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, person or organization listed, the apparent low Bidder may, prior to Notice of Award, submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in its bid price. 2.12 The apparent silence of the Contract Documents as to any detail, or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any Work to be done and materials to be furnished, shall be regarded as meaning that only best practices are to prevail and only materials and workmanship of the best quality are to be used in the performance of the Work. ARTICLE 3—CORRELATION, INTERPRETATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. They may be altered only by a modification as defined in Article I. 3.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all the documents. If CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, it shall, before proceeding with the Work affected thereby, immediately call it to the CONSULTANT's attention in writing. The various Contract Documents are complementary; In case of conflict, error or discrepancy, the more stringent interpretation and requirement that shall provide the maximum benefit to the Owner shall apply 3.3 The words "furnish" and "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words with similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". 3.4 Miscellaneous items and accessories which are not specifically mentioned, but which are essential to produce a complete and properly operating installation, or usable structure, providing the indicated functions, shall be furnished and installed without change in the Contract Price. Such miscellaneous items and accessories shall be of the same quality standards, including material, style, finish, strength, class, weight and other applicable characteristics, as specified for the major component of which the miscellaneous item or accessory is an essential part, and shall be approved by the CONSULTANT before installation. The above requirement is not intended to include major components not covered by or inferable from the Drawings and Specifications. 3.5 The Work of all trades under this Contract shall be coordinated by the CONTRACTOR in such a manner as obtain the best workmanship possible for the entire Project, and ail components of the Work shall be installed or erected in accordance with the best practices of the particular trade. 3.6 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making the construction of habitable structures under this Contract rain proof, and for making equipment and utility installations properly perform the specified function. If the CONTRACTOR is prevented from complying with this provision due to the Drawings or Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the CONSULTANT in writing of such limitations before proceeding with construction in the area where the problem exists. 3.7 Manufacturer's literature, when referenced, shall be dated and numbered and is intended to establish the minimum requirements acceptable. Whenever reference is given to codes, or standard specifications or other data published by regulating agencies or accepted organizations, including but not limited to National Electrical Code, applicable State Building Code, Florida Building Code, Federal Specifications, ASTM Specifications, various institute specifications, and the like, it shall be understood that such reference is to the latest edition including addenda in effect on the date of the Bid. 3.8 Brand names where used in the technical specifications, are intended to denote the standard or quality required for the particular material or product The term "equal" or "equivalent", when used in connection with brand names, shall be interpreted to mean a material or product that is similar and equal in type, quality, size, capacity, composition, finish, color and other applicable characteristics to the material or product specified by trade name, and that is suitable for the same use capable of performing the same function, in the opinion of the CONSULTANT, as the material or product so specified. Proposed equivalent items must be approved by CONSULTANT before they are purchased or incorporated in the Work. (When a brand name, catalog number, model number, or other identification, is used without the phrase "or equal", the CONTRACTOR shall use the brand, make and model specified). 3.9 Throughout this agreement the male pronoun may be substituted for female and neuter and vice versa and the singular words substituted for plural and plural words substituted for singular wherever applicable. 3.10 All technical interpretations shall be made by the CONSULTANT as set forth in Section 9.3 below. 392 3.11 The CONTRACTOR shall have advised the CONSULTANT, prior to performing any work involving a conflict in the Contract Documents and the CONSULTANT shall make the final decision as to which of the documents shall take precedence. In the event that there is a conflict between or among the Contract Documents, only the latest version shall apply and the latest version of the Contract Documents. The CONSULTANT shall use the following list of Contract Documents as a guide. These documents are set forth below in the order of their precedence so that all the documents listed above a given document should have precedence over all the documents listed below it. (a) Change Orders (b) Amendments/addenda to Contract (c) Supplementary Conditions, if any (d) Contract with all Exhibits thereto (e) General Conditions (f) Written or figured dimensions (g) Scaled dimensions (h) Drawings of a larger scale (i) Drawings of a smaller scale 0) Drawings and Specifications are to be considered complementary to each other ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1 The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be done, rights -of -way for access thereto, and such other lands which are designed for the use of the CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Other access to such lands or rights -of -way for the CONTRACTOR'S convenience shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of material and equipment. 4.2 The CITY will, upon request, furnish to the Bidders, copies of all available boundary surveys and subsurface tests at no cost. Subsurface Conditions: 4.3 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he has investigated prior to bidding and satisfied himself as to the conditions affecting the Work, including but not limited to those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads and uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, water tables or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during prosecution of the Work. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory work done by the OWNER/ CONSULTANT on the site or any contiguous site, as well as from information presented by the Drawings and Specifications made part of this Contract, or any other information made available to it prior to receipt of bids. Any failure by the CONTRACTOR to acquaint itself with the available information shall not relieve it from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing Work. The OWNER assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by the CONTRACTOR on the basis of the information made available by the OWNER/ CONSULTANT. Differing Site Conditions: 4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall within forty-eight (48) hours of its discovery, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the CITY in writing, of. 4.4.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, and 4.4.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally inherent in Work of the character provided for in this Contract. The CITY shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that such conditions do materially differ to the extent as to cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR'S cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the Work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. 393 4.5 No claim of the CONTRACTOR under this clause shall be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has given the notice required in 4.4 above; provided, however, the time prescribed therefore may be extended by the CITY, but only if done in writing signed by the City Manager or the CONSULTANT. ARTICLE S — INSURANCE Contractor shall comply with the insurance requirements set forth in the Supplementary Conditions to the Contract ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work. It shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall employ and maintain a qualified supervisor or superintendent (hereinafter referred to as "Supervisor" at the Work site who shall be designated in writing by the CONTRACTOR, before the CONTRACTOR commences the Work and within the time required by the Contract, as the CONTRACTOR'S representative at the site. The Supervisor or so designated shall have full authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and all communications given to the Supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. The Supervisor(s) shall be present at each site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the Work. (Copies of written communications given to the Supervisor shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR'S home office). 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall keep one record copy of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications and Shop Drawings at the site at all times and in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to the CONSULTANT and any CITY Representative at all reasonable times. A set of "As -Built" drawings, as well as the original Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications and Shop Drawings with annotations, shall be made available to the City at all times and it shall be delivered to the CITY upon completion of the Project. Labor. Materials and Equipment: 6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. It shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. 6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, local telephone, water and sanitary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation and completion of the Work. 6.4 All materials and equipment shall be new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. When special makes or grades of material which are normally packaged by the supplier or manufacturer are specified or approved, such materials shall be delivered to the site in their original packages or containers with seals unbroken and labels intact. 6.5 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, or processors, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Work. Materials, Equipment, Products and Substitutions: 6.6 Materials, equipment and products incorporated in the Work must be approved for use before being purchased by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the CONSULTANT a list of proposed materials, equipment or products, together with such samples as may be necessary for them to determine their acceptability and obtain their approval, within ninety (90) calendar days after award of Contract unless otherwise stipulated in the Special Conditions. No request for payment for "or equal" equipment will be approved until this list has been received and approved by the CONSULTANT. 6.6.1 Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the Drawings or Specifications by reference to brand name or catalog number, it shall be understood that this is referenced for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. The CONTRACTOR may recommend the substitution of a material, article, or piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the Contract Documents by reference to brand name or catalog number, and if, in the opinion of the CONSULTANT, such material, article, or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function to that specified, the CONSULTANT may approve its substitution and use by the CONTRACTOR. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate 394 the substitute will be made by the CONTRACTOR without a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. 6.6.2 No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of the CONSULTANT who shall be the judge of quality. 6.6.3 Delay caused by obtaining approvals for substitute materials shall not be considered justifiable grounds for an extension of construction time. 6.6.4 Should any Work or materials, equipment or products not conform to requirements of the Drawings and Specifications or become damaged during the progress of the Work, such Work or materials shall be removed and replaced, together with any Work disarranged by such alterations, at any time before completion and acceptance of the Project. All such Work shall be done at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. 6.6.5 No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the Seller. The CONTRACTOR warrants that they have good title to all materials and supplies used by them in the Work. 6.6.6 Non -conforming Work: The City of South Miami may withhold acceptance of, or reject items which are found upon examination, not to meet the specification requirements or conform to the plans and drawings. Upon written notification of rejection, items shall be removed or uninstalled within five (S) business days by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense and redelivered and/or reinstalled at his expense. Rejected goods left longer than thirty (30) calendar days shall be regarded as abandoned and the CITY shall have the right to dispose of them as its own property and the CONTRACTOR thereby waives any claim to the good or to compensation of any kind for said goods. Rejection for non-conformance or failure to meet delivery schedules may result in the CONTRACTOR being found in default. 6.6.7 In case of default by the CONTRACTOR, the City of South Miami may procure the articles or services from other sources and hold the CONTRACTOR responsible for any excess costs occasioned or incurred thereby. 6.6.8 The CITY reserves the right, in the event the CONTRACTOR cannot provide an item(s) or service(s) in a timely manner as requested, to obtain the good and/or services from other sources and deducting the cost from the Contract Price without violating the intent of the Contract. Concerning Subcontractors: 6.7 The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, against whom the CITY or the CONSULTANT may have reasonable objection, nor will the CONTRACTOR be required to employ any Subcontractor who has been accepted by the CITY and the CONSULTANT, unless the CONSULTANT determines that there is good cause for doing so. 6.8 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of its Subcontractors and of persons and organizations directly or indirectly employed by it and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that they are responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by them. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or CONSULTANT and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or CONSULTANT to pay or to see to payment of any subcontractor or other person or organization, except as may otherwise be required by law. CITY or CONSULTANT may furnish to any Subcontractor or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to the CONTRACTOR on account of specified Work done in accordance with the schedule values. 6.9 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or delineating the Work performed by any specific trade. 6.10 The CONTRACTOR agrees to bind specifically every Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER. 6.11 All Work performed for the CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor. 6.12 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the coordination of the trades, Subcontractors material and men engaged upon their Work. 6.12.1 The CONTRACTOR shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the CONTRACTOR by the terms of these General Conditions and other Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, and give the CONTRACTOR the same power as regards to terminating any subcontract that the OWNER may exercise over the CONTRACTOR under any provisions of the Contract Documents. 395 6.12.2 The CITY or CONSULTANT will not undertake to settle any differences between the CONTRACTOR and their Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.12.3 If in the opinion of the CONSULTANT, any Subcontractor on the Project proves to be incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, they shall be promptly replaced by the CONTRACTOR if and when directed by the CONSULTANT in writing. 6.12A Discrimination: No action shall be taken by the any subcontractor with regard to the fulfilment of the terms of the subcontract, including the hiring and retention of employees for the performance of Work that would discriminate against any person on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, familial status or disability. This paragraph shall be made a part of the subcontractor's contract with the Contractor. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.13 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use of any invention, design, process or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. He shall indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER and the CONSULTANT and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorney's fees) arising out of any infringement of such rights during or after the completion of the Work, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. 6.14 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the application of patent and/or royalty rights as to any materials, appliances, articles or systems prior to bidding. However, he shall not be responsible for such determination on systems which do not involve purchase by them of materials, appliances and articles. Permits: 6.15 The CONTRACTOR shall secure and pay for all construction permits and licenses and shall pay for all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of his Bid. When such charges are normally made by the CITY and when so stated in the Special Conditions, there will be no charges to the CONTRACTOR. The CITY shall assist the CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. The CONTRACTOR shall also pay all public utility charges. Electrical Power and Lighting: 6.16 Electrical power required during construction shall be provided by each prime CONTRACTOR as required by it. This service shall be installed by a qualified electrical Contractor approved by the CONSULTANT. Lighting shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR in all spaces at all times where necessary for good and proper workmanship, for inspection or for safety. No temporary power shall be used off temporary lighting lines without specific approval of the CONTRACTOR. Laws and Regulations: 6.17 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all notices, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, it shall give the CONSULTANT prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate modification. If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the CONSULTANT, it shall bear all costs arising there from; however, it shall not be its primary responsibility to make certain that the Drawings and Specifications are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. Discrimination: 6.17A No action shall be taken by the Contractor with regard to the fulfilment of the terms of the Contract, including the hiring and retention of employees for the performance of Work that would discriminate against any person on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, familial status or disability. Taxes: 6.18 Cost of all applicable sales, consumer use, and other taxes for which the CONTRACTOR is liable under the Contract shall be included in the Contract Price stated by the CONTRACTOR. Safety and Protection: 6.19 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. They shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.19.1 All employees and other persons, who ma 396 be affected thereby, 6.19.2 All the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and 6.19.3 Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.20 The CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of their organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the CONTRACTOR'S Superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the CONTRACTOR to the CITY. Emergencies: 6.21 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the CONSULTANT or CITY, is obligated to act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He shall give the CONSULTANT prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby. If the CONTRACTOR believes that additional Work done by him in an emergency which arose from causes beyond his control entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles I I and 12. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.22 After checking and verifying all field measurements, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the CONSULTANT for review, in accordance with the accepted schedule of shop drawing submissions, six (6) copies (or at the CONSULTANT option, one reproducible copy) of all Shop Drawings, which shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of the CONTRACTOR. The Shop Drawings shall be numbered and identified as the CONSULTANT may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings shall be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction and the like to enable the CONSULTANT to review the information without any unnecessary investigation. 6.23 The CONTRACTOR shall also submit to the CONSULTANT for review, with such promptness as to cause no delay In Work, all samples required by the Contract Documents. All samples shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of the CONTRACTOR, identified clearly as to material, manufacturer, any pertinent catalog numbers and the use for which intended. 6.24 At the time of each submission, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the CONSULTANT, in writing, of any deviations between the Shop Drawings or samples and the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.25 The CONSULTANT shall review with responsible promptness Shop Drawings and Samples, but his review shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The review of a separate item as such will not indicate review of the assembly in which the items functions. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the CONSULTANT and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and resubmit new samples until the review is satisfactory to the CONSULTANT. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the CONSULTANT, in writing, of any prior Shop Drawing or revisions to Shop Drawings that are in conflict with each submission or re -submission. The CONTRACTOR'S stamp of approval on any Shop Drawings or sample shall constitute representation to the CITY and the CONSULTANT that the CONTRACTOR has either determined and/or verified all quantities, dimension, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data or they assume full responsibility for doing so, and that they have reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.26 No Work requiring a submittal of a Shop Drawing or sample shall be commenced until the submission has been reviewed and approved in writing by the CONSULTANT. A copy of each Shop Drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order, in a book or binder, in chronological order or in such other order required by the CONSULTANT in writing, by the CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to the CONSULTANT. 6.27 The CONSULTANT's review of Shop Drawings or samples shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the CONTRACTOR has informed the CONSULTANT, in writing, to each deviation at the time of submission and the CONSULTANT has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall any review by the CONSULTANT relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or samples. 6.27A The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for any additional cost or delay that is caused by its failure to notify the CONSULTANT of any of said deviations or conflicts between Shop Drawings or due to errors in the Shop Drawings or samples. 397 Cleaning Up; 6.28 The CONTRACTOR shall clean up behind the Work as much as is reasonably possible as the Work progresses. Upon completion of the Work, and before acceptance of final payment for the Project by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all his surplus and discarded materials, excavated material and rubbish as well as all other material and equipment that does not form a part of the Work, from the property, roadways, sidewalks, parking areas, lawn and all adjacent property. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall clean his portion of Work involved in any building under this Contract, so that no further cleaning by the OWNER is necessary prior to its occupancy and he shall restore all property, both public and private, which has been disturbed or damaged during the prosecution of the Work so as to leave the whole Work and Work Site in a neat and presentable condition. 6.29 If the CONTRACTOR does not clean the Work site, the CITY may clean the Work Site of the materials referred to in paragraph 6.28 and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. Public Convenience and Safety: 6.30 The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, conduct the Work in such a manner as to insure the least practicable obstruction to public travel. The convenience of the general public and of the residents along and adjacent to the area of Work shall be provided for in a satisfactory manner, consistent with the operation and local conditions. "Street Closed" signs shall be placed immediately adjacent to the Work, in a conspicuous position, at such locations as traffic demands. At any time that streets are required to be closed, the CONTRACTOR shall notify law enforcement agencies and in particular, the City of South Miami Police Department, before the street is closed and again as soon as it is opened. Access to fire hydrants and other fire extinguishing equipment shall be provided and maintained at all times. Sanitary Provisions: 6.31 The CONTRACTOR shall provide on -site office, and necessary toilet facilities, secluded from public observation, for use of all personnel on the Work Site, whether or not in his employ. They shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition and shall comply with the requirements and regulations of the Public Authorities having jurisdiction. They shall commit no public nuisance. Temporary field office and sanitary facilities shall be removed upon completion of the Work and the premises shall be left clean. Indemnification: 6.32 Contractor shall comply with the indemnification requirements set forth in the RFP and in EXHIBIT 2 of the Supplementary Conditions (Insurance and indemnification requirements). 6.33 In the event that any action or proceeding is brought against OWNER or CONSULTANT by reason of any such claim or demand, CONTRACTOR, upon written notice from CITY shall defend such action or proceeding by counsel satisfactory to CITY. The indemnification provided above shall obligate CONTRACTOR to defend at its own expense or to provide for such defense, at CITY'S option, any and all claims of liability and all suits and actions of every name and description that may be brought against OWNER or CONSULTANT, excluding only those claims that allege that the injuries arose out of the sole negligence of OWNER or CONSULTANT. 6.34 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.33 shall not extend to the liability of the CONSULTANT, its agents or employees arising out of (a) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications or (b) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the CONSULTANT, its agents or employees provided such act or omission is the primary cause of injury or damage. 6.34A All of the forgoing indemnification provisions shall survive the term of the Contract to which these General Conditions are a part. Indemnification shall not exceed an amount equal to the total value of all insurance coverage required by Section S.I of this document. Indemnification is limited to damages caused in whole or in part by any act, omission, or default of the Contractor, the Contractor's subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, materialmen, or agents of any tier or their respective employees to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of the indemnifying party and persons employed or utilized by the indemnifying party in the performance of the construction contract. Responsibility for Connection to Existing Work: 6.35 It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to connect its Work to each part of the existing Work, existing building or structure or Work previously installed as required by the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete installation. 6.36 Excavations, grading, fill, storm drainage, paving and any other construction or installations in rights -of - ways of streets, highways, public carrier lines, utility lines, either aerial, surface or subsurface, etc., shall be done in accordance with requirements of the special conditions. The OWNER will be responsible for 398 obtaining all permits necessary for the Work described in this paragraph 6.36. Upon completion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall present to CONSULTANT certificates, in triplicate, from the proper authorities, stating that the Work has been done in accordance with their requirements. 6.36.1 The CITY will cooperate with the CONTRACTOR in obtaining action from any utilities or public authorities involved in the above requirements. 6.36.2 The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for obtaining elevations of curbs and gutters, pavement, storm structures, and other items which must be established by governmental departments as soon as grading operations are begun on the site and, in any case, sufficiently early in the construction period to prevent any adverse effect on the Project. Cooperation with Governmental Departments Public Utilities Etc 6.37 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making all necessary arrangements with governmental departments, public utilities, public carriers, service companies and corporations (hereinafter referred to as "third parties') owning or controlling roadways, railways, water, sewer, gas, electrical conduits, telephone, and telegraph facilities such as pavements, tracks, piping, wires, cables, conduits, poles, guys, etc., including incidental structures connected therewith, that are encountered in the Work in order that such items are properly shored, supported and protected, that their location is identified and to obtain authority from these third parties for relocation if the CONTRACTOR desires to relocate the item. The CONTRACTOR shall give all proper notices, shall comply with all requirements of such third parties in the performance of his Work, shall permit entrance of such third parties on the Project in order that they may perform their necessary work, and shall pay all charges and fees made by such third parties for their work. 6.37.1 The CONTRACTOR'S attention is called to the fact that there may be delays on the Project due to work to be done by governmental departments, public utilities, and others in repairing or moving poles, conduits, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the above parties in every way possible, so that the construction can be completed in the least possible time. 6.37.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have made itself familiar with all codes, laws, ordinances, and regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the Work, or materials and equipment use in or upon the Work, or in any way affect the conduct of the Work, and no plea of misunderstanding will be considered on account of damage or delay caused by his ignorance thereof. Use Premises: 6.38 CONTRACTOR shall confine its apparatus, storage of materials, and operations of its workmen to the limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits and directions of CONSULTANT and CITY, and shall not unnecessarily encumber any part of the site or any areas off site. 6.38.1 CONTRACTOR shall not overload or permit any part of any structure to be loaded with such weight as will endanger its safety, nor shall it subject any work to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.38.2 CONTRACTOR shall enforce the rules and regulation promulgated by the CONSULTANT and OWNER as well as their instructions with regard to signs, advertisements, fires and smoking. 6.38.3 CONTRACTOR shall arrange and cooperate with CITY in routing and parking of automobiles of its employees, subcontractors and other personnel, as well as that of the material delivery trucks and other vehicles that come to the Project site. 6.38.4 The City will designate specific areas on the site for storage, parking, etc. and the job site shall be fenced to protect the job site and the general public. 6.38.5 The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install and maintain adequate construction office facilities for all workers employed by it or by its Subcontractors. Temporary offices shall be provided and located where directed and approved by the CONSULTANT. All such facilities shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing regulations. Field offices shall include telephone facilities. Protection of Existing PropeM Improvements: 6.38 Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, such as pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes or utilities, footings, or structures (including portions thereof), trees and shrubbery, not indicated on the Drawings or noted in the Specifications as being removed or altered shall be protected from damage during construction of the Project. Any such improvements damaged during construction of the Project shall be restored at the expense of the CONTRACTOR to a condition equal to that existing at the time of award of Contract K1'k7 ARTICLE 7 - WORK BY OTHERS. 7.1 The CITY may perform additional Work related to the Project or may let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. The CONTRACTOR shall afford the other contractors who are parties to such direct contracts (or the OWNER, if it is performing the additional Work itself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. 7.2 If any part of the CONTRACTOR'S Work depends upon proper execution or results of the Work of any other contractor or the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to the CONSULTANT in writing any defects or deficiencies in such Work that render it unsuitable for the CONTRACTOR's Work. 7.3 The CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit to receive or be received by such other Work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any Work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their Work and shall only cut or alter their Work with the written consent of the CONSULTANT and of the other contractor whose work will be affected. 7.4 If the performance of additional Work by other contractors or the OWNER is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be given to the CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such additional Work. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the performance of such additional Work by the OWNER or others will cause the CONTRACTOR additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles I 1 and 12. 7.5 Where practicable, the CONTRACTOR shall build around the work of other separate contractors or shall leave chases, slots and holes as required to receive and to conceal within the general construction Work the work of such other separate contractors as directed by them. Where such chases, slots, etc., are impracticable, the Work shall require specific approval of the CONSULTANT. 7.6 Necessary chases, slots, and holes not built or left by the CONTRACTOR shall be cut by the separate contractor requiring such alterations after approval of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall do all patching and finishing of the work of other contractors where it is cut by them and such patching and finishing shall be at the expense of CONTRACTOR 7.7 Cooperation is required in the use of site facilities and in the detailed execution of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate their operation with those of the other Contractors for the best interest of the Work in order to prevent delay in the execution thereof. 7.8 Each of several contractors working on the Project Site shall keep themselves informed of the progress of the work of other contractors. Should lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors interfere with the CONTRACTOR's operations, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the CONSULTANT immediately and in writing. Lack of such notice to the CONSULTANT shall be construed as acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of the status of the work of other contractors as being satisfactory for proper coordination of CONTRACTOR's own Work. 7.9 The cost of extra Work resulting from lack of notice, untimely notice, failure to respond to notice, Defective Work or lack of coordination shall be the CONTRACTOR's cost. 7.10 The CITY reserves the right in the event the CONTRACTOR cannot provide an item(s) or service(s) in a timely manner as requested, to obtain the good and/or services from other sources and deducting the cost from the Contract Price without violating the intent of the Contract. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES, 8.1 The CITY will issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through the CONSULTANT. 8.2 In cases of termination of employment of the CONSULTANT, the CITY will appoint a CONSULTANT whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former CONSULTANT. 8.3 The CITY shall promptly furnish the data required of them under the Contract Documents. 8.4 The C17Y'S duties in respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2. 8.5 The CITY shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding the fact that the time for completing the entire Work or any portion thereof may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 — CONSULTANTS' STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Citty's Representative: 9.1 The CONSULTANT shall be the CITY'S representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the CONSULTANT as the CITY'S representative during 400 construction are set forth in Articles I through 16 of these General Conditions and shall not be extended without written consent of the CITY and the CONSULTANT. 9.1.1 The CONSULTANTS decision, in matters relating to aesthetics, shall be final, if within the terms of the Contract Documents. 9.1.2 Except as may be otherwise provided in this contract, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the CITY and the CONSULTANT arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof, shall be decided in a court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Florida. Visits to Site: 9.2 The CONSULTANT shall provide an inspector to make periodic visits to the site at each phase of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. His efforts shall be directed toward providing assurance for the OWNER and all applicable regulatory agencies that construction is in compliance with the Construction Documents and applicable laws, rules and regulations. On the basis of these on site - observations as an experienced and qualified design professional, he shall keep the CITY informed of the progress of the Work and shall guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of CONTRACTOR. Clarifications and Interpretations• 9.3 The CONSULTANT shall issue, with reasonable promptness, such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as it may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with, or reasonably inferable from, the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If the CONTRACTOR seeks an increase in the Contract Price or extension of Contract Time based on a written clarification and/or interpretation, it shall be required to submit a timely claim as provided in Articles I I and 12. Measurement of Ouantities: 9.4 All Work completed under the Contract shall be measured by the CONSULTANT according to the United States Standard Measures. All linear surface measurements shall be made horizontally or vertically as required by the item measured. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.5 The CONSULTANT shall have authority to disapprove or reject Work that is "Defective Work" as defined in Article I. It shall also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work including Work fabricated on or off site, installed or completed as provided. In the event that the CONSULTANT requires testing of completed Work, the cost of such inspections and/or testing shall be approved in writing by the CITY. All consequential cost of such inspections and testing, including but not limited to the cost of testing and inspection, the cost of repairing any of the Work, or the work of others, the cost to move furniture and equipment and/or the cost to provide alternative facilities until the repair work can be completed, shall paid by the CONTRACTOR if the Work is found to be Defective Work. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.6 In connection with the CONSULTANT responsibility as to Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.25 through 6.28, inclusive. 9.7 In connection with the CONSULTANT's responsibility for Change Orders see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.8 In connection with the CONSULTANT responsibilities with respect to the Application for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Decisions on Disagreements: 9.10 The CONSULTANT shall be the initial interpreter of the Construction Documents. Limitations on Consultant's Responsibilities: 9.11 The CONSULTANT will not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 9.12 The CONSULTANT will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractors, or any of their agent, servants or employees, or any other person performing any of the Work under or through them. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK 401 10.1 Without invalidating the Contract, the CITY may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in or to the Work which shall only be authorized by a written Change Orders. Upon receipt of a Change Order, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be performed under"the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any authorized written Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment will be made as provided in Article I I or Article 12. A written Change Order signed by the CITY and the CONTRACTOR indicates their agreement to the terms of the Change Order. All Change Orders shall be certified by the CONSULTANT as to the appropriateness and value of the change in the Work as well as to any change in the time to complete the Work under the circumstances. The failure to include a time extension in the Change Order or in the request for a change order shall result in a waiver of any extension of time due to the change in the work as reflected in the Change Order. 10.2 The CONSULTANT may authorize minor changes or alterations in the Work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents without the need for a formal written Change Order provided the CONTRACTOR does not request additional time or additional compensation. These may be accomplished by a written Field Order. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any change or alteration authorized by the CONSULTANT's Field Order would entitles the CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or extension of Contract Time, it must submit a written notice of intent to demand a Change Order within twenty-four (24) hours of the issuance of the Field Order and submit a written proposal for Change Order within four (4) days thereafter, otherwise the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have waived such claim. 10.3 Additional Work performed by the CONTRACTOR without authorization of a written Change Order shall not entitle it to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and except as provided in paragraph 10.2. 10.4 The CITY will execute appropriate Change Orders prepared by the CONSULTANT covering changes in the Work, to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.4, and Work performed in an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and any other claim of the CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price which is approved by the CONSULTANT. 10.5 It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to notify its Surety of any changes affecting the general Scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price or Contract Time and the amount of the applicable bonds shall be adjusted accordingly. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish proof of such an adjustment to the CITY before commencement of the Change Order Work. The Work shall be stopped until the CONTRACTOR provides such proof of adjustment in the Bond amount and any such delay shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE I I — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE, 11.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the CONTRACTOR for Performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the CONTRACTOR shall be at its expense without changing the Contract Price. 11.2 The CITY may, at any time, without written notice to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a Change Order, make any change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract, including but not limited to changes to or in: 1 1.2.1 Specifications (including drawings and designs); 1 1.2.2 Method or manner of performance of the Work. 11.2.3 CITY -furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or site; or 11.2.4 Acceleration in the performance of the Work. 11.3 Except as provided in this section, or sections referred to in this section, no order, statement, or conduct of the CITY shall be treated as a Change Order or entitle the CONTRACTOR to an equitable adjustment unless and until the change in the Work is specifically and expressly provided for in a written Change Order, or as otherwise provided in another section of the Contract Documents. 11.4 When a Change Order is issued by the CONSULTANT and signed by the CITY or issued by the CITY in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work even if the CONTRACTOR does not agree with the dollar amount of the Change Order. If any Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR'S cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the Work under this Contract, for which the CITY and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach a timely agreement, an equitable adjustment based on the cost of the Work shall be made and the Contract modified accordingly. 11.5 If the CONTRACTOR intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment or contest the equitable adjustment made by the CONSULTANT, it shall, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of a written Change Order, submit to the CITY and CONSULTANT a written notice including a statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim for equitable adjustment, time extension 402 requested and supporting data. In determining the cost of the Change Order, the costs shall be limited to those listed in section 11.7 and 11.8. 11.6 No claim by the CONTRACTOR for an equitable adjustment hereunder shall be allowed if not submitted in accordance with this section or if asserted after final payment under this Contract. 11.7 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways: 11.7.1 By negotiated lump sum. 1 1.7.2 On the basis of the reasonable cost and savings that results from the change in the Work plus a mutually agreed upon fee to the CONTRACTOR to cover overhead and profit not to exceed 15%. If the CONTRACTOR disagrees with the CONSULTANTS determination of reasonable costs, the CONTRACT shall provide a list of all costs together with backup documentation 11.8 The term cost of the Work means the sum of all direct extra costs necessarily incurred and paid by the CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Change Order. Except as otherwise may be agreed to In writing by CITY, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in Miami -Dade County and shall include only the following items: 1 1.8.1 Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work described in the Change Order under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by CITY and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall be limited to: salaries and wages, plus the costs of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays shall be included in the above only if authorized by CITY and provided it was not in any way, whether in whole or in part the result of the fault of the CONTRACTOR due to negligence of the CONTRACTOR or those acting by or through him or due in whole or in part to Defective Work of the CONTRACTOR. 1 1.8.2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage, and manufacturers' field services required in connection therewith. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the CITY of all cash discounts that are available and offer the CITY the opportunity to deposit funds with the CONTRACTOR for the payment for items that offer a discount. Cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless the CONTRACTOR fails to timely notify the CITY of the discounts or if the OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments in which cases the cash discounts shall accrue to the OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 1 1.8.3 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by CITY, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to him and shall deliver such bids to CITY who will then determine, with the advice of the CONSULTANT, which Bids will be accepted. No subcontract shall be a cost plus contract unless approved in writing by the CITY. If a Subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of Work plus a fee, the cost of the Work shall be determined in accordance this section 11.8 and in such case the word "Subcontractor" shall be substituted for the word "CONTRACTOR". 11.8.4 Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, except hand tools, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by CITY with the advice of CONSULTANT, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof - all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 1 1.8.5 Sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by any governmental authority. 11.8.6 Payments and fees for permits and licenses. Costs for permits and licenses must be shown as a separate item. 1 1.8.7 The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 1 1.8.8 Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.8.9 Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required solely because of changes in the Work, not to exceed two percent (2%) of the increase in the Cost of the Work. 11.9 The term Cost of the Work shall NOT include any of the following. 403 1 1.9.1 Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR'S officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, lawyers, agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in its principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the schedule referred to in Subparagraph I I.S. 11.9.2 Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and branch offices other than its office at the site. 11.9.3 Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.9.4 Cost of premiums for all bonds and for all insurance policies whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 11.8.9). 11.9.5 Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.9.6 Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included In Paragraph 11.8. 11.10 The CONTRACTOR'S fee which shall be allowed to CONTRACTOR for its overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.10.1 A mutually acceptable firm fixed price; or if none can be agreed upon. 11.10.2 A mutually acceptable fixed percentage (not to exceed 15%). 11.11 The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in costs calculated in the same manner as provided in 11.8. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the net shall be computed to include overhead and profit, identified separately, for both additions and credit, provided however, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits for any Work not performed. ARTICLE 12 - TIME FOR COMPLETION, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AND CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT TIME. 12.1 Time is of the essence to this contract and the date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work are essential conditions of the Contract. Therefore, the Work shall be commenced on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and completed within the time specified for completion of the work. 12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the Contract Time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the Work. No extension of time shall be granted due conditions that the Contractor knew of or should have known of before bidding on the project or due to inclement weather, except as provided in section 12.7. 12.3 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to complete the Work within the Contract Time, or extension of time granted by the CITY, then the CONTRACTOR shall pay to the OWNER the amount of liquidated damages as specified in the Contract Documents for each calendar day after the scheduled date for completion as adjusted by written Change Orders that extended the completion date. 12.3.1 These amounts are not penalties but are liquidated damages incurred by the OWNER for its inability to obtain full use of the Project Liquidated damages are hereby fixed and agreed upon between the parties, recognizing the impossibility of precisely ascertaining the amount of damages that will be sustained as a consequence of such delay, and both parties desiring to obviate any question or dispute concerning the amount of said damages and the cost and effect of the failure of CONTRACTOR to complete the Contract on time. The above -stated liquidated damages shall apply separately to each phase of the Project for which a time for completion is given. 12.3.2 CITY is authorized to deduct the liquidated damages from monies due to CONTRACTOR for the Work under this Contract. 12.4 The Contract Time may only be changed by a written Change Order. Any claim for an extension in the CONTRACT TIME shall be based on written notice delivered to the CITY and CONSULTANT within five (5) business days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim including supporting data. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time shall be evaluated and recommended by the CONSULTANT, with final approval by the CITY'S representative. Any change in the Contract Time resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a written Change Order. 12.5 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 404 12.6 No claim for delay shall be allowed because of failure to furnish Drawings before the expiration of fourteen (14) calendar days after demand has been made in writing to the CONSULTANT for such Drawings. Furthermore, there shall be no monetary compensation for such delay and the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy shall be an extension of time for the period of delay. 12.7 Extensions to the Contract Time for delays caused by the effects of inclement weather shall not be granted unless the weather was unusual for South Florida and could not have been anticipated, the abnormal weather is documented by records from the national weather service and the abnormal weather is documented to have had a substantial affected on the construction schedule. 12.8 No Damages for Delay: The CONTRACTOR agrees that he shall not have any claim for damages due to delay unless the delay exceeds 6 months, whether individually or cumulatively, and then the damages shall be limited to increased cost of materials that were unanticipated and that would not have been incurred but for the delay. Other than as set forth above, the only remedy for any delay shall be limited to an extension of time as provided for In Section 12.4 which shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for such resulting delay. Other than as set forth above, CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or payment or compensation of any kind from OWNER for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, expenses or damages, including but not limited to, costs of acceleration or inefficiency, overhead or lost profits, arising because of delay, disruption, interference or hindrance from any cause whatsoever, whether such delay, disruption, interference or hindrance be reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable or unforeseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable. 12.9 The CONTRACTOR waives all claims that are not presented to the City in writing on or before the 21 st day following the date of the event upon which the claim is based. 12.10 Dispute Resolution: If any dispute concerning a question of fact arises under the Contract, other than termination for default or convenience, the CONTRACTOR and the city department responsible for the administration of the Contract shall make a good faith effort to resolve the dispute. If the dispute cannot be resolved by agreement, then the department with the advice of the City Attorney and the CONSULTANT shall rule on the disputed issue and send a written copy of its decision to the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall comply with such decision and shall not delay the project. ARTICLE 13 — GUARANTEE 13.1 The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee and unconditionally warrant through either the manufacturer or the CONTRACTOR directly, all materials and equipment furnished and Work performed for patent Defective Work for a period of one (1) year from the date of Final Acceptance as indicated in the CONSULTANT Letter of Recommendation of Acceptance, if issued, the Certificate of Occupancy, if issued, or the Certificate of Completion, if issued by the City, whichever is applicable and if more than one is applicable, the one that is issued last, for patent Defective Work,. The same guarantee and unconditional warranty shall be extended for three (3) years from the date of Final Acceptance as indicated in the CONSULTANT Letter of Recommendation of Acceptance, if issued, the Certificate of Occupancy, if issued, or the Certificate of Completion, if issued by the City, whichever is applicable and if more than one is applicable, the one that is issued last, for latent Defective Work. The CITY will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the CONTRACTOR should fail to commence to correct such Defective Work within ten (10) calendar days after having received written notice of the defect, or should the CONTRACTOR commence the corrective work, but fail to prosecute the corrective work continuously and diligently and in accordance with the Contract Documents, applicable law, rules and regulations, the CITY may declare an event of default, terminate the Contract in whole or in part and cause the Defective Work to be removed or corrected and to complete the Work at the CONTRACTOR's expense, and the CITY shall charge the CONTRACTOR the cost thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period. 13.2 The specific warranty periods listed in the Contract Documents, if different from the period of time listed in Section 13.1, shall take precedence over Section 13.1. 13.3 CONTRACTOR shall act as agent, on a limited basis for the OWNER, at the CITY's option, solely for the follow-up concerning warranty compliance for all items under manufacturer's Warranty/Guarantee and for the purpose of completing all forms for Warranty/Guarantee coverage under this Contract. 13.4 In case of default by the CONTRACTOR, the City of South Miami may procure the articles or services from other sources and hold the CONTRACTOR responsible for any excess costs occasioned or incurred thereby. 13.5 The CITY may withhold acceptance of, or reject items which are found upon examination, not to meet the specification requirements. Upon written notification of rejection, items shall be removed within five (5) business days by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense and redelivered at his expense. Rejected goods left longer than thirty (30) calendar days shall be regarded as abandoned and the City shall have the right to dispose of them as its own property and the CONTRACTOR thereby waives any claim to the 405 good or to compensation of any kind. Rejection for Non -Conforming Work or failure to meet delivery schedules may result in the Contract being found in default. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION. Payments to Contractor 14.1 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any money for any work performed before the issuance of a Notice to Proceed on the form described in the Contract Documents and the issuance by the City of a "purchase order", or any other document, does not and shall not authorize the commencement of the Work. At least ten (10) calendar days before each progress payment falls due (but not more often than once a month), the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the CONSULTANT a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work performed during the period covered by the partial payment estimate and supported by such data as the CONSULTANT may reasonably require. All progress payment applications after the first progress payment shall be accompanied by partial releases of lien executed by all persons, firms and corporations who have furnished labor, services or materials incorporated into the work during the period of time for which the previous progress payment was made, releasing such claims and lien rights, if any, of those persons. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at or near site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the CITY, which establishes the OWNER'S title to the material and equipment as well as certificates of insurance providing coverage for 100% of the value of said material and equipment covering the material and equipment from all casualties as well as theft, vandalism, fire and flood. The CONTRACTOR shall replace at its expense any stored materials paid for which are either damaged or stolen before installation. The CONSULTANT will within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each partial payment estimate, either certifying in writing its approval of payment and present the partial payment estimate to the OWNER, or return the partial payment estimate to the CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The OWNER, will within thirty (30) calendar days of presentation to it of any approved partial payment estimate, pay the CONTRACTOR a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment estimate. The OWNER shall retain ten (10%) percent of the amount of each payment until Final Completion and Acceptance of all Work covered by the Contract Documents. Any interest earned on the retainage shall accrue to the benefit of the OWNER. 14.2 The CONTRACTOR, before it shall receive final payment, shall deliver to the CITY a Contractor's Final Payment Affidavit as set forth in the Florida Construction Lien Statute as well as final releases of lien executed by all persons who have performed or furnished labor, services or materials, directly or indirectly, which was incorporated into the Work. If any person refuses to provide such a release or provides a conditional release, the CITY shall have the right to issue a joint check made payable to the CONTRACTOR and such person. Contractor's Warranty of Title 14.3 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment whether the Work, material or equipment is incorporated in the Project or not, shall have passed to the OWNER prior to the making of the Application for Payment, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interest and encumbrances (hereafter in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens"); and that no Work, materials or equipment, covered by an Application for Payment, will have been acquired by the CONTRACTOR or by any other person performing the Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, under or pursuant to an agreement under which an interest therein or encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the CONTRACTOR or such other person. Approval of Payment 14.4 The CONSULTANT's approval of any payment requested in an Application for Payment shall constitute a representation by him to the CITY, based on the CONSULTANT's on site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced professional and on his review of the Application for Payment and supporting data, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated in the Application for Payment; that, to the best his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning Project upon substantial completion as defined in Article I, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents and any qualifications stated in his approval); and that the CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount approved. However, by approving, any such payment the CONSULTANT shall not thereby be deemed to have represented that he made exhaustive or continuous on -site observations to check the quality or 406 the quantity of the Work, or that he has reviewed the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction or that he had made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid or to be paid to him on account of the Contract Price, or that title to any Work, materials, or equipment has passed to the OWNER free and clear of any liens. 14.5 The CONTRACTOR shall make the following certification on each request for payment: "I hereby certify that the labor and materials listed on this request for payment have been used in the construction of this Work and that all materials included in this request for payment and not yet incorporated into the construction are now on the site or stored at an approved location, and payment received from the last request for payment has been used to make payments to all his Subcontractors and suppliers, except for the amounts listed below beside the names of the persons who performed work or supplied materials". In the event that the CONTRACTOR withholds payment from a Subcontractor or Supplier, the same amount of money shall be withheld from the CONTRACTOR's payment until the issue is resolved by written agreement between them and then a joint check shall be made payable to the person in question and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the settlement agreement, otherwise the money shall be held by the OWNER until a judgment is entered in favor of the CONTRACTOR or the person, in which case the money shall be paid according with said judgment. Nothing contained herein shall indicate an intent to benefit any third persons who are not signatories to the Contract. 14.6 The CONSULTANT may refuse to approve the whole or any part of any payment if, in its opinion, it is unable to make such representations to the OWNER as required this Section 14. It may also refuse to approve any payment, or it may void any prior payment application certification because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspection or tests to such extent as may be necessary in its opinion to protect the OWNER from loss because: 14.6.1 of Defective Work, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.6.2 the Work for which payment is requested cannot be verified, 14.6.3 claims of Liens have been filed or received, or there is reasonable evidence indicating the probable filing or receipt thereof, 14.6.4 the Contract Price has been reduced because of modifications, 14.6.5 the CITY has correct Defective Work or completed the Work in accordance with Article 13. 14.6.6 of unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up as required by paragraphs 6.29 and 6.30, 14.6.7 of persistent failure to cooperate with other contractors on the Project and persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, 14.6.8 of liquidated damages payable by the CONTRACTOR, or 14.6.9 of any other violation of, or failure to comply with provisions of the Contract Documents. 14.7 Prior to Final Acceptance the OWNER, with the approval of the CONSULTANT, may use any completed • or substantially completed portions of the Work provided such use does not interfere with the CONTRACTOR's completion of the Work. Such use shall not constitute an acceptance of such portions of the Work. 14.8 The CITY shall have the right to enter the premises for the purpose of doing Work not covered by the Contract Documents. This provision shall not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR of the sole responsibility for the care and protection of the Work, or the restoration of any damaged Work except such as may be caused by agents or employees of the OWNER. 14.9 Upon completion and acceptance of the Work the CONSULTANT shall issue a Certificate attached to the Final Application for Payment that the Work has been accepted by it under the conditions of the Contract Documents. The entire balance found to be due the CONTRACTOR, including the retained percentages, but except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the OWNER, shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) calendar days of completion and acceptance of the Work. 14.10 Upon The awarded CONTRACTOR will be strongly encouraged to register as an ePayables Vendor with the Owner. The Bank of America ePayables Solution is an automated card payment process that shifts accounts payable disbursements to corporate purchasing cards. ePayables, streamline the process of making payments to your organization going forward, the City will provide the CONTRACTOR with a credit card account number to keep on file. This card has unique security features, with $0 of available funds until an invoice is approved for payment. After an invoice has received proper and complete approval, an electronic remittance advice will be sent via e-mail, or fax, which notifies the CONTRACTOR that the funds have been transferred in to the account linked to the card for the amount listed on the invoice and/or remittance email. Please refer to the ePayables Questions & Answers Form contained in this RFP or contact the OWNER's Finance department at (305) 663-6343 with any questions. 407 Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 14.11 The Acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the OWNER and a waiver of all claims and all liability to the CONTRACTOR other than claims previously filed and unresolved. The waiver shall include all things done or furnished in connection with the Work and for every act and neglect of the OWNER and others relating to or arising out of this Work. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release the CONTRACTOR or its sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the Performance Bond and Payment Bonds. 14.12 The CONSULTANT may void any certification of Substantial Completion or Final Completion of the Work as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the OWNER from loss if he determines, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspection or tests, that: 14.12.1 the Work is defective, or that the completed Work has been damaged due to the fault of the CONTRACTOR or any individual or entity operating under or through it requiring correction or replacement to the extent that the project is no longer Substantially Completed, or in the case of Final Completion certification, is no longer Finally Competed. 14.12.2 the Work necessary to be completed for the purpose of certifying the work as being Substantially Completed or Finally Completed cannot be verified, 14.12.3 claims or Liens have been filed or received, or there is reasonable evidence indicating the probable filing or receipt thereof that, if valid and paid, would reduce the amount owing to the CONTRACTOR BY 20% in the case of Substantial Completion and 5% in the case of Final Completion. 14.12.4 there is Defective Work the value of which, if deducted from the contract price would reduce the amount owing to the CONTRACTOR BY 20% in the case of Substantial Completion and 5% in the case of Final Completion. 14.13 If the CONSULTANT de -certifies any portion of the Work that was certified ("Initial Certification") by the CONSULTANT, the CONTRACTOR shall repay to the City of South Miami any money paid as a result of said Initial Certification being issued which shall be paid only when the decertified work is re- certified. ARTICLE I S — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION. 15.1 The CITY may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) calendar days by notice in writing to the CONTRACTOR and the CONSULTANT, which shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension and if a claim is timely made and if it is allowed under the terms of Articles I or Article 12. City May Terminate 15.2 If the CONTRACTOR is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the CONTRACTOR or for any its property, or if he files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under bankruptcy or similar laws, or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or he disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction, or if he disregards the authority of the CONSULTANT, or if he otherwise violates any provision of, the Contract Documents, then the CITY may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the CONTRACTOR and the Surety seven (7) calendar days written notice, terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR and take possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the CONTRACTOR, and finish the Work by whatever method it may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or the Surety on the Performance Bond shall pay the difference to the OWNER. Such costs incurred by the OWNER shall be determined by the CONSULTANT and incorporated in a Change Order. If after termination of the CONTRACTOR under this Section, it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction for any reason that the CONTRACTOR was not in default, the rights and obligations of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall be the same as if the termination had been issued pursuant to Section 15.5 408 15.3 Where the CONTRACTOR'S services have been so terminated by the CITY said termination shall not affect any rights of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys by the OWNER due the CONTRACTOR shall not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4 Upon seven (7) calendar days' written notice to the CONTRACTOR and the CONSULTANT, the CITY may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to terminate the Contract for the convenience of the OWNER. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and accepted by the CITY as of the date of the termination, minus any deduction for damage or Defective Work. No payment shall be made for profit for Work which has not been performed. I SAA The CITY reserves the right in the event the CONTRACTOR cannot provide an item(s) or service(s) in a timely manner as requested, to obtain the good and/or services from other sources and deducting the cost from the Contract Price without violating the intent of the Contract. Removal of Equipment 15.5 In the case of termination of this Contract before completion for any cause whatever, the CONTRACTOR, if notified to do so by the CITY, shall promptly remove any part or all of its equipment and supplies from the property of the OWNER. Should the CONTRACTOR not remove such equipment and supplies, the CITY shall have the right to remove them at the expense of the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR agrees that the OWNER shall not be liable for loss or damage to such equipment or supplies. Equipment and supplies shall not be construed to include such items for which the CONTRACTOR has been paid in whole or in part. Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 15.6 If, through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) calendar days by the CITY or by order of other public authority, or under an order of court or the CONSULTANT fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or the OWNER fails to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum approved by the CONSULTANT, within thirty (30) calendar days of its approval, and presentation, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon twenty (20) calendar days written notice to the CITY and the CONSULTANT, terminate the Contract. The CITY may remedy the delay or neglect within the twenty (20) calendar day time frame. If timely remedied by the CITY, the Contract shall not be considered terminated. In lieu of terminating the Contract, if the CONSULTANT has failed to act on an Application for Payment or the OWNER has failed to make any payment as afore said, the CONTRACTOR may upon ten (10) calendar days' notice to the CITY and the CONSULTANT stop the Work until it has been paid all amounts then due. Indemnification of Independent Consultant. 15.7 The CONTRACTOR and the CITY hereby acknowledges that if the CONSULTANT is an independent contractor of the OWNER, the CONSULTANT may be reluctant to rule on any disputes concerning the Contract Documents or on the performance of the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. Therefore, the OWNER, at the CONSULTANT's request, agrees to provide the CONSULTANT with a written indemnification and hold harmless agreement to indemnify and hold the CONSULTANT harmless as to any decision in this regard before the CONSULTANT makes an interpretation, de -certifies a payment application, decertifies Substantial Completion, decertifies Final Completion, certifies an event of default, or approves any action which requires the approval of the CONSULTANT. ARTICLE 16 —MISCELLANEOUS, 16.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice it shall be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last known business address. 16.2 The Contract Documents shall remain the property of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR and the CONSULTANT shall have the right to keep one record set of the Contract Documents upon completion of the Project. 16.3 The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions, Special Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, if any, and the rights and remedies available hereunder, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available to the OWNER and CONSULTANT thereunder, shall 409 be in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available by law, by special guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 16.4 Should the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to its person or property because of any error, omission, or act of the other or of any of their employees or agents or others for whose acts they are legally liable, claim shall be made In writing to the other party within twenty-one (21) calendar days of the first observance of such injury or damage. ARTICLE 17 - WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. 17.1 OWNER and CONTRACTOR knowingly, irrevocably voluntarily and intentionally waive any right either may have to a trial by jury in State or Federal Court proceedings in respect to any action, proceeding, lawsuit or counterclaim arising out of the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work thereunder. ARTICLE 18 - ATTORNEYS FEES JURISDICTION / VENUE I GOVERNING LAW 18.1 The Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Florida. 18.2 The parties submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction in Florida regarding any claim or action arising out of or relating to the Contract or Contract Documents. Venue of any action to enforce the Contract shall be in Miami -Dade County, Florida. 18.3 Except as may be otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR arising out of or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof, shall be decided in a court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Florida. ARTICLE 19 - PROJECT RECORDS, 19.1 The CITY shall have right to inspect and copy during regular business hours at OWNER'S expense, the books and records and accounts of CONTRACTOR which relate in any way to the Project, and to any claim for additional compensation made by CONTRACTOR, and to conduct an audit of the financial and accounting records of CONTRACTOR which relate to the Project. CONTRACTOR shall retain and make available to CITY all such books and records and accounts, financial or otherwise, which relate to the Project and to any claim for a period of three (3) years following final completion of the Project. During the Project and the three (3) year period following final completion of the Project, CONTRACTOR shall provide CITY access to its books and records upon five (5) business day's written notice. 19.2 CONTRACTOR and all of its subcontractors are required to comply with the public records law (s.119.0701) while providing services on behalf of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, under such conditions, shall incorporate this paragraph in all of its subcontracts for this Project. CONTRACTOR and its subcontractors are specifically required to: (a) Keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service; (b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be Inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency; and (d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 1191 FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR'S DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT, CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 30S-663-6340; E-mail: mmenendezgsouthmiamifl.gov; 6130 Sunset Drive, South Miami, FL 33143. 410 19.3 If CONTRACTOR or Its subcontraccor does not comply with a public records request, the CITY shall have the right to enforce this contract provision by specific performance and the person who violates this provision shall be liable to OWNER for Its costs of enforcing this provision, including attorney fees incurred in all proceedings, whether administrative or civil court and In all appellate proceedings. ARTICLE 20 — SEVERABILITY. 20.1 If any provision of the Contract or the application thereof to any person or situation shall to any extent, be held Invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Contract, and the application of such provisions to persons or situations other than those as to which it shall have been held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and shall continue in full force and effect, and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. ARTICLE 21 — INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR 21.1 The CONTRACTOR is an Independent CONTRACTOR under the Contract Services provided by the CONTRACTOR shall be by employees of the CONTRACTOR and subject to supervision by the CONTRACTOR, and not as officers, employees, or agents of the OWNER. Personnel policies, tax responsibilities, social security and health insurance, employee benefits, purchasing policies and other similar administrative procedures, applicable to services rendered under the Contract shall be those of the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 22 —ASSIGNMENT. 22.1 The CONTRACTOR shall not transfer or assign any of its rights or duties, obligations and responsibilities arising under the terms, conditions and provisions of this Contract without prior written consent of the City Manager. The CITY will not unreasonably withhold and/or delay its consent to the assignment of the CONTRACTOR's rights. The CITY may, In its sole and absolute discretion, refuse to allow the CONTRACTOR to assign its duties, obligations and responsibilities. In any event, the CITY shall not consent to such assignment unless CONTRACTOR remains jointly and severally liable for any breach of the Agreement by the assignee, the assignee meets all of the CITY's requirements to the CITY's sole satisfaction and the assignee executes all of the Contract Documents that were required to be executed by the CONTRACTOR IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the eral Conditions to acknowledge their Inclusion as part of the Contract Documents on this —J) day of CONTRACTOR: Print Signatory's Name: ( Title of Signatory: JYizS/ ATTESTED:` \ OWNER: CITY O SOUT AMI N Signature: 6 - Signature: (11 Nkenga ayne Steven Alexander City Clerk /' V City Manager Read and Approved as to Form, Language, (�v Legality. and Execution Thereof: Signature: City Attorney CI-G END OF SECTION EXHIBIT 8 Supplementary Conditions CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 A. Consultant In accordance with ARTICLE I of the General Conditions CONSULTANT is defined as the person identified as the CONSULTANT in the Supplementary Conditions or if none, then CITY's designated representative as identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The CONSULTANT'S, if any, and the City's Designated Representative's name, address, telephone number and facsimile number are as follows: Consultant: EAC CONSULTING INC. 5959 Blue Lagoon Drive Suite 410 Miami, FL 33126 SRS ENGINEERING 5001 SW 74 Court #201 Miami, FL 33155 B. Termination or Substitution of Consultant: Nothing herein shall prevent the CITY from terminating the services of the CONSULTANT or from substituting another "person" to act as the CONSULTANT. C. Plans for Construction: The successful CONTRACTOR will be furnished sets of Contract Documents without charge. Any additional copies required will be furnished to the CONTRACTOR at a cost to the CONTRACTOR equal to the reproduction cost. D. The Scope of Services, also referred to as the Work in the contract documents, is as set forth in the RFP and in the attached EXHIBIT I, Attachments A, B C & D to the RFP and if there is a conflict the attached Exhibit shall take precedence. E. Contractor shall comply with the insurance and indemnification requirements is set forth in the RFP and in the document sec forth in the attached EXHIBIT 2 to the RFP and if there is a conflict the attached Exhibit shall take precedence. F. The Work shall be completed in 120 calendar days unless a shorter time is set forth in the Contract and in such event the Contract shall take precedent notwithstanding any provision in the General Conditions to the Contract that may be to the contrary. G. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data with respect to existing Underground Facilities or conditions at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of all Underground Facilities and conditions that may affect the Work It is agreed by the parties that no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect to any Underground Facilities or conditions are, or will be, required by CONTRACTOR to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. CONTRACTOR has given the City written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and, if any conflicts, errors or discrepancies have been found and notice given, the CONTRACTOR represents, by submitting its proposal to the City, that the CONTRACTOR has received sufficient notice of the resolution thereof from the City, that such resolution is acceptable to CONTRACTOR and that the CONTRACTOR waives any claim regarding the conflicts, errors or discrepancies. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Supple ntary Conditions to acknowledge their inclusion as part of the Contract on this day of ' 20 Z!57 Print Signatory's Name: Title of Signatory: 412 ATTESTED: Signature: Q Nkeng Payne City Clerk OWNER: CIT F SOUTptz�'4 Signature: Steven Alexander rd City Manager Read and Approved as to Form, Language, YY�� Legality, and Execution Thereof: c� Signature:v City Attorney END OF SECTION 413 EXHIBIT I Scope of Services Attachment A FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The work specified in this Request for Proposal (RFP) consists of furnishing all goods, materials, supplies and services necessary to provide a completed project that meets all of the needs described in this SCOPE OF SERVICES and as otherwise described in this RFP (the "Work"). The Work is to be performed per specifications and the contract documents. The Work includes, but is not limited to keeping the project site clean and safe, the furnishing all labor of the Contractor and the labor of all allowable subcontractors, the cost of dumpster(s) and the disposal of materials as well as all necessary engineering and architectural plans, drawings, technical specifications and permits; all necessary equipment, including rental equipment, machinery, tools, means of transportation, freight, the coordination with any other City contractor, subcontractors and utility companies (i.e. power, gas, water), erecting construction safety fencing, cones, etc. at the end of each working day. Prior to any digging, Respondents must locate all underground utilities and other facilities as well as contacting Sunshine 811 to coordinate the process between excavators and member utilities in Florida so that they can mark the approximate location of underground lines, pipes and cables on construction site. Permit fees are waived for permits issued by the City of South Miami. Taxes and permit fees from other government entities, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Respondent However, in all cases, it is the responsibility of Respondents to prepare engineering and architectural plans, drawings, and technical specifications and perform laboratory tests which may be required to secure any and all permits or licenses, that would be required to complete this contractual service/project as well as securing any and all documents required for the successful approval of permit(s) by the City of South Miami Building Department and/or from other government entities as required. 11. SCOPE OF WORK: The City's is soliciting proposals from highly qualified firms for remodeling/renovation of four (4) restroom facilities and one (1) kitchen service area; installation of new retractable gym bleachers, safety wall pads, and four (4) new drinking water fountains. All electrical modifications and plumbing must be code compliant. A brief work summary is listed below. Restroom Facilities Remodel/Renovation Refer to architectural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings produced by MC Harry Associates and SDM Consulting Engineers. Also included are specifications, cut -sheets, and existing conditions for the kitchen service area remodel/renovation, as per Exhibit 1, Scope of Services, Attachment B, "Specifications & Cut -Sheets" 36 Kitchen Service Area Remodel/Renovation Refer to architectural, electrical, and plumbing drawings produced by Laura M. Perez & Associates, Inc. and Basulto & Associates. Also included are specifications, cut -sheets, and existing conditions for the kitchen service area remodel/renovation, as per Exhibit 1, Scope of Services, Attachment B, "Specifications & Cut -Sheets" Water Cooler/Fountains • Demo four (4) existing drinking water fountain/coolers located in the lobby on the I n floor and 2"d floor, basketball gymnasium, and fitness room area. Protect existing plumbing stack for use with new water cooler installation. • Install four (4) new water coolers — Versacooler II with hands -free versafiller — refrigerated - #PGBEBFSL; or an "approved equal." Should a Respondent submit an "approved equal," the City will make the sole determination if the "approved equal" is acceptable for this project. Gymnasium • Demo, remove, and dispose of existing bleacher system and safety wall padding. • Install (72) each 2' x 6' safety wall pads (12 SF per pad) — color to be determined with Awarded Respondent/Contractor. • Install new telescopic bleachers — new bleacher system must meet or exceed manufacturer/brand name, Hussey Seating Company Maxam Bleachers or an "approved equal." Should a Respondent submit an "approved equal," the City will make the sole determination if the "approved equal" is acceptable for this project. o Demo and dispose of existing bleachers o Install new wall attached 0 440 gross seats / 332 net seats o Two (2) banks 47.25 L x 7 Rows — must fit existing layout 0 24" Run 0 9-5/8" Rise 0 6" Rear Deck Filler o (8) Column Cut -Outs o Interior aisles with auto -rotating P rails o Front Steps o Immediate Steps o ADA Flex Rows o Electric Operation with Pendant Control o Respondent is responsible for configuring and installing all necessary electrical work to ensure safe hook-up and operations of new telescopic bleacher system. Respondents are strongly encouraged to visit the site and verify all sizes and dimensions, quantities of materials required, and site -specific needs to successfully complete and install new telescopic bleacher system. 37 i si v --i I . Xa III. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The City engaged EAC Consulting, Inc. to develop design construction drawings for the restroom facilities, completed by sub -consultants M.C. Harry & Associates and SDM Consulting Engineers; and, SRS Engineering, Inc. was consulted to develop design construction drawings for the kitchen service area, completed by sub -consultants Basulto & Associates, Inc. (MEP Engineers) and Laura M. Perez & Associates, Inc. (Architect). These drawings are incorporated into the RFP as Exhibit 1, Scope of Services, Attachment C, "Design Construction Drawings & Technical Specifications." IV. BACKGROUND SCREENING All selected Respondents personnel and volunteers who provide any services or related activities must be in compliance with Level II Background Screening and fingerprinting requirements as per Exhibit "I" Scope of Services, "Attachment D," Background Screening, Florida Statues, Chapter 435," including but not limited to Florida Statute 435.04, Employment Screening, prior to the scheduled start of employment or volunteerism. A violation of this requirement shall constitute a substantial breach of the agreement. V. DEMOLITION WORK: The Respondent shall perform all demolition work required to prepare the project area for the remodeling/renovation of four (4) restroom facilities, one (1) kitchen service area, and installation of new retractable gym bleachers, safety wall pads, and four (4) new drinking water fountains. One (1) men's restroom and one (1) women's restroom shall be available and fully functional at all times during construction phase/period. The contractor shall remove and dispose of all demolished materials in accordance with all laws and regulations, unless otherwise directed by the City's Project Manager. The contractor shall protect all property from damage. Damaged property shall either be repaired or replaced by and at the sole expense of the contractor. VI. SITE LOCATION: Gibson -Bethel Community Center 5800 SW 66 Street South Miami, FL 33143 Respondents are strongly encouraged to visit the restroom facilities located on the 1" and 2nd level, kitchen service area (l" level), and indoor gymnasium area (1" level) and make themselves familiar with each location at the Gibson -Bethel Community Center. A Non -Mandatory Pre -Proposal Meeting will be conducted at 38 City Hall in the Commission Chambers located at 6130 Sunset Drive, South Miami, FL 33143. Check the "Schedule of Events" in the RFP for date and time. VII. PROJECT DURATION: After the permits have been secured/approved, the current estimate to complete this project in its entirety is one -hundred and twenty (120) calendar days from issuance of Notice to Proceed/Purchase Order/Email Notification from City's Project Manager. Work activity days are limited to the hours from 7:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m., on weekdays, Monday through Friday— Section 7-15 and 7-16 of the City's Code of Ordinances. Vill. LUMP SUM PRICING: Proposal pricing shall be submitted in a "Lump Sum" by completing Exhibit 3, "Construction Bid Form" and Exhibit 4, "Respondents Cost and Technical Proposal." Pricing submitted in Exhibit 3 & 4 shall include permit fee (if any), demolition, remodeling/renovation of four (4) restroom facilities, one (1) kitchen service area, and installation of new retractable gym bleachers, safety wall pads, and four (4) new drinking water fountains. IX. BUDGET: The project's maximum budget is $220,254 dollars. Funding for this project is provided by both the City of South Miami and Miami -Dade County Public Housing and Community Development. X. GRANT FUNDING: This project, in whole or in part, will be assisted through Miami -Dade County Public Housing and Community Development with Federal funding from Community Development Block Grant, (CDBG). Respondents must comply with the CDBG requirements; refer to Exhibit 5, "CDBG Federal Grant Requirements, Public Housing & Community Development Federal Labor Standards & Section 3 Requirements." NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT THIS SECTION WITH YOUR SUBMITTAL WILL RENDER YOUR PROPOSAL NON- RESPONSIVE. XI. WARRANTY: Respondent/Awarded Contractor shall provide at a minimum a two-year (from final completion) warranty against faulty materials and workmanship. Failures during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City. The standard manufacturer's warranty information must be provided in writing for all equipment being proposed and, if required by the warranty, such equipment shall be installed by an authorized installer before final payment is made. If the manufacturer's warranty is issued to the respondent/contractor, it shall be assigned to the City. SPECIAL NOTE A Performance and Payment Bond is required for the full amount of the project. END OF SECTION 39 EXHIBIT No. I SCOPE OF SERVICES Attachment B FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-OS "SPECIFICATIONS & CUT -SHEETS" 40 Full Door Half Door RS-1D-S1 RS-1D-S1-HD • RS-2DS1 RS-2D-S1-HD RS-3DS1 RS-3D-S1-HD RSA-1DS1 RSA-IDS1-HD lls RSA-2DS1 RSA-2DSI-HD RSA-3D-S1 RSA-3DSI-HD Equipped with Secure -Temp 1.0"' Technology- 3 Year Parts & Labor Warranty Plus an Additional 2 Year compressor Warranty Exclusive 2 Year Warranty on Santoprene Door Gaskets STANDARD FEATURES VICTORY ULTRASPEC" FEATURING. SecureTemp • Secure -Temp 1.0TM Technology • Full Electronic Control • LED Lights with Proximity Door Switch Activates Interior Lighting • Expansion Valve Technology • 20 Gauge, Stainless Steel Doors • Dual Speed, Energy Efficient, EC Fan Motors • Santoprene Door Gaskets with Exclusive 2 Year Warranty • Stainless Steel Breaker Strips • High Performance, Balanced, Top -Mounted Refrigeration • Environmentally Safe, R-134A Refrigerant • Automatic, Non -Electric Condensate Evaporator • Heavy -Duty Cylinder Locks • Self -Closing Doors With 120e Hold Open Feature • Ergonomically Correct Door Handles • S & SA Series Have 6' High Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs • Hinged Front Shroud Makes Condenser Cleaning Easier • One Piece, Snap -In Magnetic Door Gasket(s) • Anti -Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters • Stainless Steel Interior Door Liner • Three (3) Epoxy Coated Wire Shelves Per Cabinet Section • 10' Cord and Plug OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES RS-2DS7 • FLEXTEMP Performance Mode • Exterior Laminate DAcor • Remote Models • Stainless Steel Case Back ZC • 220150 or 220/60 Voltages • Front Kick Plate n , 000 • Change Door Swing Tie-in Banking Strips ?0M4 3Pq I (1 a • Adjustable Tray Slide Kit . Louvered Upper Case Ends �iCeR. • Additional Shelves • Heat Shield �JI� 5111�nleSS �CeQ • 3" or 6" Casters • UltraSpec Glass Doors %2 tcco • Correctional Facility Options 3779 Champion Blvd —Winston-Salem, NC 27105 PH: (888) 845-9800 - Fax (800) 253-5168 sales@vicloryrefrigeration.twm www.victoryrefrigeralion.com 41 ® 9CTORYULTRASPEC'm FEATURING: Se uCe uc eTemp CABINET CONSTRUCTION The cabinet front and doors are constructed of heavy gauge, polished stainless steel to maintain an attractive appearance after years of heavy use. Polyurethane foam insulation throughout ensures the ultimate in energy efficiency. The front shroud lifts up for easy access when cleaning the condenser unit. DOOR CONSTRUCTION The doors are heavy gauge, polished stainless steel with a stainless steel interior liner. Each door is provided with a cylinder lock and ergonomically correct vertical handle. The door hinges are self -closing and have a hold -open feature at 120' which facilitates product loading. Proximity switches energize the recessed interior incandescent fighting when the door is opened. Humidity control wires around the door jamb prevent condensation from forming on the front of the cabinet in high humidity environments. The wires are concealed by a high impact, non -conducting thermal breaker cap. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM All components of the high efficiency, air-cooled, self-contained refrigeration system are mounted on top of the cabinet out of the food storage zone providing greater usable stor- age space. Environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant is efficiently metered by an expan- sion valve providing a constant, safe operating temperature and quick 'recovery' under the most demanding conditions. The hermetically sealed systems are designed to operate at 380F. Each cooling coil has plasticized fin coils to resist food acids and dual -speed EC fan motors) for greater cooling capacity and efficiency. All condensate water is disposed of automatically by the energy efficient, non -electric condensate evaporator. INTERIOR STORAGE ARRANGEMENTS Each cabinet section is provided with three heavy-duty, epoxy coated wire shelves. The shelves are adjustable in one inch increments. A wide door opening allows for the use of a variety of optional pan slide configurations including 18' x 26" and 12' x 20' pans. ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM The easy to use V-TEMPT Control is standard. This durable, water resistant microproces- sor monitors and controls the entire temperature maintenance process. It includes an ON/ OFF switch, manual defrost, interior light switch. LED temperature indicator in'C or'F. a H1/LO audio/visual temperature alarm, power supply interruption, door ajar and 'clean condenser" alarms. A manager's 'lock -out" feature is provided to safeguard predetermined control settings. A HAACP Event Indicator/Memory feature announces and records up to nine (9) alarm events. Unique to the V-TEMPm are two standard modes of operation: SUPERCOOL - Provides a lower'set-point' refrigeration condition for a set period of time when food has just been loaded into the refrigerator and needs to be quickly brought back down to a safe temperature. ENERGY SAVING - The cabinet automatically reverts to the energy saving mode when there are no door openings for four hours. A FLEXTEMP mode of operation is available as an option. FLEXTEMP provides the ability to select a unique temperature from 28'F to 40'F. This optional feature is ideal for season- al menu changes and Items with specific temperature requirements for dairy, meat, fish or poultry. 2l)-UL I E&3 r 35 33-� EM wd l� 021 re73 v Ct14il oat 76A M 56-1/4 j rim cal t14M art I i D-14 = ad 5* CHARACTERISTICS 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section Net Capacity 21.5 46.5 70.1 Width, Overall (in.) 26 1/2" 52 1/8" 77 3/4' Depth, Overall (Inc. Handles) 35" 35" 35" Depth. Door(s) Open 90' 56 3/4" 56 3/4" 56 3/4- Clear Door Width (in.) 21 1/8' 21 118" 21 1/8' Clear Hatf-Door Height (in.) 25 3/8' 25 3/8" 25 3/8" Clear Full -Door Height (in.) 55 1/8' 55 1/4" 55 1/4' Height Overall (Inc. 6" legs) 84 1/4' 84 1/4" 84 1/4" No. Full/Half Doors 1F, 2H 2F. 4H 3 F, 6H No. of Shelves 3 6 9 Shelf Area (sq. ft.) 15.4 33.2 50.1 ELECTRICAL DATA Cabinet Voltage 115/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1 Feed Wires 2 2 2 Condensing Unit Voltage 115/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1 NEMA Plug 5-15P 5-15P 5-20P Total Amperes 9.8 10.7 13.8 NOTE: Plug style, voltage and full load amps may vary depending on certain options selected such as optional voltages and compressor upgrades. REFRIGERATION DATA Condensing Unit Size 1/3 HP 1/3 HP 1/2 HP Refrigerant R-134A R-134A R-134A CRATED DIMENSIONS Height Width Depth Cu. Ft. LBS One Section 84 112" 36" 43" 75.70 320 Two Section 84 1/2" 59 1/4" 43" 124.59 483 Three Section 84 1/2" 86 1/2" 43" 181.89 625 ' Remote units use R404A refrigerant standard and come with 6" legs Note: In order to provide peak operating performance the cabinet must have a 2 inch all around clearance and 12 inches above the top of the condensing unit. This endures an adequate air supply and space for routine maintenance and/or service if required. 32-1/5 F_ "IN all 33 (WWJ c80MI A oA 84 Q34 j� 7744 Elm no33 � I UN r,1 04 `er 71-VA _j Z:-UB ("j 21-lam U 73-IA iA aa. We reserve tfte right to change specilications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle fhe buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. Dimensional tolerances +!-'/4 Metric dimensions (MM) 01/17 FunTinic Palace . per Soz Hot Oil Popcom Machine FunTime Palace Popper Bee Hot Oil Popcorn Machine WARRANTY NOBEINFO t'M I 4 Reviaerts) Item Number. FT824PP-SK Retail Price $399.99 Our Price: $209.99 Quantity: 1 ./ IN STOCK FREE POPCORN ...FUN KIT;, . rimy k F ip to r. 50 oR i=' i all tr �. Details Customer Reviews fO �o r Ty FREE POPCORN What's better than a mountain of hot, buttery popcorn? Getting it for FREEI Remitm a FREE Funtlme PunKit including 3 Popcorn Tuba and 3 Perfect Popcorn 3-In-1 Packs r t with the order ofany FunTime Popcorn Machine. The Ultimate Home Theater Popcorn Machine Is Here Funtime's Palace Popper series of popcorn machines feature commercial quality without the commercial price. Designed with home theater enthusiast in mind. this deluxe hot oil popcorn machine has a number of upgrades that takes it to a whole new level. These machines all .�/lye Symemec SSL br __ . _... seoae stooplM You have no items in your shovoino can. r /fT/C^., L ' 1 A M Major Debit & VISA credit Cards Accepted OR paypal amazon.com. --I a/Earour .......................... FT812 -FunTime Perfect Popcorn . Bo: Nei Popcorn Poodles (Case of 12) pick To See L Quanbt, Discount, dih i (", r"Ce $22.99 •.32 FT-PCCB Fun..im D'awasher Safe Popmm Tubs (8 Pack) Retail Price • o' $24 99 Click To See ' Quantiy Discount �( Coil .........................�.�.. i FT1626PPSK - FunTime Palace Popper 16oz Hot Oil Popcorn Marline Retao Pnre $549 999 our Price $299.99 F- .......................... FT865PPSK - Funrme Palace 43 http:i/www.fadoryauthorizedoutleLmm'funiime/rmlime-palace-popper-8nz-hot-oil-popcom-machinel3r23f2Ol35:44:01 PM] YCr-P / GiD3:l.:a_ / Gr?pie'i h'C+:i>_. P•4 I.P :a4e�g 1 �_nr'.r�.�l':e :-:. I.'<Y'>AI'AIaS3 L'M'+I1 +::'A}i911 fj sh" O Save ufa.crczs a P,,, Maxx Ica > 450 lb. Freestanding Icemaker in Stainless Steel ..., r�l- :,:,�i�.,�:•: ol:ai: tee.,:.-,:.,p•>:,'�, • AIi1rB5 Vp10 iS0Cs. 01-cp Cpr CiY • S,pl91ry 1p a001pa. p14e d:6 41'IP • $L / 69/A�ulo%ma�4+wiQry prevents pnnloly 99,.., -{ar Ord sh�pkps 3, coo Quantity - 1 + 44 Specifications Dimensions C�t f,<oi►t':.l�li�t1t��1� �l,�i� Plio4iuct.D.ePth_Gn�?: 3f5! uik3t�gtst, fqt j, 55'ui. Proc(uct Heigist [n 1 dnOut.teftttiftightLt=t>gth.cq►.j 28 in: Product Width (ii): sO Details Color Family Metallics Ice Storage Capacity (lb.) 400 Color/Finish Stainless Steell Included No Additwal Items Included Commercial / Residential Commercial / Residential installation Type Built -In or Freestanding Drain Required Yes Number of Possible Ice Cube Shapes 1 Exterior Material Stainless Steel Number of Possible Ice Cube Sizes 1 Ice Maker Features Automatic Ice Level Con:roVShutoff,C1ean Product Weight (lb.) 3111b Cycte.Hidden Controls Ice Production per Day Qb.) A$Q Returnable 90-Day 45 WhiTIPWI 1.7 cu. R. Over the Range Microwave in Stainless Steel-WMH31017AS - The Home Depot Tool & Truck Rental Installation Services and Repair Gift Cards Help k! Cart More saving. Your Store: Dade County #277 More doing O Use Current Location or find acre Local Ad I Store Finder I Credit Center I Specials & Offers Search v DIY Projects & Sign In or Register All I I Ideas v Your Account Home i Appliances ) Cooking ) Microwaves > Over -the -Range Microwaves Whirlpool Model z Illt( Il1vt a 14T11131017AS 203;91643 1.7 cu. ft. Over the Range Microwave in Stainless Steel * * * * * (2,701)� Write a Questions & Answers (53) d Customer Images(21)Review + SPECIAL $259.00 1 each Lower price in Cart + p Finn 9J Shso y r COLOR/FINISH: Stainless Steel 0Q� _I CHECK EARLIEST DELIVERY DATE ENTER ZIP CODE CHECK AVAILABILITY • r a • �tl'Sa FREE DELIVERY & HAUL AWAY Order Online or In Store Contact your local store for pricing and to place orders in the following statels)AK.GU.HI,PR VI RELATED ITEMS " PRODUCT OVERVIEW v SPECIFICATIONS , RECOMMENDED ITEMS v CUSTOMER REVIEWS v -- MORE IN THIS COLLECTION FROM WHIRLPOOL (9) YOUR CURRENT PRODUCT IY J" W,,- -- -v Was 69998 1 o1 3 46 Imp. 7www.homedepol.com... ol-1-7tu R-Over-the-Range-Micmwave-in-Stainless-Steel-WMWI017AS203491643?MERCH=RV-_ m_s mh_plp_n-_-NA-_ 203491643-_-NI32420159:30:49AMJ Whirlpool ! 7 cu. ft. Over the Range Microwave in Stainless Steel.WMI131017AS -The Home Depot $259.00 )each $674.10 reach $629.10 )each $1979.10 )each Save 10% Save 10% Save 10% Whirlpool 1.7 mt. K Over the Whirlpool 5.0 cu. K Gas Whirlpool 4.6 cu. ft. Electric Whirlpool 24.7 cu. K French Range... Range with... Range with... Dom... ****i (2693) ****t1 (1114) ****i (13361 ****1 (913) + ACCESSORIES (3) PRODUCT OVERVIEW Model if N'MH31017AS Internet a 20349t643 Store SO SKL r i8oi;9 Easily match the amount of ventilation you need to the dish being prepared with two variable fan -speed settings. This Whirlpool 1.7 a. ft. capacity microwave's hidden vent gives it a streamlined appearance and Info & Guides simplifies cleaning. With up to 1.000 watts of cooking power, this Microwave offers the flexibility you need to prepare all types of food. � `4 Instructions 1 Assembly California residents: seePwposilion 65 information)• • 1 7 cu. It. capacity accommodates dinner plates and medium -seed dishes with ease q Use and Cam Manual • 1,000 watts of cooking power and 10 cooking levels make cooking and reheating a snap • 220 CFM venting system whisks smoke. steam and odors away from the cooklop to keep your kncnen au CQ Warranty clear is Electronic touch -controls on this microwave oven are easy to use and dean You will need Adobe D Acrobat© Reader to view PDF • 10-level variable cooking lets you choose the right power level for each dish documents. Download a free copy from the Adobe • SoftenfMell cycle uses gentle heat to handle delicate tasks like softening butler and melting chocolate Web site, with ease • Add 30-seconds ane-touch instant button allows you to add 30 seconds to any microwave cycle that is already in progress • Glass (amiable promotes even cooking and is removable for easy dean -up • Interior light allows to food the microwave is on or the door is open KEEPS YOU ��ssCOVERED you view your while • 2-speed fan helps remove smoke and food odors from your kitchen • Replaceable charcoal and dishwasher safe mesh filers takes grease and other impurities out of the air • Convertible venting. Can be installed as vented or non -vented (recirculating) to fit a variely of installation needs • If we can't repair it. we'll replace it - with a fast. • Limited 1-year warranty Home Depot eGift Card • Click Here for details on the services Induced with Delivery 8 Basic Hook-up and Installation options for . Food loss reimbursement up to $300 per claim on Major Appliances refrigerators and freezers • 25%reimbursement on parts for preventative maintenance . No lemon policy • No deductibles on repairs SPECIFICATIONS END OF SECTION DIMENSIONS Assembled Depth (in.) 16.13 in Assembled Height (in.) 17 25 in Compare Plans + Plan pricing and term options will be shown during the checkout process Limitations and exclusions apply. See terms and conditions for complete details. For split Card products 52.000 and up will receive a check reimbursement. Cut -Out Left to Right Width (in.) 30 in Microwave Size 30 in. 47 htipd/www.homedepotcom/...ol-1-7-c ft-Over-the-Range-Micmwave-in-StairdsSteel-WMR31017ASR03491643^MERCII-RV:-rvsearchflprr_-NA_.203491643 _-Nj3/2420159:30:49 AM) EXHIBIT No. I SCOPE OF SERVICES Attachment C FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 "DESIGN CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS" RESTROOM FACILITIES • M.C. Harry & Associates & SDM Consulting Engineers KITCHEN FACILITIES • Basulto & Associates, Inc. (MEP Engineers) & Laura M. Perez & Associates, Inc. (Architect). END OF SECTION 48 Project Manual GIBSON BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RESTROOM RENOVATIONS 5800 SW 66th Street South Miami Beach FL 33143 • �'�iOFPOHATEt? � f 1927 CITY OF SOUTH MIAMI 100% Submittal Architectural Specifications Div 02 thru Div 12 February 12, 2019 Prepared by Consultant: M.C. Harry & Associates, Inc. Architecture — Planning - Interiors 49 SECTION 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, & CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 1.01 DIVISION 00 -- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 1.02 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATIONS 2.01 DIVISION 02 -- EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Section 024119 - Selective Demolition 2.02 DIVISION 03 -- CONCRETE (Not Used) 2.03 DIVISION 04 -- MASONRY (Not Used) 2.04 DIVISION 05 -- METALS A. Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing 2.05 DIVISION 06 -- WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES A. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 2.06 DIVISION 07 -- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION A. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants 2.07 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS A. Section 081213 - Hollow Metal Frames B. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors C. Section 083100 - Access Doors and Panels D. Section 087100 - Door Hardware Schedule Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 1 of 2 / /2019 50 2.08 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES A. Section 090561 - Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation B. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board C. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board D. Section 093000 - Tiling E. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating 2.09 DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES A. Section 102113 - Toilet Compartments B. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories C. Section 102814 - Electric Hand Dryers D. Section 105050 - Lockers 2.10 DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT (Not Used) 2.11 DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS (Not Used) 2.12 DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Used) 2.13 DIVISION 14 -- CONVEYING EQUIPMENT (Not Used) 2.14 DIVISION 21 -- FIRE SUPPRESSION (Not Used) 2.15 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING (Not Used) 2.16 DIVISION 23 -- HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (Not Used) 2.17 DIVISION 25 -- INTEGRATED AUTOMATION (Not Used) 2.18 DIVISION 26 -- ELECTRICAL (Not Used) 2.19 DIVISION 27 -- COMMUNICATIONS (Not Used) 2.20 DIVISION 28 -- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY (Not Used) 2.21 DIVISION 31 -- EARTHWORK (Not Used) 2.22 DIVISION 32 -- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS (Not Used) 2.23 DIVISION 33 -- UTILITIES (Not Used) 2.24 DIVISION 34 — TRANSPORTATION (Not Used) 2.25 DIVISION 35 -- WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION (Not Used) 2.26 DIVISION 46 -- WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT (Not Used) END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 2 of 2 —/ /2019 51 SECTION 024100 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of designated building elements for alterations purposes. B. Removal and salvage of identified items and materials, and removal of resulting rubbish and debris. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Florida Building Code, 61h edition - 2017 (FBC). 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-EB -- Florida Building Code, Existing Building. B. Florida Fire Prevention Code, 6`h edition - 2017 (FFPC). C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 1(FL) -- Fire Code; 2015 edition, w/ State of Florida revisions; adopted per FFPC. 2. NFPA 101(FL) -- Life Safety Code; 2015 edition, w/ State of Florida revisions; adopted per FFPC. 3. NFPA 241 -- Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations, 2013 edition; adopted per FAC Rule 69A-60.005. D. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 29 CFR 1926 -- U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards. a. 29 CFR 1926.1101 -- Asbestos. 2. 40 CFR 61 -- National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). a. 40 CFR 61 Subpart M -- National Emission Standards for Asbestos. E. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Work Plan: Describe the demolition and salvage procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the work. 1. Identify areas for temporary construction and field office, and for temporary and permanent placement of removed materials. 2. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, and location and construction of barricades and fences. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations DEMOLITION South Miami, FL 024100 -1 of 9 _/ /2019 52 3. Include a summary of safety procedures. 4. Include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of operations. B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Building demolition, selective demolition, and salvage work shall comply with applicable federal, state and local regulatory requirements, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTION 3303, FBC-EB CHAPTERS 12 and 15, and NFPA 1(FL) CHAPTER 16. 1. Demolition Documents: Demolition documents, asbestos removal documents, and a schedule for demolition must be submitted when required by the building official. a. When such information is required, no work shall be done until the documents and schedule are approved. 2. Pedestrian Protection: The work of demolishing existing building shall not be commenced until pedestrian protection is in place as required by governing building code and authority having jurisdiction. a. Pedestrian protection shall comply with requirements of FBC-B SECTIONS 3306, 3307 and 3308, and FBC-EB SECTIONS 1502 and 1503. 3. Water Accumulation: Provision shall be made to prevent the accumulation of water or damage to any foundations on the premises or the adjoining property. 4. Utility Connections: Service utility connections shall be discontinued and capped in accordance with the approved rules and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 5. Identification and Abatement of Asbestos -Containing -Materials: a. Contractor shall employ a qualified Florida -licensed Asbestos Consultant, who shall be responsible for conducting an asbestos survey, developing an operation and maintenance plan, monitoring and evaluating asbestos abatement, and preparing asbestos abatement specifications. b. Contractor shall employ a qualified Florida -licensed Asbestos Contractor, who shall be responsible for conducting asbestos abatement work in accordance with the asbestos abatement specifications developed by the Asbestos Consultant. c. Work performed under this contract shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations regarding identification, handling, storing, transporting, and disposing of asbestos waste materials. (1) Matters of interpretation of standards shall be submitted to the appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting work. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations DEMOLITION South Miami, FL 024100 - 2 of 9 —/ /2019 53 (2) Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirements shall apply. d. Demolition activities shall be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 61 (NESHAP). e. Contractor personnel who perform demolition activities must comply with the OSHA construction standard for Occupational Exposure to Asbestos (29 CFR 1926.1101) and other applicable federal, state and local requirements; and a NESHAP competent person must be present on the project during demolition to note changes in the condition of ACM impacted during wet demolition. f. Asbestos Contractor and Contractor shall comply with State of Florida and Miami -Dade County Building/Licensing Department requirements for permitting and for notification of intent to renovate or demolish. 6. Identification and Remediation of Mold Materials: a. Contractor shall employ a qualified Mold Assessor, who shall be responsible for conducting a mold survey, developing an operation and maintenance plan, monitoring and evaluating mold remediation, and preparing mold remediation specifications. b. Contractor shall conduct mold remediation work in accordance with the mold remediation specifications developed by the Mold Assessor. c. Work performed under this contract shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations regarding identification, handling, storing, transporting, and disposing of mold waste materials. (1) Matters of interpretation of standards shall be submitted to the appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting work. (2) Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirements shall apply. d. Contractor, Mold Assessor, and Mold Remediator shall comply with State of Florida and Miami -Dade County Building/Licensing Department requirements for permitting and for notification of intent to renovate or demolish. B. Demolition Contractor Qualifications: Company specializing in the type of work required. 1. Minimum of 5 years of documented experience. C. Asbestos Consultant Qualifications: Person or business organization who holds a current, valid, active Asbestos Consultant license issued by the Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation in accordance with Section 469 Florida Statutes. D. Asbestos Contractor Qualifications: Person or business organization who holds a Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 3 of 9 / /2019 54 current, valid, active Asbestos Contractor license issued by the Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation in accordance with Section 469 Florida Statutes; and who is approved by State of Florida and Miami -Dade County Building/Licensing Department as qualified to perform the asbestos abatement work required for this project. E. Mold Assessor: Person who holds a current, valid, active Florida license as a Mold Assessor and carries the minimum State -required Errors & Omissions and Liability insurance. F. Mold Remediator: Person who holds a current, valid, active Florida license as a Mold Remediator and carries the minimum State -required Errors & Omissions and Liability insurance. G. Demolition and salvage procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged or recycled, dust control, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, and timely disconnection of utility services. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Materials to be salvaged or recycled shall be stored daily in areas and manner specified by the Architect and Owner's Representative. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dust Control: The amount of dust resulting from removal, salvage and demolition operations shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the construction site and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. 1. Use of water to control dust will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, damage to existing building materials and hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding or pollution. 1.07 PROTECTION A. General: 1. Before beginning any removal, salvage or demolition work, the Contractor shall survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work. 2. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items that are to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Owner. 3. Items damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired and restored to original condition, or replaced, as approved by the Architect. 4. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with all other work, and shall construct and maintain shoring, bracing and supports, as required. 5. The Contractor shall ensure that structural elements are not overloaded and shall provide additional supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this Contract. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 4 of 9 _/ /2019 55 B. Protection from Weather: 1. Salvageable materials shall be protected from the weather at all times. 2. Salvaged materials shall be stored out of contact with the ground and under weather -tight covering. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. Selective Demolition: As indicated on drawings. B. Salvage: Items to be removed and stored for reinstallation or salvage, as indicated on drawings. C. Identification and Removal of Hazardous Materials: 1. Asbestos abatement, including but not limited to: asbestos survey, sampling and analysis of suspected asbestos -containing -materials; development of an operation and maintenance plan; preparation of asbestos abatement plans and specifications; notification and permitting related to asbestos abatement; monitoring and evaluation of asbestos abatement work; and removal of asbestos -containing - materials. 1. Upon receipt of Notification to Proceed, Contractor shall file all notices to applicable regulatory agencies and obtain all required permits to perform asbestos abatement work. a. Contractor shall submit to Architect and Owner's Representative a notarized affidavit stating that notifications have been sent to the applicable regulatory agencies, as well as a copy of the notification of asbestos abatement. b. Upon commencement of work, Contractor shall complete the asbestos abatement within the time specified in the contract and schedule of work of the project. 2. Mold. E. Remove paving and curbs as required to accomplish new work. F. Within area of new construction, remove foundation walls and*footings to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. G. Outside area of new construction, remove foundation walls and footings to a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. H. Remove concrete slabs on grade as indicated on drawings. I. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. J. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as required so that required rough grade elevations do Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 5 of 9 / /2019 56 not subside within one year after completion. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 241. 3. Use of explosives is not permitted. 4. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 5. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 6. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. 7. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 8. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 9. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 10. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Architect or Owner's Representative. C. Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D. Do not begin removal until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and specified measures have been taken to protect vegetation to remain. E. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. F. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. G. Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 6 of 9 / /2019 57 3.03 IDENTIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS -CONTAINING -MATERIALS A. General: 1. Scope includes but is not limited to: asbestos survey, sampling and analysis of suspected asbestos -containing -materials; development of an operation and maintenance plan; preparation of asbestos abatement plans and specifications; notification and permitting related to asbestos abatement; monitoring and evaluation of asbestos abatement work; and removal of asbestos -containing - materials. 2. Identification and removal of asbestos -containing -materials shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations including but not limited to: a. Rule 62-257, Florida Administrative Code. b. Section 376.60, Florida Statutes. c. 40 CFR 61 Subpart M. d. Florida Department of Environmental Protection (DEP), Division of Air Resources Management. B. Asbestos Consultant shall conduct asbestos survey, sampling and analysis services; and if asbestos containing materials are identified, develop an operation and maintenance plan, prepare asbestos abatement plans and specifications, and monitor and evaluate asbestos abatement. 1. For any previously untested building components suspected to contain asbestos and located in areas impacted by the work, Contractor shall order Asbestos Consultant to perform additional survey, sampling and analysis services. When such additional analysis indicates the presence of asbestos containing materials, Contractor shall order the Asbestos Consultant to revise or develop additional asbestos abatement plans and specifications, and shall submit same to State of Florida and Miami -Dade County Building/Licensing Department. C. Contractor shall file all notices to applicable regulatory agencies and obtain all required permits to perform asbestos abatement work. 1. Contractor shall submit to Architect and Owner's Representative a notarized affidavit stating that notifications have been sent to the applicable regulatory agencies, as well as a copy of the notification of asbestos abatement. 2. Upon commencement of work, Contractor shall complete the asbestos abatement within the time specified in the contract and schedule of work of the project. D. Asbestos Contractor shall conduct asbestos abatement work in accordance with the asbestos abatement plans and specifications developed by the Asbestos Consultant. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF MOLD A. Mold Assessor shall develop an operation and maintenance plan, prepare mold remediation plans and specifications, and monitor and evaluate mold remediation Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 7 of 9 / /2019 58 1. For any previously untested building components suspected to contain mold and located in areas impacted by the work, Contractor shall order Mold Assessor to perform additional survey, sampling and analysis services. When such additional analysis indicates the presence of mold materials, Contractor shall order the Mold Assessor to revise or develop additional mold remediation plans and specifications, and shall submit same to State of Florida and Miami -Dade County Building/Licensing Department. B. Contractor shall conduct mold remediation work in accordance with the mold remediation plans and specifications developed by the Mold Assessor. C. Identification and removal of mold materials shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations. 3.05 SALVAGED ITEMS A. Salvage items shall include items designated for careful removal, and: 1. storage and reinstallation in the finished Work; or 2. transportation and delivery to storage location as directed by Owner's Representative. B. Prior to any demolition work, designated salvage items shall be removed from the existing structure. C. Removal of salvageable items shall be accomplished by hand labor to the maximum extent possible. Care shall be taken to not damage portions of the existing structure to remain or items identified for salvage. D. Maintain a complete recording of all salvaged materials including the condition of such materials before, and after, salvage operations. 3.06 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Architect, Owner's Representative and Authorities Having Jurisdiction. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take -offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Architect, Owner's Representative. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 8 of 9 / /2019 59 H. Prepare building demolition areas by disconnecting and capping utilities outside the demolition zone; identify and mark utilities to be subsequently reconnected, in same manner as other utilities to remain. 3.07 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. C. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.08 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove waste materials, rubbish, debris, junk, and trash from site, in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. B. Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site. C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL DEMOLITION 024100 - 9 of 9 _/ /2019 60 SECTION 054000 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed steel stud interior wall framing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 09 -Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board: Lightweight, non -load bearing metal stud framing. 2. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board. 3. Section 093000 - Tiling. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. General: 1. For requirements relating to reference standards, refer to Section 014219 - Reference Standards. B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI S 100 --North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members; 2012. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 153/A 153M --Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. 2. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2017. 3. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M --Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016. 4. ASTM C955 -- Standard Specification for Load -Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases; 2017. 5. ASTM C 1007 --Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories; 2011 a (Reapproved 2015). Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING Miami Beach, FL 054000 - 1 of 5 _/ /2019 61 D. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 -- Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed. 2004). 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with work of other sections that is to be installed in or adjacent to the metal framing system, including but not limited to structural anchors, cladding anchors, utilities, insulation, and firestopping (if applicable). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. For submittal procedures and related requirements, refer to Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements. B. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members; describe materials and finish, product criteria, limitations. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory -made framing connectors, showing compliance with requirements. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work. 1. Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout. 2. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections. 3. Provide design engineer's stamp on shop drawings. 4. Provide calculations for loadings and stresses of specially fabricated framing, stamped by a Professional Structural Engineer. 5. Provide details and calculations for factory -made framing connectors, stamped by a Professional Structural Engineer. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Florida. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, and with minimum three years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING Miami Beach, FL 054000 - 2 of 5 _/ /2019 62 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Metal Framing: 1. CEMCO: www.cemcosteel.com. 2. C1arkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com. 3. Marino: www.marinoware.com. 4. SCAFCO Corporation: www.scafco.com/#sle. B. Framing Connectors and Accessories: 1. Same manufacturer as metal framing. 2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2.02 FRAMING SYSTEM A. Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system. B. Design Criteria: Provide completed framing system having the following characteristics: 1. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold -formed steel framing members according to AISI S 100. 2. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect to withstand specified design loads for project conditions within required limits. 3. Design Loads: In accordance with applicable codes. 4. Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated: a. Interior Partitions: Refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. 5. Able to tolerate movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges. 6. Able to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. 2.03 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, "C", or "Sigma" shape with punched web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height. 1. Gage and Depth: As required to meet specified performance levels. 2. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, G90/Z275 coating. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING Miami Beach, FL 054000 - 3 of 5 / /2019 63 3. Provide components fabricated from ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation SS (structural steel). B. Framing Connectors: Factory -made, formed steel sheet. 1. Material: ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 (minimum), with G90/Z275 hot dipped galvanized coating for base metal thickness less than 10 gage, 0.1345 inch (3.42 mm), and factory punched holes and slots. 2. Structural Performance: Maintain load and movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S 100-12. 3. Movement Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate movement using slotted holes, shouldered screws or screws and anti -friction or stepped bushings, while maintaining structural performance of framing. Provide movement connections where indicated on drawings. a. Where top of stud wall terminates below structural floor or roof, connect studs to structure in manner allowing vertical and horizontal movement of slab without affecting studs; allow for minimum movement of 1 /2 inch (13 mm). 4. Fixed Connections: Provide non -movement connections for tie -down to foundation, floor -to -floor tie -down, roof -to -wall tie -down, joist hangers, gusset plates, and stiffeners. 5. Wall Stud Bridging Connections: Provide mechanical load -transferring devices that accommodate wind load torsion and weak axis buckling induced by axial compression loads. Provide bridging connections where indicated on the drawings. 2.04 FASTENERS A. Self -Drilling, Self -Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated, Drilled expansion bolts, and Screws with sleeves. 2.05 WALL SHEATHING A. Gypsum Board: Refer to Section 092900 - Gypsum Board. B. Cement Backer Board and Tile: Refer to Section 092900 - Gypsum Board and Section 093000 - Tiling. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Bracing, Furring, and Bridging: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered; finish to match framing components. B. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING Miami Beach, FL 054000 - 4 of 5 _/ /2019 64 A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF STUDS A. Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C 1007 requirements. B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to partition layout. Secure in place with fasteners at maximum 24 inches (600 mm) on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks. C. Place studs at 12 inches (300 mm) on center; not more than 2 inches (50 mm) from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using clip and tie method. D. Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs. E. Install load bearing studs full length in one piece. Splicing of studs is not permitted. F. Install load bearing studs, brace, and reinforce to develop full strength and achieve design requirements. G. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to align with wall stud spacing. H. Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing at non -load bearing framing. I. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF WALL SHEATHING A. Install wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using self -tapping screws. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations Miami Beach, FL COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 5 of 5 _/ /2019 65 SECTION 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. B. Preservative treated wood materials. C. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. D. Miscellaneous wood nailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Support for Gypsum Board and Plaster: Metal stud framing. 2. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. General: 1. For requirements relating to reference standards, refer to Section 014219 - Reference Standards. B. American Wood Council (AWC): 1. AWC (WFCM) -- Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two -Family Dwellings; 2015. C. U.S. Product Standards (PS): l . PS 20 -- American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015. D. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB): 1. SPIB (GR) -- Grading Rules; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. For submittal procedures and related requirements, see Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements. B. Samples: For rough carpentry members that will be exposed to view, submit two samples, 4 in. x 4 in. (102 mm x 102 mm) in size illustrating wood grain, color, and general appearance. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations ROUGH CARPENTRY South Miami, FL 061000 -1 of 4 66 _/_/2019 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wood treatment shall comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. Species: Southern Pine, unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Grading Agency: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc; SPIB (GR). B. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. C. Moisture Content: Kiln -dry or MC 15. D. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. 2.03 EXPOSED DIMENSION LUMBER A. Grading Agency: Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc; SPIB (GR). B. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings. C. Surfacing: S4S. D. Moisture Content: Kiln -dry or MC 15. 2.04 EXPOSED BOARDS A. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements, in lieu of grade stamping. B. Moisture Content: Kiln -dry (15 percent maximum). C. Surfacing: S4S. D. Species: Douglas Fir. E. Grade: No. 2, 2 Common, or Construction. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL 67 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2 of 4 _/_/2019 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Stainless steel for high humidity and preservative -treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and seal. B. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full. length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AWC (WFCM). 3.04 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall -mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch (6 mm) from true position, maximum. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL 68 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3 of 4 _/_/2019 B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1 /4 inch in 10 feet (2 mm/m) maximum, and 1/4 inch in 30 feet (7 mm in 10 m) maximum. 3.06 CLEANING A. Waste Disposal: Comply with the requirements of Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. 1. Comply with applicable regulations. 2. Do not burn scrap on project site. 3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated. 4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co- generation facilities or "waste -to -energy" facilities. B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL 69 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 4 of 4 _J_/2019 SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Joint sealants, backings, bond breakers, and other related materials. B. Pre -formed seals. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C510 -- Standard Test Method for Staining and Color Change of Single- or Multi -component Joint Sealants; 2016. 2. ASTM C661 -- Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric- Type Sealants by Means of a Durometer; 2015. 3. ASTM C719 -- Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle); 2014. 4. ASTM C794 -- Standard Test Method for Adhesion -in -Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2001. 5. ASTM C919 -- Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012 (112017). 6. ASTM C920 -- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2011. 7. ASTM C962 -- (refer to ASTM C 1193). 8. ASTM C 1087 -- Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid - Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2016. 9. ASTM C1135 -- Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Structural Sealants; 2015. 10. ASTM C 1193 -- Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. 11. ASTM C 1248 -- Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (R2012). 12. ASTM D412 -- Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension; 1998a (2002)e 1. 13. ASTM D1056 -- Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber; 2014. 14. ASTM D2203 -- Standard Test Method for Staining from Sealants; 2001 (2018). 15. ASTM D2240 -- Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness; 2003. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - l of 16 / /2019 70 B. Federal Specifications and Standards, U.S. General Services Administration (FS): 1. FS TT-S-00227 - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Multi -component. 2. FS TT-S-00230 - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component. 3. FS TT-S-001543 -Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base. 4. FS TT-S-001657 - Sealing Compound: Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, and Solvent Release Type. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Project Review Services Report: Prior to product selection, all adhesive and sealant applications must be reviewed by manufacturer's technical service staff. 1. Review all joint details for compliance with manufacturer's recommended design principles. Provide suggestions or changes and/or identify limitations of the designs. 2. Test Reports: a. Submit results of Laboratory Pre -Construction Testing. b. Submit results of Field Pre -Construction Testing. c. Submit manufacturer's recommendations for joint preparation, priming, and joint accessory materials based on test results. d. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation procedure modifications resulting from field adhesion tests. B. Product Data: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, color availability, and primer data. 4. Provide a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet for each solvent, primer or sealant material. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including details to show installation and interface between sealants and adjacent work. 1. Include details showing proper joint sealer and backing at the following locations: a. Exterior perimeter joint sealant and backer at fenestration elements (e.g., storefronts, windows). b. Exterior joint sealant and backer at exterior expansion and control joints in walls, ceilings and soffits. c. Exterior joint sealant at metal -to -metal joints and metal -to -glass joints in Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 of 16 / /2019 71 exterior storefronts. Note: Only applicable if water infiltration testing indicates leakage. 2. Details for each applicable joint condition shall be developed by qualified sealant manufacturer's representative, and shall be based on field -verified conditions and results of Laboratory Pre -Construction Testing and Field Pre -Construction Testing. D. Samples: 1. Submit color charts for each sealant type for initial selection. 2. Submit standard cured color samples for each sealant type illustrating selected colors. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer's published installation procedures. 1. Indicate special procedures, surface preparation, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and warranty requirements. 2. Include instructions for completing sealant intersections when different materials are joined. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Certify products are suitable for intended use and products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Certify applicator is approved by manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide single source responsibility for each type of joint materials. B. Materials shall be compatible with one another, with joint substrate, and other adjacent materials including finishes. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. D. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years documented experience, minimum three successfully completed projects of similar scope and complexity, and approved by manufacturer. 2. Designate one individual as project foreman who shall be on site at all times during installation. E. Laboratory Pre -Construction Testing: Test sealants, joint accessories, and joint substrates in accordance with the following, before starting work of this section: 1. Obtain samples of joint substrate products specified in other sections. 2. Adhesion: ASTM C794 and ASTM C719; determine surface preparation and required primer. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 of 16 _/ /2019 72 3. Compatibility: ASTM C 1087; determine materials forming joints and adjacent materials do not adversely affect sealant materials and do not affect sealant color. 4. Staining: ASTM D2203, ASTM C510, or ASTM C 1248; determine sealants will not stain joint substrates. F. Field Pre -Construction Testing: 1. Test each elastomeric sealant and joint substrate in accordance with the following, before beginning work of this section: a. Install sealants infield samples or mockups using joint preparation methods determined by laboratory pre -construction testing. 2. Install field test joints in inconspicuous location as approved by Architect. 3. Test Method: Manufacturer's standard field adhesion test to verify joint preparation and primer required to obtain optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrate. 4. When test indicates sealant adhesion failure, modify joint preparation, primer, or both and retest until joint passes sealant adhesion test. G. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C 1193 and manufacturer's installation instructions. H. Joint Tolerance: Provide joint tolerances in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. I. Manufacturers' Field Services: Material or product suppliers or manufacturers shall provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship„ and to initiate instructions when necessary. 1. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Report observations and site decisions or instructions provided to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. a. Indicate date and time present at project site. b. Include observations; indicate compliance with manufacturer's installation instructions, and supplemental instructions provided to applicators or installers. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. B. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Only products recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application indicated shall be so used. B. Single Source Responsibility: All joint sealer materials for a specific application shall Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 of 16 _/ /2019 73 be obtained from a single manufacturer. C. Substitutions: 1. When materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. a. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow Owner and Architect to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. b. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner and Architect from anyone other than Contractor. 2. If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make application to the Architect for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute shall perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. a. The application shall state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. b. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service shall be indicated. c. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by the Owner and the Architect in evaluating the proposed substitute. d. The Owner or Architect may require the Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 3. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to the Architect, if the Contractor submits sufficient information to allow the Architect to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 of 16 / /2019 74 a. The procedures for submission to and review by the Architect shall be the same as those provided herein for substitute materials and equipment. 4. The Architect shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. a. The Architect and the Owner shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of any substitute. b. No substitute shall be ordered, installed or utilized without the Owner's and the Architect's prior written acceptance which shall be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved submittal. c. The Owner and the Architect may require the Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. d. If the Owner and the Architect reject the proposed substitute, at their discretion, the Owner may require the Contractor to reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for evaluating the proposed substitute. 5. Contractor shall maintain sole liability and responsibility for ensuring that all substitutions and any required design of such are in full compliance with and meet all the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Compatibility: Joint sealers, backings, bond breakers, fillers, and other related materials shall be provided which are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under the indicated conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer's testing and field experience. E. Colors: Colors of exposed joint sealers shall be as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's complete range of colors. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Dow Corning Corp.: www.dowcorningcom. 2. Master Builders Solutions by BASF: https://www.master-builders- solutions.basfus/en-us. 3. Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones): www.momentive.com. 4. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 5. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. B. Preformed Seals: 1. Compression Seals: a. Emseal Corp. b. Illbruck Sealant Systems. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 of 16 _/ /2019 75 c. Nystrom, Inc: www.nystrom.com. d. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Hollow -Neoprene Gaskets: a. Acme Highway Products Corp. b. Watson Bowman Associates, Inc. 2.03 JOINT SEALANTS A. Sealant Type S-1: One -part, ultra low -modulus, high-performance, neutral -cure, silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use T, NT, M, G, A, and0. 1. Applications: New and remedial construction joint sealing including expansion and control joints, precast concrete panel joints, curtain wall joints, mullion joints, etc. a. Durable, flexible, watertight bond with many common building materials, including combinations of concrete, aluminum, painted substrates, and glass. 2. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Durometer Hardness, Shore A (ASTM C661): 15. b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 100 psi (0.070 kg/mm2), maximum. c. Peel Strength (ASTM C794): 25 lb/in (4.46 kg/cm). d. Tensile Strength (ASTM C 1135): (1) at 25-percent extension: 15 psi (0.010 kg/mm2). (2) at 50-percent extension: 20 psi (1.015 kg/mm2). e. Joint Movement Capabilities, Extension/Compression (ASTM C719): +100/- 50 percent. f. Staining (ASTM C 1248): None. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Dow Corning 790" by Dow Corning, or equal. a. Color: To be selected by Architect. B. Sealant Type S-2: One -part, low -modulus, high-performance, neutral -cure, non- staining, low dirt pick-up, silicone joint sealant, designed for sealing sensitive porous substrates; ASTM C920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses NT, M, G, A and O. 1. Formulation shall be specifically designed to reduce residue rundown, dirt pickup, and substrate staining. 2. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Matte finish. b. Hardness (ASTM C661): 15 (+/-3). Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 of 16 / /2019 76 c. Movement Capability (ASTM C719): +/-50 percent. c. Low polar attraction to dirt. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Spectrem 3" by Tremco, or equal. C. Sealant Type S-3: Multi -component, low -modulus, neutral -cure, non -staining, low dirt pick-up, silicone joint sealant, designed for sealing moving joints; ASTM C920 Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses NT, M, G, A and O. 1. Formulation shall be specifically designed to reduce residue rundown, dirt pickup, and substrate staining. 2. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Hardness (ASTM C661): 15 (+/-3). b. Movement Capability (ASTM C719): +/-50 percent. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Spectrem 4-TS" by Tremco, or equal D. Sealant Type S-4: One -part, acetoxy silicone sealant with fungicide; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A and O; mildew resistant. 1. Shall be recommended by manufacturer for use in bathrooms and similar applications where joints need protection against fungi and bacteria. 2. Color: White (with integral fungicide). 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Tremsil 200" by Tremco, or equal. E. Sealant Type S-5: One -part, mildew -resistant, silicone sealant; ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to non -porous joint substrates indicated, Use O; formulated with fungicide for sealing joints with non -porous substrates around ceramic tile, showers, sinks and plumbing fixtures. 1. Hardness, Shore A (ASTM C661): 25-30. 2. Product (Basis of Design): "Dow Corning 786" by Dow Corning, or equal. F. Sealant Type S-6: One -part, non -acid -curing, silicone sealant; ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and complying with the following requirements for Uses NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Modulus and additional joint movement capabilities as follows: a. Sealant Type S-6L (Low Modulus): Tensile strength of 45 PSI or less at 100 percent elongation when tested after 14 days at 77 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity per ASTM D412. b. Sealant Type S-6M (Medium Modulus): Tensile strength of not less than 45 nor more than 75 PSI or less at 100 percent elongation when tested after 14 days at 77 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity per ASTM D412. c. Additional capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C719, withstand 50 percent increase and decrease Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 8 of 16 / /2019 77 of joint width as measured at time of application and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C920. 2. Products (Basis of Design): a. Sealant Type S-2L (Low Modulus): "Dow Corning 790" by Dow Corning, or equal. b. Sealant Type S-2M (Medium Modulus): "Dow Corning 795" by Dow Corning, or equal. G. Sealant Type S-7: One -part, acid -curing, silicone sealant; ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Product (Basis of Design): "Dow Corning 999" by Dow Corning, or equal. H. Sealant Type S-8: Two-part, non-acid curing, silicone sealant for Use T; ASTM C920; Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses T, M, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O; and complying with the following requirement for additional joint movement capability: 1. Additional capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C719, to withstand an increase and decrease of 50 percent of joint width as measured at time of application and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C920. 2. Product (Basis of Design): "Dow Parking Sealant FC" by Dow Corning, or equal. I. Sealant Type S-9: Premium, very -low -modulus, high -movement, non -sag, fast -curing, ready -to -use, solvent -free, silyl-terminated polyether polymer (STPe) sealant. 1. Compliance Requirements: a. ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT, M, A, G and O. b. FS TT-S-001543A, Type II, Class A, Type Nonsag. c. FS TT-S-00230C, Type I1, Class A. d. COE CRD-C-541, Type II, Class A. 2. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Movement Capability (ASTM C719): ±50 percent. b. Extension (ASTM C l 382): 100 percent. c. 100% Modulus (ASTM D412): 35 psi (0.24 MPa). d. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 220 psi (1.5 MPa). e. Tear Strength (ASTM D 1004): 40 lb/in (7.1 kg/cm). f. Ultimate Elongation at Break (ASTM D412): 1,200 percent. g. Sag in Vertical Displacement (ASTM C639): No sag. h. Hardness, Shore A (ASTM C661): 17. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 9 of 16 _/ /2019 78 i. Stain and Color Change (ASTM C510): Pass (no visible stain). j. Bond Durability (ASTM C719): Pass (on glass, aluminum, concrete; ±50 percent). k. Adhesion, in peel (ASTM C794): (1) Aluminum: 35 pli (6.2 kg/cm). (2) Glass: 33 pli (5.8 kg/cm). (3) Concrete: 36 pli (6.4 kg/cm). 3. Product (Basis of Design): MasterSeal® NP 150 (formerly "Sonolastic 150 VLM") by BASF, or equal. J. Sealant Type U-1: One -part, low -modulus, moisture cure, polyurethane hybrid sealant; paintable. 1. Compliance Requirements: a. ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Use NT, M, A and O. b. FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type II. 2. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Movement Capability (ASTM C719): +/-35 percent. b. Hardness, Shore A (ASTM C661): 25(+/-3). c. Stain and Color Change (ASTM C510): Pass (no visible stain). d. Adhesion, in peel (ASTM C794): (1) Aluminum: 20-25 pli (89-112 N). (2) Concrete: 18-22 pli (80-98 N). 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Dymonic FC" by Tremco, or equal K. Sealant Type U-2: One -part, high-performance, medium -modulus, low-VOC, UV stable, non -sag polyurethane sealant; paintable; ASTM C920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 50,Use NT, T,M,A,0,I. 1. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Hardness (ASTM C661): 40 (+/-5). b. Movement Capability (ASTM C719): +100 percent / -50 percent. 2. Product (Basis of Design): "Dymonic 100" by Tremco, or equal. L. Sealant Type U-3: Multi -part, non -sag, urethane sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Product (Basis of Design): "Dynatrol II" by Pecora, or equal. M. Sealant Type U-4: Two-part, non -sag, urethane sealant for Use T; ASTM C920; Type Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 10 of 16 _/ /2019 79 M, Grade NS: Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Product (Basis of Design): "Dynatred" by Pecora, or equal. N. Sealant Type U-5: One -part, non -sag, urethane sealant; ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Product (Basis of Design): "Dynatrol I" by Pecora, or equal. O. Sealant Type U-6: One -part, non -sag, low -modulus, urethane sealant; ASTM C920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use; with additional capability to withstand an increase and decrease of 50 percent of joint width as measured at time of application and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C920, based on manufacturer's recommendations and testing. 1. Product (Basis of Design): "Vulkem 921" by Tremco, or equal. P. Sealant Type U-7: One -part, pourable, urethane sealant; ASTM C920; Type S; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use O. 1. Products (Basis of Design): a. "Vulkem 45" by Tremco. b. "Urexpan NR-201" by Pecora. Q. Sealant Type L-1: Highly elastic, latex sealant for sound -rated partition and ceiling systems; compatible with gypsum board, cementitious backer board, and metal stud framing system components. 1. Shall provide excellent adherence, permanent flexibility, and lasting seal. 2. Shall meet or exceed ASTM C919 and ASTM C834. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "SHEETROCK® Acoustical Sealant" by USG, or equal; for additional requirements, refer to Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. R. Sealant Type L-2: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. 2. Product (Basis of Design): AC-20 + Silicone Acrylic Latex Caulking Compound by Pecora, or equal. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 11 of 16 / /2019 80 1. Provide sealant backings of material and type which are: a. Non -staining. b. Compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers. c. Approved by sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Backup strip shall be a flexible and compressible type of closed cell foam polyethylene, butyl rubber, rounded at surface to contact sealant, as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 1. Backup strip must fit neatly into the joint without compacting and to such a height to allow a sealant depth of 1/2 the width of the joint. 2. Sealant must not bond to the backup material. C. Plastic Foam Joint -Fillers: Pre -formed, compressible, resilient, non -waxing, non - extruding strips of plastic foam of either flexible, open cell polyurethane foam or non - gassing, closed -cell polyethylene foam, subject to sealant manufacturer's approval; and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. D. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, silicone or EPDM tubing complying with ASTM D1056, non -absorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 degrees F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. E. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at the back or third surface of the joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.05 PREFORMED SEALS A. Foam Seals: Manufacturer's standard preformed, pre -compressed, impregnated open - cell foam sealant manufactured from high -density urethane foam impregnated with a nondrying, water repellant agent; factory -produced in pre -compressed sizes and in roll or stick form to fit joint widths indicated and to develop a watertight and airtight seal when compressed to the degree specified by the manufacturer. Provide products which are permanently elastic, mildew -resistant, non -migratory, non -staining, compatible with joint substrates and other joint sealers, and comply with the following requirements: 1. Impregnating Agent: Manufacturer's standard 2. Density: Manufacturer's standard 3. Backing: Pressure sensitive adhesive, factory applied to one side, with protective wrapping or coated on one face with release agent serving as bond breaker for primary joint sealant. B. Compression Gasket: Manufacturer's standard preformed polychloroprene elastomeric joint seal of the open -cell compression type complying with ASTM D2628 and with Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 12 of 16 —/ /2019 81 requirements indicated for size, profile and cross-section design. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: All joints shall be cleaned out immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: 1. All foreign material shall be removed from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer) oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellents; water, and surface dirt. 2. Concrete, masonry, cement plaster (stucco), and similar porous joint substrate surfaces shall be cleaned by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Loose particles remaining from the above cleaning operations shall be removed by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Laitance and form release agents shall be thoroughly removed from all concrete surfaces. 4. Metal, glass, and other nonporous surfaces shall be cleaned with chemical cleaners or other means which are not hannful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers. C. Joint Priming: 1. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Joint substrates shall be primed where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer. Primer shall be applied so as to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Primers shall be confined to areas of joint sealer bond. Spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces shall not be allowed. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 13 of 16 / /2019 82 1. Masking tape shall be used where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Tape shall be removed immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, comply with joint sealant manufacturers' printed installation instructions. a. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. 2. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193. 3. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. 4. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width -to -depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. 5. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. 6. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. 7. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. B. Joint Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. C. Installation of Joint Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint -fillers of the types indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position necessary to product the required cross -sectional shapes and depths. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint -fillers. c. Remove absorbent joint -fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint -fillers, compression seals or back of joints, where required to prevent third -side adhesion of sealant to back of joint. 3. Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with requirements indicated above for joint -fillers. D. Installation of Joint Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 14 of 16 _/ /2019 83 provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Non -sag Joint Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by the sealant manufacturer. 1. Concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C962, unless otherwise indicated. F. Preformed Seals: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Pre -compressed Foam Seals: a. Install only when ambient temperature is within recommended application temperature range of adhesive. Consult manufacturer when installing outside this temperature range. b. Prepare joints and install seals in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. c. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. d. Do not stretch pre -compressed seal; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface. 3. Compression Gaskets: a. Install only when ambient temperature is within recommended application temperature range of adhesive. Consult manufacturer when installing outside this temperature range. b. Prepare joints and install seals in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. c. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. d. Avoid joints except at ends, corners, and intersections; seal joints with adhesive; install with face 1 /8 to 1 /4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 15 of 16 _/ /2019 84 deteriorated joint sealers and reseal joints with new materials to produce installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. 3.05 SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Exterior Joints: N/A. B. Interior Joints: 1. Joints between Cement Plaster and Fenestration Frame Assembly (e.g., HM door frame): Sealant Type U-1 or U-2, per recommendations in Manufacturer's Project Review Services Report. 2. Joints between Gypsum Board and Fenestration Frame Assembly (e.g., HM door frame): Sealant Type U-1 or U-2, per recommendations in Manufacturer's Project Review Services Report. 3. Joints between Tile and Fenestration Frame Assembly (e.g., HM door frame): Sealant Type S-5. 4. Joints between Tile and Plumbing Fixtures: Sealant Type S-5. 5. Tile -to -Tile Movement Joints: Sealant Type S-5. 6. Joints for Which No Other Sealant Type is Indicated: Sealant Type L-2. C. Concealed Joints: 1. Concealed Joints at Interior Stud -Framed Partitions (e.g., joints between metal stud track/runner and adjacent construction; sealant joints between outlet boxes and gypsum board): Refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board. 2. Concealed Bedding Joints (e.g., joints under thresholds and saddles at door openings; joints between sheet metal flashing and other materials): Sealant Type U-1. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 16 of 16 / /2019 85 SECTION 081213 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hollow metal frames for non -hollow metal doors. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 08 - Openings: 1. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors: Non -hollow metal door for hollow metal frames. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 099000 - Painting 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): 1. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSVICC A117.1 -- Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. 2. ANSUSDI A250.3 -- Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory Applied Finish Coatings for Steel Doors and Frames; 2007 (R2011). 3. ANSUSDI A250.4 -- American National Standard Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings; 2011. 4. ANSI/SDI A250.6 -- Hardware on Standard Steel Doors (Reinforcement - Application); 2003 (R2009). 5. ANSUSDI A250.8 -- SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2014. 6. ANSI/SDI A250.10 -- Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. 7. ANSUSDI A250.11 -- Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames; 2012. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2011. 2. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2016. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES South Miami, FL 081413 - 1 of 5 86 / /2019 3. ASTM A 1011 /A 1011 M --Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot - Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength; 2017. D. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): 1. BHMA A 156.115 -- American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2016. E. Door Hardware Institute (DHI): 1. DHI A 115.1 -- Specifications for Preparation of 1-3/8" and 1-3/4" Standard Steel Doors and Steel Frames for Series 1000 Mortise Locks and Latches; 1990. a. DHI A 115.1 G -- Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. F. Florida Building Code, 61h edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-A -- Florida Building Code, Accessibility. G. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA): A division of NAAMM. H. International Code Council, Inc. (ICC). I. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): 1. NAAMM/HMMA 820 -- Hollow Metal Frames (including TNO1 and TN02). 2. NAAMM/HMMA 830 -- Hardware Selection for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2002. 3. NAAMM/HMMA 831 -- Hardware Locations for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2011. 4. NAAMM/HMMA 840 -- Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. 5. NAAMM/HMMA 861 -- Commercial Hollow Metal Doors & Frames; 2014. J. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 80 -- Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. 2. NFPA 252 -- Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012. K. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI I I I -- Recommended Standard Details for Steel Doors & Frames; 2009. 2. SDI 122 -- Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2015. L. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL (DIR) -- Online Certifications Directory; current listings at database.ul.com. 2. UL IOC --Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; current Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES South Miami, FL 081413 - 2 of 5 87 / /2019 edition, including all revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced grade standard. B. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. C. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's published instructions, including any special installation instructions relating to this project. D. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement. E. Installer's Qualification Statement. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide hollow metal frames from SDI Certified manufacturer: www.steeldoor.org/sdicertified.php. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and with at least three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in accordance with applicable requirements and in compliance with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: Steelcraft, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/#sle. 2.02 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Door Frame Type: Provide hollow metal door frames with integral casings. B. Steel used for fabrication of frames shall conform to one or more of the following requirements; galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, cold -rolled steel conforming to ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, or hot -rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel conforming to ASTM A 1011 /A 1011 M, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each. C. Accessibility: Conform to FBC-A, ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and ADA Standards. D. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to conform to more than one type of requirement, conform to the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior frame that is also indicated as being sound -rated must conform to the requirements specified for exterior frames and for sound -rated frames; where two requirements conflict, conform to the most stringent. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES South Miami, FL 081413 - 3 of 5 88 _/ /2019 E. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with BHMA A 156.115, NAAMM/HMMA 830, NAAMM/HMMA 831 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES WITH INTEGRAL CASINGS A. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. B. Interior Door Frames, Non -Fire Rated: Full profile/continuously welded type. 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSUSDI A250.8 (SDI-100). a. Level 3 - Extra Heavy-duty. b. Physical Performance Level A, 1,000,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSUSDI A250.4. c. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch (1.3 mm), minimum. d. Zinc Coating: A60/ZF180 galvannealed coating; ASTM A653/A653M. 2.04 FINISHES A. Primer: Rust -inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related requirements of specified frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. C. Install door hardware as specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. 1. Comply with recommended practice for hardware placement of doors and frames in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.6 or NAAMM/HMMA 861. D. Coordinate installation of electrical connections to electrical hardware items. E. Touch up damaged factory finishes. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Clearances between Door and Frame: Conform to related requirements of specified Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES South Miami, FL 081413 - 4 of 5 89 _//2019 frame standards or custom guidelines indicated in accordance with SDI 117 or NAAMM/HMMA 861. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1 /16 inch (1.6 mm) measured with straight edges, crossed corner to corner. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL 90 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES 081413-5of5 / /2019 SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; non -rated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 08 - Openings: 1. Section 081213 - Hollow Metal Frames. 2. Section 087100 - Door Hardware. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Joint Publication of Architectural Woodwork Institute/Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada/Woodwork Institute (AWI/AWMAC/WI): 1. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -- Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014, with Errata (2016). B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSIRCC A117.1 --Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2017. C. Florida Building Code, 6`" edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-A -- Florida Building Code, Accessibility. D. International Code Council, Inc. (ICC). E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 80 -- Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. 2. NFPA 105 -- Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. 3. NFPA 252 -- Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 2012. F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. UL (BMD) -- Building Materials Directory; current edition. 2. UL 1 OC -- Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; current edition, including all revisions. 3. UL 1784 -- Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies; current edition, including all revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL FLUSH WOODS 081416 - 1 of 5 _/ /2019 91 A. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. 1. Provide information as required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS). C. Samples: 1. Selection Samples: a. Submit two (2) sets of samples of stain colors, 6 x 6 inch (152 x 152 mm) in size illustrating match to existing. 2. Verification Samples: a. Submit two (2) samples of door veneer, 6 x 6 inch (152 x 152 mm) in size illustrating wood veneer grain, stain color, and sheen illustrating match to existing. b. Submit two (2) samples of door construction, 6 x 6 inch (152 x 152 mm) in size cut from top corner of door. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. E. Specimen warranty. F. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience and approved by manufacturer. B. Quality Certification: 1. Provide labels or certificates indicating that the installed work complies with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) requirements for grade or grades specified. 2. Provide designated labels on shop drawings as required by certification program. 3. Provide designated labels on installed products as required by certification program. 4. Submit certifications upon completion of installation that verifies this work is in compliance with specified requirements. B. Installed Fire Rated Door Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as scheduled. C. Accessibility: Comply with applicable requirements of FBC-A and ANSI/ICC Al 17.1. D. Door Opening Force Requirements: Doors shall comply with applicable requirements of governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTIONS 909.6.2 Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL FLUSH WOODS 081416-2of5 / /2019 92 and 1010.1.3, and FBC-A SECTION 404.2.9. 1. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the authority having jurisdiction. E. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being fire -rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for fire -rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Eggers Industries: www.eggersindustries.com. 2. Graham Wood Doors: www.grahamdoors.com. 3. Haley Brothers: www.haleybros.com. 4. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc: www.marshfielddoors.com. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. Doors: Refer to drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS), unless noted otherwise. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at each location. 2. Wood veneer facing with factory transparent finish. Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations FLUSH WOODS South Miami, FL 081416 - 3 of 5 / /2019 93 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non -Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type structural composite lumber core (SCLC), plies and faces as indicated. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Species to match existing, veneer grade in accordance with quality standard indicated, plain sliced (flat cut), with book match between leaves of veneer, running match of spliced veneer leaves assembled on door or panel face. 1. Vertical Edges: Any option allowed by quality standard for grade. B. Facing Adhesive: Type I - waterproof. 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge and top of door for closer for hardware reinforcement. 2. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware. C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface -mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: System - 5, Varnish, Conversion. a. Stain: Match existing. b. Sheen: Match existing. B. Factory finish doors in accordance with approved sample. C. Seal door top edge with color sealer to match door facing. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Hollow Metal Door Frames: As specified in Section 081213 - Hollow Metal Door Frames. B. Door Hardware: As specified in Section 087100 - Door Hardware. Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL FLUSH WOODS 081416 - 4 of 5 _/ /2019 94 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out -of -tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. B. Factory -Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. END OF SECTION Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL FLUSH WOODS 081416-5 of _/ /2019 95 SECTION 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall access panels. B. Related hardware and attachments. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board. 2. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field painting. E. Division 22 - Plumbing: Access doors for access to plumbing materials and equipment. F. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning: Access doors for access to HVAC materials and equipment. G. Division 26 - Electrical: Access doors for access to electrical materials and equipment. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. General: 1. For requirements relating to reference standards, refer to Section 014219 - Reference Standards. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A240/A240M -- Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium - Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications; 2015b. 2. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2011. C. Florida Building Code, 61h edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. D. Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. (ITS): 1. ITS (DIR) -- Directory of Listed Products. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. UL (BMD) -- Building Materials Directory. 96 2. UL (FRD) -- Fire Resistance Directory. F. Warnock Hersey (WH). 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors and frames from trades, including mechanical and electrical, requiring access to concealed equipment. Indicate on submittal schedule. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. For submittal procedures, refer to General Conditions and Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each type of access door and panel assembly, including setting drawings, templates, fire -resistive characteristics, finish requirements, and details of anchorage devices. 1. Include complete schedule, types, locations, construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other pertinent data. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Door and Panel Units: Show types, elevations, thickness of metals, full size profiles of door members. 2. Hardware: Show materials, finishes, locations of fasteners, types of fasteners, locations and types of operating hardware, and details of installation. 3. General: Show connections of units and hardware to other Work. Include schedules showing location of each type and size of door and panel units. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements and rough -in dimensions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain access door and panel units, and frames for entire Project from one source and one single manufacturer. B. Units in Fire Rated Assemblies: Fire rating as required by applicable code for the fire rated assembly in which they are to be installed, and as follows: 1. Provide products listed and labeled by UL or ITS (WH) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of fire rated doors. 3. Fire -Resistance Rating: 1. Access Panel in Rated Vertical Assembly (e.g., partition / wall): 90-minutes. 2. Access Panel in Rated Horizontal Assembly (e.g., horizontal duct enclosure): 97 3-hours, except as follows: a. Where Access Panel is Larger than 24 x 36 Inches in Size: 2-hours. D. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance and approval of manufacturer's standard size units that may vary slightly from sizes indicated on Drawings. E. Coordination: Provide inserts and anchoring devices that will be built into other Work for installation of access door assemblies. Coordinate delivery with other Work to avoid delay. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package and ship in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Store per manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Nystrom Building Products: www.nystrom.com B. Acudor Products Inc.: www.acudor.com. C. Karp Associates, Inc.: www.karpinc.com. D. Milcor Inc.: www.milcorinc.com. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel: Commercial quality, cold steel sheet with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer. B. Galvanized Steel:. Galvanized, bonderized steel with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer. C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 satin polish finish. 2.03 ACCESS PANELS A. Type 1 Access Panel (Interior, Insulated, Fire -Rated, Flush - Walls and Ceilings): N/A. B. Type 2 Access Panel (Exterior, Insulated, Flush): N/A. 1. Product: Nystrom XT, or equal. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, provide 20 x 30 inches. 3. Door: Fabricate from 20-gauge galvanized steel, insulated sandwich type construction. 4. Hinge: Stainless steel continuous piano type. a. Type No. 304 stainless steel (door only). 5. Frame: Fabricate from 6063-T5 extruded aluminum. 6. Latching/Locking: 1 or 2 dual acting handles, depending on door size. 98 a. Lockable handle for exterior only. Coordinate cylinder and keying requirements with Section 087100 - Door Hardware. 7. Flange: 6063-T5 extruded aluminum flange, 1.25 inch wide x 0.080 inch thick. 8. Finish: Galvanized, bonderized steel, with factory applied prime coat; ready for field finishing. a. Coordinate with paint materials to be used for field finishing. b. Field -Applied Finish: Field applied paint finish; for field finishing requirements, refer to Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. 9. Insulation: 2 inch thick fiberglass. 9. Gasket: Extruded santoprene. C. Type 3 Access Panel (Interior, Flush - Walls and Ceilings): 1. Product: a. Access Panel for Use in Drywall (GWB) Wall/Ceiling: Nystrom NW (drywall bead), or equal. b. Access Panel for Use in Plaster Wall/Ceiling: Nystrom NP (plaster bead), or equal. c. Access Panel for Use in Tile Wall: Nystrom NT (exposed flange), or equal. 2. Size: a. Wall Access Panel: As indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, provide 12 x 12 inches. b. Ceiling Access Panel: As indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, provide 12 x 12 inches. 3. Door: Fabricate from 14-gauge cold rolled sheet steel, except as follows: a. Access Panel for Use in Tile Wall: Fabricate from 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel. 4. Frame: a. Access Panel for Use in Drywall (GWB) Wall/Ceiling: Fabricate from 16- gauge cold rolled sheet steel with 1 /4 inch mounting holes and 22-gauge galvanized drywall bead at perimeter. b. Access Panel for Use in Plaster Wall/Ceiling: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel with 1 /4 inch mounting holes and 22-gauge galvanized drywall bead at perimeter. c. Access Panel for Use in Tile Wall: Fabricate from 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Hinge: Concealed continuous piano hinge. 99 6. Latching/Locking: 1 or 2 key -operated cylinder cam locks, depending on door size. a. Coordinate cylinder and keying requirements with Section 087100 -Door Hardware. 7. Finish: a. Access Panels Fabricated from Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: Galvanized, bonderized steel, with factory applied prime coat; ready for field finishing. (1) Coordinate with paint materials to be used for field finishing. (2) Field -Applied Finish: Field applied paint finish; for field finishing requirements, refer to Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. b. Access Panels Fabricated from Stainless Steel Sheet: No. 4 satin finish, unless otherwise noted. D. Type 4 Access Panel (Interior, Fire -Rated, Flush - Walls Only): N/A. E. Type 5 Access Panel (Interior, Recessed): 1. Product: Nystrom RW, or equal. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, provide 20 x 30 inches. 3. Door: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel recessed 5/8 inch for in -fill of material. 4. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel of configuration to suit material application. a. Wallboard Surfaces: 22-gauge galvanized drywall bead at perimeter. b. Plaster Surfaces: 22-gauge galvanized plaster bead at perimeter. 5. Hinge: Concealed pivoting rod. 6. Latching/Locking: 1 or 2 key -operated cylinder cam locks, depending on door size. a. Coordinate cylinder and keying requirements with Section 087100 - Door Hardware. 7. Finish: Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat, ready for field finishing. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Manufacture each access panel assembly as an integral unit ready for installation. B. Welded Construction: Furnish with a sufficient quantity of 1 /4 inch mounting holes to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. C. Recessed Panel: Form face of panel to provide specified recess for application of finish material. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. D. Furnish number of latches required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. 100 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Verify mechanical and electrical requirements for ceiling or wall access panels. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors and frames from trades, including mechanical and electrical, requiring access to concealed equipment and indicate on submittal schedule. B. Advise installers of work relating to access panel installation including rough opening dimensions, locations of supports, and anchoring methods. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install access door and frame units per manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in opening. Secure rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed Work requiring access. D. Fire -Rated Units: Include UL or ITS (WH) labels. 3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust panel after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or damaged. END OF SECTION 101 SECTION 090561 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section applies to all floors identified in the contract documents as to receive the following types of floor coverings: 1. Tile flooring and waterproofing membrane on concrete slab. 2. Paint floor finish on concrete slab. B. Removal of existing flooring. C. Preparation of new and existing concrete floor slabs for installation of floor coverings. D. Testing of concrete floor slabs for moisture and alkalinity (pH). E. Remediation of concrete floor slabs due to unsatisfactory moisture or alkalinity (pH) conditions. 1. Contractor shall perform all specified remediation of concrete floor slabs. If such remediation is indicated by testing agency's report and is due to a condition not under Contractor's control or could not have been predicted by examination prior to entering into the contract, a contract modification will be issued. F. Patching compound. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 109/C 109M -- Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2016a. 2. ASTM C472 -- Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum, Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete; 1999 (R2009). 3. ASTM F710 -- Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2017. 4. ASTM F 1869 -- Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride; 2016a. 5. ASTM F2170 -- Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes; 2017. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Visual Observation Report: For existing floor coverings to be removed. B. Product Data: 1. Floor Finish Components Manufacturers' Product Data: For each specific Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COMMON WORK RESULTS South Miami, FL FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 090561 - l of 6 _/ /2019 102 combination of substrate, floor covering, membrane and adhesive/bonding materials to be used; showing: a. Moisture emission, relative humidity and alkalinity (pH) limits and test methods. b. Manufacturer's required bond/compatibility test procedure. 2. Remedial Materials Product Data (if remediation is deemed necessary): Manufacturer's published data on each product to be used for remediation. a. Manufacturer's qualification statement. b. Manufacturer's statement of compatibility with types of flooring applied over remedial product. c. Test reports indicating compliance with specified performance requirements, performed by nationally recognized independent testing agency. d. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Testing Agency's Report: 1. Provide testing reports for Moisture Vapor Emission Testing, Relative Humidity Testing, and Alkalinity Testing, including the following: a. Description of testing procedures. b. Description of areas and locations tested; include floor plans and photographs if helpful. d. Test results data. c. Summary of test results and conditions encountered. e. Recommendations for remediation of unsatisfactory surfaces. 2. Submit report not more than two business days after conclusion of testing. D. Adhesive Bond and Compatibility Test Report. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) testing shall be performed by an independent testing agency employed and paid by Contractor. B. Contractor may perform adhesive and bond test with Contractor's own personnel or hire a testing agency. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency experienced in the types of testing specified. 1. Submit evidence of experience consisting of at least 3 test reports of the type required, with project Owner's project contact information. D. Remedial Coating Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section, trained by or employed by coating manufacturer, Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COMMON WORK RESULTS South Miami, FL FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 090561 - 2 of 6 / /20 l 9 103 2. Moisture vapor emission tests; 3 tests in the first 1000 square feet (100 square meters) and one test in each additional 1000 square feet (100 square meters), unless otherwise indicated or required by flooring manufacturer. 3. Internal relative humidity tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Alkalinity (pH) tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Specified remediation, if required. 6. Patching, smoothing, and leveling, as required. 7. Other preparation specified. 8. Adhesive bond and compatibility test. 9. Protection. B. Remediations: 1. Active Water Leaks or Continuing Moisture Migration to Surface of Slab: Correct this condition before doing any other remediation; re -test after correction. 2. Excessive Moisture Emission or Relative Humidity: If an adhesive that is resistant to the level of moisture present is available and acceptable to flooring manufacturer, use that adhesive for installation of the flooring; if not, apply remedial floor coating over entire suspect floor area. 3. Excessive Alkalinity (pH): If remedial floor coating is necessary to address excessive moisture, no additional remediation is required; if not, if an adhesive that is resistant to the level present is available and acceptable to the flooring manufacturer, use that adhesive for installation of the flooring; otherwise, apply a skim coat of specified patching compound over entire suspect floor area. 3.02 PRELIMINARY CLEANING A. Clean floors of dust, solvents, paint, wax, oil, grease, asphalt, residual adhesive, adhesive removers, film -forming curing compounds, sealing compounds, alkaline salts, excessive laitance, mold, mildew, and other materials that might prevent adhesive bond. B. Do not use solvents or other chemicals for cleaning. 3.03 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTING A. Where the floor covering manufacturer's requirements conflict with either the referenced test method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements. B. Where this specification conflicts with the referenced test method, comply with the requirements of this section. C. Test in accordance with ASTM F 1869 and as follows. Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COMMON WORK RESULTS South Miami, FL FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 090561 - 4 of 6 / /2019 105 D. Plastic sheet test and mat bond test may not be substituted for the specified ASTM test method, as those methods do not quantify the moisture content sufficiently. E. In the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacturer's limits, perform remediation as indicated. In the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if test values exceed 3 pounds per 1000 square feet (1.4 kg per 93 square meters) per 24 hours. F. Report: Report the information required by the test method. 3.04 INTERNAL RELATIVE HUMIDITY TESTING A. Where the floor covering manufacturer's requirements conflict with either the referenced test method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements. B. Where this specification conflicts with the referenced test method, comply with the requirements of this section. C. Test in accordance with ASTM F2170 Procedure A and as follows. 1. Testing with electrical impedance or resistance apparatus may not be substituted for the specified ASTM test method, as the values determined are not comparable to the ASTM test values and do not quantify the moisture content sufficiently. D. In the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacturer's limits, perform remediation as indicated. 1. In the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if any test value exceeds 75 percent relative humidity. E. Report: Report the information required by the test method. 3.05 ALKALINITY TESTING A. Where the floor covering manufacturer's requirements conflict with either the referenced test method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements. B. The following procedure is the equivalent of that described in ASTM F71 0, repeated here for the Contractor's convenience. C. Use a wide range alkalinity (pH) test paper, its associated chart, and distilled or deionized water. D. Place several drops of water on a clean surface of concrete, forming a puddle approximately 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter. Allow the puddle to set for approximately 60 seconds, then dip the alkalinity (pH) test paper into the water, remove it, and compare immediately to chart to determine alkalinity (pH) reading. E. In the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacturer's limits, perform remediation as indicated. In the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if alkalinity (pH) test value is over 10. Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COMMON WORK RESULTS South Miami, FL FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 090561 - 5 of 6 _/ /2019 106 3.06 PREPARATION A. See individual floor covering section(s) for additional requirements. B. Comply with requirements and recommendations of floor covering manufacturer. C. Fill and smooth surface cracks, grooves, depressions, control joints and other non- moving joints, and other irregularities with patching compound. D. Do not fill expansion joints, isolation joints, or other moving joints. 3.07 ADHESIVE BOND AND COMPATIBILITY TESTING A. Comply with requirements and recommendations of floor covering manufacturer. 3.08 APPLICATION OF REMEDIAL FLOOR COATING A. Comply with requirements and recommendations of coating manufacturer. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Cover prepared floors with building paper or other durable covering. END OF SECTION Gibson- Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations COMMON WORK RESULTS South Miami, FL FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 090561 - 6 of 6 / /2019 107 SECTION 092200 SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal supports for plaster and gypsum board assemblies, including but not limited to: 1. Metal furring. 2. Non-structural metal framing. 3. Metal suspension systems. B. Framing accessories, including but not limited to concealed backing systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 05 - Metals: 1. Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing: Load -bearing formed steel stud wall framing, interior. B. Division 06 - Wood, Plastics and Composites: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking within stud framing. C. Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. D. Division 08 - Openings: 1. Section 083100 - Access Doors and Panels. E. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Requirements for installation of gypsum board and cement backer board attached to metal framing. 2. Section 093000 - Tiling: Requirements for metal thickness and spacing of studs at partitions to be finished with tile; installation of cement backer board; and installa- tion of floor tile and shower receptors. 3. Section 102113 - Toilet Compartments: Attachment of compartment pilaster/panel and urinal screen wall brackets to stud -framed partitions. 4. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories: Attachment of grab bars, mirrors, and other toilet accessories to stud -framed partitions. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI S 100 --North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 1 of 21 / /2019 108 Structural Members; 2012. 2. AISI S200 -- North American Standard for Cold -formed Steel Framing -General Provisions; 2012. 3. AISI S220 -- North American Standard for Cold -formed Steel Framing - Nonstructural Members; 2011. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A525 -- Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process; 1987. 2. ASTM A641 A641 M --Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Car- bon Steel Wire; 2014. 3. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Gal- vanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2011. 4. ASTM C645 -- Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2013. 5. ASTM C665 -- Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insula- tion for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2017. 6. ASTM C754 -- Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2011. 7. ASTM C840 -- Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2011. 8. ASTM C955 -- Standard Specification for Load -Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases; 2017. 9. ASTM C 1002 -- Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007. 10. ASTM C 1063 -- Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement -based Plaster; 2015a. 11. ASTM E90 -- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009. 12. ASTM E119 -- Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2012a. 13. ASTM E413 -- Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. 14. ASTM F594 -- Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts; 2009 (R2015). 15. ASTM F836M -- Standard Specification for Style 1 Stainless Steel Metric Nuts (Metric); 2016e I. C. Florida Building Code, 6`h edition - 2017 (FBC): Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 2 of 21 -/ /2019 109 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. D. International Code Council (ICC) 1. ICC-ES -- ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. a. ICC-ES AC01 -- Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors in Masonry Ele- ments; 2015. b. ICC-ES AC58 -- Acceptance Criteria for Adhesive Anchors in Masonry Ele- ments; 2015. c. ICC-ES AC70 -- Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power -driven into Con- crete, Steel and Masonry Elements; 2016. d. ICC-ES AC 193 -- Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements; 2015. e. ICC-ES AC308 -- Acceptance Criteria for Post -Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements; 2016. E. Steel Framing Industry Association (SFIA): 1. SFIA (TG) -- Technical Guide for Cold -Formed Steel Framing Products. F. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA): 1. SSMA (PTI) -- Product Technical Information. G. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 -- Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (ed. 2004). H. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): 1. TCNA (HB) -- Handbook for Ceramic, Glass and Stone Tile Installation; current edition. I. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL (FRD) -- Fire Resistance Directory. 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Fabricate and install metal support systems as indicated, but not less than that re- quired to comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code and ASTM C754. B. Structural Requirements: Fabricate and install metal support systems and components of sufficient strength to support the loads and forces encountered, or combinations thereof, without exceeding in any of its structural elements the stresses prescribed the governing building code and referenced standards. 1. Framing for Interior Partitions: Design framing systems in accordance with Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 3 of 21 _/ /2019 110 AISI S220, unless otherwise indicated. a. Live Loads and Deflection Requirements: Comply with applicable require- ments of governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTION 1607.14. (1) Framing systems shall be designed, fabricated and installed to resist all loads to which they are subjected, but not less than uniform live load of 5 PSF (240 Pa) applied perpendicular to the wall. (2) Deflection: Comply with strictest requirements specified in governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTION 1604.3.6, ASTM C 1063, TCNA (HB), and the following: (a) Interior Partitions, Soffits and Ceilings with Plaster/Stucco Finish: L/360. (b) Interior Partitions with Tile Finish: L/240, unless otherwise noted. (c) Interior Partitions, Soffits and Ceilings with GWB Finish: L/120, un- less otherwise noted. b. Limiting Height/Span for Studs: Calculate using specified uniform live load (as specified) perpendicular to studs, based on studs alone. c. Design framing systems to accommodate deflection of primary building structure and construction tolerances and to withstand design loads with a maximum deflection of 1-1/2 in. (13/4 in.), unless otherwise indicated. C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorpo- rate non -load -bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, in accordance with ASTM E 119, and displaying a classification label from, an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Construct fire -resistance rated partitions in compliance with tested assembly re- quirements indicated on Drawings. 2. Rated assemblies to be substantiated from applicable testing using proposed products, by Contractor. D. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, in accordance with ASTM E90 and classified in accordance with ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data describing metal support system materials and finish, prod- uct criteria, load charts, and limitations. 1. Submit properly identified product data for each type of framing and furring prod- uct specified, including manufacturer's specifications, installation recommenda- tions, and other data as may be required to show compliance with specifications. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 4 of 21 —/ /2019 111 a. For each type of head -of -partition system, include manufacturer's data showing compliance with requirements. b. For each type of concealed backing system, include manufacturer's data show- ing compliance with requirements. c. For each type of screws and fasteners, include allowable loads, embedment, and spacing criteria. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate prefabricated work, component details, stud framing layout, suspension system layout, framed openings, anchorage to structure, type and location of fas- teners, accessories, and items of other related work. 2. Describe method for securing tracks to building structure, and studs to tracks, and for blocking, bridging and reinforcement of framing connections. a. Include allowable shear and tension load limits for fasteners and anchors, and calculations showing that they can meet applicable SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 3. For each stud framing condition, identify framing member properties using four- part member identification codes per industry standard nomenclature published in AISI S200 (e.g., 362S 125-33) and material yield strength (e.g., Fy = 33 ksi). 4. Indicate related work specified in other sections, including but not limited to con- cealed backing system for wall -mounted items (e.g., toilet, shower and dressing compartments, surface -mounted toilet accessories, grab bars, or other surface - mounted fittings and accessories) to be attached to stud -framed or furred walls/partitions. 5. For steel stud ceiling and soffit framing conditions where framing members are suspended from building structure above, include shop drawings and engineering calculations signed and sealed by a qualified structural engineer licensed in the State of Florida. 6. Indicate related work specified in other sections that will interface with stud fram- ing layout, including but not limited to: a. Metal fabrications. b. Wall -mounted items (e.g., toilet, shower and dressing compartments, surface - mounted toilet accessories, grab bars, shower seats, etc.) that will be attached to concealed backing system in stud -framed or furred walls/partitions. NOTE: At locations where Concealed Backing Bar or Concealed Fastback Backing System is required, stud framing must be installed at 12 in. on center. c. Plumbing fixture carriers. d. Sanitary waste piping. 7. At locations where cripple framing is necessary, provide details showing load path Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 5 of 21 / /2019 112 and reinforcement. 8. Include details associated with draftstopping and fireblocking. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter con- ditions requiring special attention. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Metal Framing Materials Manufacturer: Shall be a firm or company that is current- ly a full member of the SSMA or SFIA. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Contractor shall provide full time quality control over all fabrication and erection to en- sure compliance with applicable requirements of the governing building code and regu- lations of the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Conduct pre -installation meeting to verify project requirements, substrate condi- tions, and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Deliver materials to site promptly without undue exposure to weather. 2. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles, fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. B. Storage: 1. Store materials above ground in dry, ventilated space. 2. Protect materials from soiling, rusting and damage. 3. Protect metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during deliv- ery, storage, and handling in accordance with AISI standards, including but not limited to AISI S202. C. Notify manufacturer of damaged materials received prior to installation. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the placement of components to be installed within stud framing system. B. Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceil- ings with other work supported by or penetrating through ceiling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Stud -Framed Partitions: Provide metal framing assemblies complying with applicable requirements of the governing building code and ASTM C840. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 6 of 21 / /2019 113 1. The unsupported height of partitions shall comply with the loads and deflections set forth in the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTION 1607.14 and FBC-B TABLE 1604.3. B. Fire / Smoke Rated Assemblies: Comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B CHAPTER 7, and as indicated on drawings. 1. Where fire resistance classifications are indicated, provide materials and applica- tion procedures identical to those listed by UL or tested according to ASTM El 19 for type of construction indicated. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Metal Framing, Furring and Suspension Systems: 1. CEMCO: www.cemcosteel.com. 2. C1arkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com. 3. Marino: www.marinoware.com. 4. SCAFCO Corporation: www.scafco.com/#sle. B. Framing Connectors and Accessories: 1. Same manufacturer as metal framing. 2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com. C. Concealed Backing Systems: 1. C1arkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2.03 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. General: 1. Metal framing materials shall conform to requirements of governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B CHAPTER 25. 2. Nonstructural steel studs and track runners shall comply with AISI S220; ASTM C645, Section 10; and ASTM A525. 3. Corrosion Resistance: Hot -dipped galvanized per ASTM A653/A653M; Grade G60/Z 180, except as follows: a. Metal Framing for Plaster or Gypsum Board Assemblies (including soffits and ceilings) in Shower Stalls and Dressing Compartments: Grade G90/Z275. b. Metal Framing for Cement Board and Tile Wall Assemblies in Shower Stalls and Dressing Compartments: Grade G90/Z275. B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645, galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing as specified in SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, except as otherwise indicated. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 7 of 21 / /2019 114 1. Studs: C-shaped steel studs. a. Depth (Flange Leg): 1-1/4 in. (35 mm) minimum, except as follows: (1) Where flange leg depth greater than 1-1/4 in. is required per UL Design assembly referenced on Drawings, provide studs of depth specified in the UL (FRD) assembly description for the referenced UL Design assembly. b. Return (Flange Leg Stiffener): Provide 1/4 in. (6 mm) minimum flange leg stiffener return at each side of stud, except as follows: (1) Where return depth greater than 1 /4 in. is required per UL Design assem- bly referenced on Drawings, provide studs of depth specified in the UL (FRD) assembly description for the referenced UL Design assembly. c. Size (width): 1-5/8 in., 2-1 /2 in., 3-5/8 in., 4 in., or 6 in., as indicated on Drawings. d. Metal Thickness (gauge): 25-gauge, 22-gauge or 20-gauge, as required to comply with requirements of governing building code and specified SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS (e.g., load, deflection, and SSMA/SFIA limiting heights), except as follows: (1) Metal Stud Framing for Support of Cementitous Backer Board and Tile Wall Finish: Minimum thickness to be not less than 20-gauge. (a) For additional requirements, refer to TCNA (HB). (2) Metal Stud Framing for Support of Cement Plaster/Stucco on Metal Base: Minimum thickness to be not less than 20-gauge. e. Metal Yield Strength (Fy): Shall comply with requirements of governing building code, referenced standards, and as specified SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS (e.g., load, deflection, and SSMA/SFIA limiting heights), but not less than 33 ksi. f. Knockouts: Studs shall be fabricated with pre -punched knockouts at regular intervals, unless otherwise noted. Knockouts shall be designed to allow for in- stallation of pipes, electrical conduit and wall bridging. (1) Knockout Sizing: 1-1/2 in. x 4 in., except as follows: (a) Stud Sizes Less Than 3-1/2 In.: No knockouts. (2) Knockout Spacing: First knockout on each stud to be located at 12 in. from lead edge, with additional knockouts at 24 in. o.c. for the remainder of stud length. (3) Knockouts shall not be enlarged, nor shall any new holes be cut into studs after initial fabrication. 2. Tracks (except Slotted Deflection Tracks): U-shaped, sized to match studs. a. Size (web width): Sized to match studs, with an inside clear width (between legs) equal to the overall width of the stud. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 8 of 21 _/ /2019 115 b. Depth (leg length): Leg length to be not less than 1-1/4 in. (32 mm). (1) Where greater track depth is required per UL Design Assembly referenced on drawings, provide tracks of depth specified in the UL (FRD) assembly description for the referenced UL Design Assembly. c. Metal Thickness (gauge): Same as studs. C. Head -of -Wall Deflection Tracks: 1. General: a. Structural Performance: (1) Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable requirements of the governing building code, when evaluat- ed in accordance with AISI S 100. (2) Deflection track system shall be designed to allow for designated vertical movement, unless otherwise indicated. (a) If vertical movement is not designated, deflection track system shall be designed to allow for vertical movement up to 1-1/2 in. (±3/4 in.). b. Fire -Resistance: Provide components certified for use in UL-listed fire -rated head of partition joint systems of fire rating and movement required. 2. Slip -Type Head Joints: At head -of -wall conditions (i.e., where top of stud -framed walls/partitions that extend to underside of floor/roof assembly), provide one of the following types of deflection tracks: a. Slotted Track System: U-shaped channel with mechanical anchorage devices designed to accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti - friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural per- formance of partition. (1) Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50, with G60/Z 180 hot dipped galvanized coating. (a) Thickness: 14-gauge, 16-gauge or 18-gauge, as required to comply with manufacturer's published Allowable Lateral Loads criteria; not less than 18-gauge. D. Horizontal Wall Bridging: 1. U-Channel Bridging: a. Description: U-shaped, cold -rolled, galvanized steel channel, designed for use as horizontal wall bridging of interior, non -load -bearing, nonstructural stud wall assembly. (1) Size: 1-1/2 in. (2) Metal Thickness: 16-guage. b. Products (Basis of Design): Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 9 of 21 —/ /2019 116 (1) U-Channel: "U-CHANNEL" by C1arkDietrich. (2) Clips: "FASTBRIDGE CLIP", "SWIFTCLIPTM (L-Series)" or "EASYCLIPTM (U-SeriesTM)" by ClarkDietrich. E. Concealed Backing Systems: 1. Concealed Backer Plate: For attachment of cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, urinal screens, or surface -mounted toilet accessories to stud- framed/furred wall/partition. a. At locations where cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments (e.g., compartment wall brackets, urinal screen wall brackets, head rail brackets), surface -mounted toilet accessories (e.g., waste receptacles, mirrors, etc.), are to be attached to stud -framed or furred walls/partitions, provide Concealed Back- er Plate(s) as follows: (1) Load Capacity: Concealed Backer Plate shall be of sufficient size and strength to provide secure attachment and support for item(s) being at- tached thereto. (2) Material: Galvanized steel sheet, of dimensions as follows: (a) Width: 12 in. (b) Length: 10 ft. (c) Metal Thickness: 20-gauge, minimum. (3) Product (Basis of Design): "BACKING PLATE" (BPE) by C1arkDietrich. b. Failure to provide Concealed Backer Plate for attachment of cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, surface -mounted toilet accessories, or oth- er surface -mounted fittings and accessories to stud framing or furring will not be allowed, regardless of whether or not such concealed backing system are indicated on the drawings. c. Direct attachment of cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, sur- face -mounted toilet accessories, or other surface -mounted fittings and accesso- ries to stud framing or furring will not be allowed, except with written approv- al by Architect. 2. Concealed Notched Track Backer: For attachment of cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, urinal screens, or surface -mounted toilet accessories to stud-framed/furred wall/partition. a. At locations where cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments (e.g., compartment wall brackets, urinal screen wall brackets, head rail brackets), surface -mounted toilet accessories (e.g., waste receptacles, mirrors, etc.), are to be attached to stud -framed or furred walls/partitions, provide Concealed Notched Track Backers as follows: (1) Load Capacity: Concealed Notched Track Backer shall be of sufficient size and strength to provide secure attachment and support for item(s) be - Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 10 of 21 / /2019 117 ing attached thereto. b. Material: U-shaped track fabricated of ASTM C955, CP60 galvanized struc- tural steel sheet. (1) Material Yield Strength (Fy): 33 ksi, minimum. (2) Thickness: Not less than 20-gauge STR (33mils; 0.0346 in.), minimum. (3) Dimensions: (a) Leg: 1.25 in. (b) Width: 6 in. (c) Length: 10 ft. (nominal), notched for stud spacing. (4) Product (Basis of Design): "NOTCHED TRACK" by C1arkDietrich. c. Failure to provide Concealed Notched Track Backer(s) for attachment of cabi- nets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, surface -mounted toilet acces- sories, or other surface -mounted fittings and accessories to stud framing or fur- ring will not be allowed, regardless of whether or not such concealed backing system is indicated on the drawings. d. Direct attachment of cabinets, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, sur- face -mounted toilet accessories, or other surface -mounted fittings and accesso- ries to stud framing or furring will not be allowed, except with written approv- al by Architect. 3. Concealed Backer Bar: For attachment of grab bars or shower seats to stud- framed/furred wall/partition. a. Description: U-shaped galvanized steel track product specifically designed, tested and recommended for attachment of multiple items and heavier items (e.g., grab bars, shower seats) to steel stud -framed partitions; shall provide the necessary support for the attached items and applied loads without reliance on or degrading the partition finish. (1) Load Capacity: Grab bars, shower seats or dressing room bench seats at- tached to Concealed Backer Bar shall be capable of resisting a single con- centrated load of not less than 250 pounds (1.11 kN) applied in any direc- tion at any point on the grab bar or seat so as to produce the maximum load effects. (a) Ultimate Load Capacity: Not less than 1,100 lbs. b. Material: U-shaped track fabricated of ASTM C955, CP60 galvanized struc- tural steel sheet. (1) Material Yield Strength (Fy): 33 ksi, minimum. (2) Thickness: 20-gauge STR (33mils; 0.0346 in.), minimum. (3) Dimensions: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 11 of 21 / /2019 118 (a) Leg: 1.25 in. (b) Width: 5 in. (c) Length: As required for stud spacing. NOTE: At locations where Concealed Backer Bar(s) is indicated, stud spacing shall be 12 in. on center. c. Failure to provide Concealed Backer Bar(s) for attachment of grab bars or shower seats to stud framing/furring will not be allowed, regardless of whether or not such. concealed backing system is indicated on the drawings. d. Direct attachment of grab bars to stud framing or furring will not be allowed, except with written approval by Architect. e. Product (Basis of Design): "BACKER BAR" by C1arkDietrich. f. Coordinate with requirements for Wood Backing and "Double Wall Backing", specified under AUXILIARY MATERIALS. 4. Concealed Base Backer: For mortar bed and base tile backing system at interior partitions with tile finish. a. At interior partitions with tile finish, provide Concealed Base Backer(s) as fol- lows: (1) Materials: Concealed Base Backer shall be proprietary system including galvanized steel clips and fire-retardent-treated wood backing, designed for attachment to studs. (a) Metal Clips: Shall conform to system manufacturer's standard. (b) Wood Components: Shall be fire-retardent-treated (DriconR Wood Backing) lumber; pre-cut length to match stud spacing. (3) Dimensions: (a) Width: 5-1/8 in. (b) Depth: 1-1/4 in. (c) Length: As required for stud spacing. (3) Product (Basis of Design): "FASTBACKTM Backing System" (FBBS) by C1arkDietrich. b. Failure to provide Concealed Base Backer for mortar bed and base tile backing system at interior partitions with tile finish will not be allowed, regardless of whether or not such concealed backing system is indicated on the drawings. F. Furring Systems: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 and specified performance requirements. 1. Furring Channels: Hat -shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 in. (22 mm). a. Size (width): 7/8 in. (22 mm) or 1-1/2 in. (38 mm), as indicated on Drawings; Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 12 of 21 —/ /2019 119 if not indicated, provide 7/8 in. (22 mm). G. Heavy -Duty Headers and Jambs: Manufacturer's proprietary shape used to form header beams and jambs, columns or posts, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges and as follows: 1. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0329 in. (0.84 mm), 0.0428 in. (1.09 mm), 0.0538 in. (1.37 mm), 0.0677 in. (1.72 mm) or 0.0966 in. (2.45 mm)], as indicated on drawings. If not indicated on Drawings, use 0.0538 in. (1.37 mm). 2. Web and Flange Widths: a. Heavy -Duty Studs: 3-5/8 in. x 3 in. x ]-1/ 16 in. x 3/4 in. (92.1 mm x 76.2 mm x 27.0 mm x 19.1 mm), except as otherwise indicated on Drawings b. Header Bracket: 3-1/2 in. x 3-1/16 in. x 2 in. (88.9 mm x 77.8 mm x 50.8 mm), except as otherwise indicated on Drawings 3. Product (Basis of Design): a. Heavy -Duty Studs: "HEAVY-DUTY STUDS" (HDS), by C1arkDietrich. b. Header Bracket: "HEADER BRACKET" (HDSC), by C1arkDietrich. 2.04 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. General: 1. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts or other devices compatible with indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. a. Hanger devices shall be capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to not less than 10 times that imposed by construction, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488 by a qualified independent testing agency. b. Power -Actuated Fasteners (PAF) in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to IOx calculated loads. 2. Hangers: a. Steel wire or rods, sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for ceil- ing or soffit area and loads to be supported. b. Wire: ASTM A641, soft, Class 1 galvanized. c. Rods and Flats: Mild steel components; Galvanized with G60/Z180 hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525. ' 3. Framing System: ASTM C645, "C" shaped steel channel studs and "U" shaped runners, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spac- ing indicated, with specified deflection limits; galvanized with G60/Z180 hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 13 of 21 —/ /2019 120 a. Main Runners: Cold -rolled, "C" shaped steel channels, 16-gauge minimum; galvanized with G60/Z180 hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525. b. Cross Furring: Hat -shaped steel furring channels, ASTM C645, 7/8 in. high, 25-gauge, galvanized. 4. Furring Anchorages/Fasteners: 16-gauge galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire -type clips, bolts, nails or screws recommended by furring manufac- turer and complying with ASTM C754. B. Steel Stud -Framed Ceilings, Braced Soffits, and Soffit Support Systems: 1. Framing: ASTM C645, "C" shaped steel channel studs and "U" shaped runners, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicat- ed, with specified deflection limits; galvanized with G60/Z180 hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525. a. Depth (flange): 1-1/4 in. (35 mm) minimum. b. Return: 1/4 in. (6 mm) minimum folded back return flange leg at each side of studs. c. Size (width): 1-5/8 in. (41 mm), 2-1/2 in. (64 mm), 3-5/8 in. (92 mm), 4 in. (102 mm), or 6 in. (152 mm), as indicated on Drawings. d. Metal Thickness (gauge): Minimum thickness to be not less than that required to meet or exceed applicable requirements of the governing building code based on span distance, stud spacing, stud size, loads, and deflection criteria, in accordance with Limiting Span Charts and Tables for Steel Stud Ceiling Sys- tems per SFIA (TG) or SSMA (PTI). C. Suspended Grillage Ceiling Support System: 1. Hanger Anchorage Devices: a. Post -Installed Anchors (for attachment to concrete or masonry): Fastener sys- tems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES ACO 1, AC58, AC 193 and AC308, as appropriate for the sub- strate. (1) Uses: Securing hangers to concrete or masonry structure. (2) Type: Torque -controlled expansion anchor, torque -controlled adhesive anchor, or adhesive anchor, as indicated on drawings. (a) If not indicated, request direction from A/E. (3) Material for Interior Locations (except Interior Locations Subject to High Humidity): Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941 M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. (3) Material for Interior Locations Subject to High Humidity (e.g., Restrooms and Showers): Alloy Group 1 (A 1) stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 14 of 21 / /2019 121 nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). (3) Material for Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). (4) Material for Exterior Locations: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). b. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report accepta- ble to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. c. Post -Installed Anchors (for attachment to wood): Do not attach hangers direct- ly to rood deck sheathing. Hangers to be attached to slotted channels or wood rafters. (1) Slotted Channel Framing: (a) Slotted channel framing to be attached to wood rafters with 1/2-in. dia. hex -drive -washer -head zinc -coated lag screws; one screw per rafter per slotted channel; screw length to be sufficient for minimum 2.5 in. embedment into wood; include l in. dia. zinc coated flat wash- er with each bolt. (b) For additional information regarding slotted channel framing, refer to Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Ceiling Hangers: Type (e.g., hanger wire, mild steel rod, mild steel flat) and size as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. a. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641 /A641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper wire; pre -straightened. (1) Size: 10 gauge, 9 gauge or 8 gauge, as specified in ASTM C754 for spac- ing required. b. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated; threaded, unless otherwise noted. (1) Size (diameter): 3/16 in. (4.76 mm), 7/32 in. (5.56 mm) or 1/4 in. (6.35 mm), as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. c. Flat Bar: Mild steel, zinc coated. (1) Size: 1 in. x 3/16 in., unless otherwise noted; length as required. d. Angle -Type Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 in. wide, formed from 0.0312 in. thick galvanized steel sheet per ASTM A653/A653M, G 60 coating, with bolted connections and 5/16 in. diameter bolts. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A641 /A641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper wire; No. 16 gauge, unless otherwise noted. a. Tie wire shall comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, ASTM C754 and ASTM C 1063. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 15 of 21 / /2019 122 4. Main Carrying Channels (Runners): Main runners or carriers shall be minimum 1- 1 /2 in. rolled galvanized steel channels. 5. Cross Furring: a. Metal Lath and Plaster Ceiling: Cross furring for various spacing of main run- ners or other supports shall be 3/4-in. galvanized steel channels. b. Gypsum Board Ceiling: Hat -shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 in. (22 mm). (1) Furring size (width): 7/8 in. (22 mm) or 1-1/2 in. (38 mm), as indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, provide 7/8 in. (22 mm). (2) Furring thickness (gauge): 25-gauge or 20-gauge, per ASTM C754 and manufacturer's Limiting Ceiling Span Charts and Tables; if gauge is not indicated, provide 20-gauge. D. Proprietary Suspended Drywall Ceiling Framing System: N/A. 2.05 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. B. Miscellaneous Furring and Bracing Members: Of same material as studs; thickness to suit purpose; complying with applicable requirements of ASTM C754. C. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls, and at Concrete Slab on Grade in Restroom/Shower Area: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), non -perforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1 /8 in. (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size. D. Drywall Penetration Barrier Mesh: N/A. E. Fasteners: 1. Screw Fasteners: ASTM C 1002 self -piercing tapping screws; shall comply with applicable requirements of governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B CHAPTER 25. a. Screw Fasteners for Attaching Steel Studs to Steel Runners: Corrosion - resistant, Type S (for 25 gauge and 22 gauge) pan head, or Type S-12 (for 20 gauge or thicker) low profile head. (1) Material: 410 stainless steel. b. Fasteners for Attaching Steel Studs to Door Frames: Corrosion -resistant, Type S-12 pan head. (1) Material: 410 stainless steel. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 16 of 21 —/ /2019 123 c. Fasteners for Attaching Steel Studs to Jamb Anchors: Corrosion -resistant, Type S-12 low profile head. (1) Material: 410 stainless steel. d. Fasteners for Attaching Gypsum Board to Metal Framing: Corrosion -resistant, Type S bugle -head, or length appropriate for thickness of board(s). (1) Material: 410 stainless steel. e. Fasteners Used for Attaching Cementitious Backer Board to Metal Studs: Cor- rosion -resistant, wafer head type with countersinking ribs, specifically de- signed to allow for flush seating while preventing strip -outs; length and prod- uct per backer board manufacturer's recommendation. (1) Material: 410 stainless steel. (2) Do not use standard drywall screws. 2. Framing Track Fasteners: High -quality fasteners conforming to the following cri- teria: a. General: (1) When used in a fire -rated wall/partition assembly, fasteners shall conform to applicable UL Design specification. (2) Allowable Service Load: As required to meet applicable design loads, but not less than: 115 lbs Tension; 220 lbs Shear. (3) When ceiling/soffit/bulkhead suspension framing is hung from underside of floor/roof deck above, track fasteners shall be minimum 1/4 in. diame- ter screws with minimum l in. fender washers, unless otherwise noted. b. Fastener for Attaching Drywall Bottom Track to Concrete Slab -on -Grade in Wet/Humid Environment (e.g., restrooms and showers): (1) Type: Powder Actuated Fastener (PAF). (2) Size: As required; but not less than 15/16 in. shank length x 0.145 in. shank diameter. (3) Material: Equivalent to A4 (316) stainless steel. (4) Product (Basis of Design): "X-CR 24 P8" by HILTI. c. Fastener for Attaching Drywall Top/Deflection Track to Underside of Wood Roof Assembly in Wet/Humid Environment (e.g., restrooms and showers): (1) Type: Wood screw. (2) Size: # 10. (3) Length: As required to meet specified design loads without penetrating the existing roof sheathing, but not less than 1 in. (4) Head Style: Pan Head. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 17 of 21 —/ /2019 124 (5) Drive Style: Phillips. (6) Material: 18-8 stainless steel. (7) Product (Basis of Design): "# 10 x 1 " Deep Thread Wood Screws / Phillips / Pan Head" by HILTI. b. Fastener for Attaching Framing Studs to Concrete/Masonry Wall in Wet/Humid Environment (e.g., restrooms and showers): (1) Type: Powder Actuated Fastener (PAF). (2) Size: As required; but not less than 15/16 in. shank length x 0.145 in. shank diameter. F. Wood Backing (for use in Double Wall Backing): Where "Double Wall Backing" is indicated on the drawings (e.g., for attachment of shower seat or grab bar), provide 1.5 in. x 4.5 in. x 10 in. long Southern Pine DSS lumber nested in Concealed Backing Bar. a. Adhesive (for attaching lumber to back side of Concealed Backing Bar): Acrylic adhesive; strength not less than 480 oz/in. min. (1) Product (Basis of Design): "DP810 Acrylic Adhesive" by 3M. b. For additional information, refer to Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry. G. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754. 1. Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation. 2. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing and concealed backing systems to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load -bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently, 3.02 INSTALLATION - FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. B. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to to ceiling framing Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 18 of 21 _/ /2019 125 in accordance with details. C. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechani- cal devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. D. Align and secure top and bottom runners at not more than 24 inches (600 mm) on cen- ter. E. At partitions indicated with an acoustic rating: N/A. III-O\ kt: C011111011k:11t", I ;l- II',,d 1�� rn � 1 ( 1-,111112, 1, IIIJk- h�t,�CI loll puhll,11�:d tC:,I, f'` Ill;ll?I'fl .II�� J1 V-, 1 `I 1 -1 1.' alld , 11��-,(I;lt ;ill�1l- CC11t COW11HIctiol"l. `. 1��alL i\`, l i hC Id, t' j :IC ll fig �,i�:ii11. '� i'',`, �.'i? `l ilii, �'.11d 'I�l1 111 '„l tl� t� �lll F. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs to same spacing as wall studs. G. Install studs vertically at spacing indicated on drawings. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. H. Align stud web openings horizontally. I. Secure studs to tracks using fastener method. Do not weld. J. Stud splicing is not permissible. K. Fabricate corners using a minimum of three studs. L. Framed Wall Openings and Recesses: Double stud at wall openings, recesses, door and window jambs, not more than 2 inches (50 mm) from each side of openings. 1. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 in. (I 3-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 2. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 19 of 21 / /2019 126 M. Brace stud framing system rigid. N. Coordinate erection of studs with requirements of wall -mounted fixtures and equipment (e.g., grab bars, toilet, shower and dressing compartments, plumbing fixtures); install supports, concealed backing and attachments. O. Furring: Install at spacing and locations shown on drawings. Lap splices a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 1. Direct Furring: a. Screw to wood framing. b. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced no more than 24 in. (610 mm) O.C. 2. Z-Shaped Furring: a. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-shaped furring members spaced no more than 24 in. (610 mm) o.c. b. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced no more than 24 in. (610 mm) o.c. c. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw -attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 in. (305 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit. P. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 in. (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing 3.03 INSTALLATION - CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components in accordance with spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Hangers: 48 in. (1219 mm) o.c., unless otherwise noted. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 in. (1219 mm) o.c., unless otherwise noted. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 in. (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise not- ed. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092200 - 20 of 21 _/ /2019 127 horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within L/360, unless otherwise noted. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: N/A. E. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 in. in 12 ft (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER & GYPSUM BOARD 092200 - 21 of 21 _/ /2019 128 SECTION 092900 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum board. B. Cementitious backing board. C. Joint treatment and accessories. D. Acoustic materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 05 - Metals: 1. Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing: Load -bearing formed steel stud wall framing, interior. B. Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Caulking of joints between gypsum board and other materials. C. Division 09 Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board: Metal furring, framing and suspension systems for support of gypsum board assemblies; concealed backing systems. 2. Section 093000 - Tiling: Wall tile installed on cementitious backing board. 3. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating: Field application of paint finish on gypsum board assemblies. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C475/C475M -- Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2012. 2. ASTM C665 -- Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2017. 3. ASTM C754 -- Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2011. 4. ASTM C840 -- Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2011. 5. ASTM C954 -- Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1 of ] 8 / /2019 129 Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2011. 6. ASTM C 1002 --Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007. 7. ASTM C 1047 -- Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 201 Oa. 8. ASTM C 1278/C 1278M -- Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Gypsum Panel; 2007a (R2011). 9. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M -- Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2013. 10. ASTM D638 -- Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2003. 11. ASTM D790 -- Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials; 2016. 12. ASTM D3273 -- Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2016. 13. ASTM D3678 -- Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Interior -Profile Extrusions; 2014. 14. ASTM E84 -- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2013a. 15. ASTM E90 -- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009. 16. ASTM El 19 -- Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2012a. 17. ASTM E413 -- Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. B. Florida Building Code, 6th edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. C. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-214 -- Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish; 2015. 2. GA-216 -- Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. 3. GA-600 -- Fire Resistance Design Manual, 20th edition; 2012. D. International Code Council, Inc. (ICC): 1. ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES): a. ICC-ES AC38 -- Acceptance Criteria for Water -Resistive Barriers. E. Steel Framing Industry Association (SFIA): Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2 of 18 / /2019 130 1. SFIA (TG) -- Technical Guide for Cold -Formed Steel Framing Products. F. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA): 1. SSMA (PTI) -- Product Technical Information. G. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 -- Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (ed. 2004). H. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL (FRD) -- Fire Resistance Directory. 1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and install systems as indicated but not less than that required to comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code and ASTM C754. B. Fire Resistance Ratings: Where fire resistance classification is indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to that listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 for the type of construction shown. 1. In addition, fire -resistance rated assemblies shall conform to requirements of the applicable UL Design as described in the UL (FRD). C. For additional requirements, refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit properly identified product data for each product specified, including materials specifications, installation recommendations, and other data as may be required to show compliance with specifications. a. For each type of board material, provide manufacturer's product data showing compliance with applicable requirements. b. For each type of joint treatment material, provide manufacturer's product data showing compliance with applicable requirements. c. For each type of bead, trim and molding product, provide manufacturer's product data showing compliance with applicable requirements. d. For each type of acoustical material, provide manufacturer's data showing compliance with applicable requirements. 2. For each type of partition assembly, provide manufacturer's data showing compliance with specified acoustic attenuation and fire resistance rating performance requirements. 3. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Rated assemblies to be substantiated from Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092900 - 3 of 18 —/ /2019 131 applicable testing using proposed products, by Contractor. a. Both metal framing and wallboard manufacturers must submit written confirmation that they accept the other manufacturer's product as a suitable component in the assembly. Acceptance is as follows: (1) If installation of both products is proper, no adverse effect will result in the performance of one manufacturer's product by the other's product. (2) Combining products can be substantiated by required assembly tests. B. Shop Drawings: Refer to Submittal requirements specified in Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board. 1. Indicate products and materials specified in this Section (e.g., gypsum board, cement board, beads and trim, acoustical insulation). C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Gypsum Board Materials Manufacturer: Obtain each type of gypsum board and related joint treatment material from a single manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. C. Contractor shall provide full time quality control over all fabrication and erection to ensure compliance with applicable requirements of the governing building code and regulations of the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Conduct pre -installation meeting to verify project requirements, substrate conditions, and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Deliver materials to site promptly without undue exposure to weather. 2. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles, fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. B. Storage: 1. Store materials above ground in dry, ventilated space. 2. Protect materials from soiling or damage. C. Notify manufacturer of damaged materials received prior to installation. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 of 18 / /2019 132 A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Proceed with installation of gypsum board materials only after building is weather tight. Maintain temperature in areas receiving gypsum board materials between 55 degrees and 90 degrees F. during and after installation and provide adequate ventilation. 2. For finishing of gypsum board, maintain ambient temperature above 55 degrees F from one week prior to joint treatment, and until joint treatment is complete and dry. B. Coordinate the placement of components to be installed within stud framing system. C. Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by or penetrating through ceiling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies complying with applicable requirements of the governing building code, ASTM C840 and GA-216. 1. The unsupported height of partitions shall comply with the loads and deflections set forth in the governing building code, including but not lkimited to FBC-B SECTION 1607.14 and TABLE 1604.3. 2. See PART 3 for finishing requirements. B. Acoustic Attenuation: Where sound ratings are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those tested by manufacturer to achieve Sound Transmission Class (STC) calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. C. Fire / Smoke Rated Assemblies: Comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B CHAPTER 7, and as indicated on drawings. 1. Where fire resistance classifications are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those listed by UL or tested according to ASTM E119 for type of construction indicated. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Board Materials: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Corporation (G-P): ww.gp.com. 2. National Gypsum Company (NGC): www.nationalgypsum.com. 3. United States Gypsum Company (USG): www.usg.com. B. Drywall Beads and Trim: 1. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation (Amico): www.amico-online.com. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092900 - 5 of 18 _/ /2019 133 2. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 3. Plastic Components, Inc. (PCI): www.plasticomponents.com. 4. United States Gypsum Company (USG): www.usg.com. 5. Vinyl Corporation: www.vinylcorp.com. 2.03 METAL SUPPORTS A. Metal Furring, Non -Structural Metal Framing, and Metal Suspension Systems: Refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. B. Load -Bearing Formed Steel Stud Wall Framing, Interior: Refer to Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing. 2.04 BOARD MATERIALS A. General: 1. All types of gypsum board materials shall comply with applicable requirements of: a. Governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B CHAPTER 25. b. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 2. All types of gypsum board panels shall be mold and mildew resistant. a. Mold and Mildew Resistance (ASTM D3273): Panel score of 10, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Panel sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut, except as otherwise indicated. B. Regular Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M (Section 5), regular type. 1. Edges: Tapered long edge. 2. Thickness: Use 5/8 inch thick for all applications, except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3. Product: SHEETROCK brand MOLD TOUGH gypsum panels by USG, or equal. C. Type X (Fire -Resistant) Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M (Section 5), Type X. 1. Edges: Tapered long edge. 2. Thickness: Use 5/8 inch thick for all applications, except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3. Product: SHEETROCK brand MOLD TOUGH FIRECODE gypsum panels by USG, or equal. D. Ceiling Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M (Section 12), non -sag type. 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Product: SHEETROCK brand SAG -RESISTANT INTERIOR GYPSUM Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 6 of 18 / /2019 134 CEILING BOARD by USG, or equal. E. Shaftwall and Coreboard: Type X; 1 inch (25 mm) thick by 24 inches (610 mm) wide, beveled long edges, ends square cut. 1. Paper Faced Type: Gypsum shaflliner board or gypsum coreboard as defined ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; water-resistant faces. 2. Product: SHEETROCK brand GYPSUM LINER PANELS - Enhanced (mold - resistant) by USG, or equal. F. Flexible Gypsum Board: N/A. G. Cementitious Backer Board: Non -gypsum -based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. 1. Physical and Performance Criteria: a. Flexural Strength (ASTM C947): (1) 1 /2 in. Board Thickness: 750 psi. (2) 5/8 in. Board Thickness: 480 psi. b. Indentation Strength (ASTM D2394): Greater than 1250 psi. c. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A 118.4): Greater than 50 psi. d. Mold Resistance (ASTM G21): Rating 0, no growth; 10/10. e. Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84): 0 / 0. 2. Thickness: 1/2 in. or 5/8 in., as indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, use 5/8 in.. 3. When used in fire -rated assembly, Cementitious Backer Board shall bear UL Classification Mark in accordance with requirements of applicable UL Design Assembly (e.g., UL Design No. U457). 4. Acceptable Product: "DUROCK® brand CEMENT BOARD" by USG, or equal. 2.05 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: 1. Joint materials shall conform to ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Compounds: 1. All -Purpose Joint Compound: Drying type (ready -mixed) joint compound recommended for embedding, finishing, laminating and skim coating. a. Product: SHEETROCK brand all purpose joint compound by USG, or equal. 2. Setting -Type Joint Compound: Chemically -hardening joint compound recommended for use with cement backer board, and for treating fastener heads in areas to receive metal lath and cement plaster. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 7 of 18 _/ /2019 135 a. Product: SHEETROCK brand setting -type joint compound by USG, or equal. C. Primer Surfacer: Spray -applied vinyl acrylic latex -based coating, designed especially for interior application over Finish Level 4 (GA-214 / ASTM C840) drywall surface in order to achieve Finish Level 5 gypsum board finish. 1. Product: SHEETROCK brand TUFF -HIDE Primer -Surfacer by USG, or equal. D. Joint Treatment Tape: Type and width recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 2.06 BEADS, TRIMS AND MOLDINGS A. PVC Drywall Beads and Trim: One-piece extruded vinyl trim manufactured of high - impact resistant PVC, and conforming to ASTM D3678 and ASTM C 1047; supplied by board manufacturer. 1. Flanges of PVC trim components shall have punch hole pattern for positive bonding of joint compound and other finishes to surface of gypsum board; PVC material shall have excellent paintability. 2. Physical Characteristics: a. Tensile Strength / Tensile Modulus, min. (ASTM D638): 6,200 psi / 390,000 psi. b. Flexural Strength / Flexural Modulus, min. (ASTM D790): 11,000 psi / 35,000 psi. c. Flammability (ASTM E84): (1) Flame Spread: 18, maximum. (2) Fuel Contribution: ND. (3) Smoke Density, at 35 mils: 250, maximum. (4) Fire Rating: Class A. 3. Components: a. "J" Bead (Casing Bead): Tapered face return; back flange 1-3/16 inch; front return 1 /2 inch. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #200X- series by PCI; size as appropriate for thickness of gypsum board. b. Fillable "J" Bead: For use in encasing raw edges of drywall so as to prevent moisture from migrating into board; 1-1/16 inch wide perforated flange; back flange 3/8 inch. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #201- series by PCI; size as appropriate for thickness of gypsum board. c. Fillable "L" Bead: For use in creating a clean detail at any point of termination Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 8 of 18 —/ /2019 136 of drywall into windows, doors, etc.; 1-1 /I 6 inch wide perforated flange. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #221- series by PCI; size as appropriate for thickness of gypsum board. d. Shadow Molding ("Z" Molding): For use in creating a reveal or relief detail around windows, doors, etc., and wall to wall details; 1-1/8 inch wide perforated flange; reveal size as indicated on drawings. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #202/203/204 series by PCI; size as appropriate for reveal dimension. e. Corner Bead: (1) Regular Leg: For use on 90 degree outside corners; 1-1/4 inch perforated and striated tapered legs. (a) Product: Equivalent to Product #209 by PCI. (2) Long Leg: For use on 90 degree outside corners; 1-5/8 inch perforated and striated tapered legs. (a) Product: Equivalent to Product #209-XL by PCI. f. Inside Corner Bead: For use on 90 degree inside corners; 1-1/4 inch perforated and striated tapered legs for better adhesion. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #209-IC by PCI. g. Splayed Corner Bead: For use on 120 to 135 degree inside corners; 1-1/4 inch perforated and striated tapered legs for better. adhesion. (1) Product: Equivalent to Product #209-135 by PCI. h. Drywall Reveal: Perforated flanges with a "U" channel; built-in stops for proper finish thickness. (1) Reveal Dimensions: Width as indicated on drawings x 1/2-inch depth. (2) Product: PCI Drywall Reveal, or equal. i. Control Joint: 1 inch wide perforated flanges with a "V" channel; built-in stops for proper finish thickness. (1) Product: (a) Where Joint Movement Is Not Indicated: Equivalent to Product #2027-16 by PCI. (b) Where Joint Movement Is Not Indicated: Equivalent to Product #PL093-16 by PCI. B. Paper -Faced Metal Drywall Beads and Trim: Products shall comply with ASTM C 1047, and shall be type recommended by manufacturer to reinforce architectural edges and corners protecting them from chipping and cracking due to normal building Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 9 of 18 / /2019 137 movement and everyday wear -and -tear. 1. Materials: Shall be made with a strong, paper tape laminated to a sturdy, rust - resistant metal form, ensuring excellent adhesion of joint compounds, textures, and paints 2. Profiles: Provide suitable trim profile for each edge and corner condition. a. Trims shall be available in a variety of profiles, including 90-degree and offset outside corner bead; 90-degree and offset inside corner bead; "L" shaped tape - on trim; "J" shaped tape -on trim; reveal tape -on trim; tape -on flexible corner; and tape -on flexible outside corner. b. Trims shall conform to profile and dimensions indicated on drawings; or if not indicated, conform to trim profile and dimensions suitable for each applicable condition in accordance with trim manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Product: Equivalent to SHEETROCK brand PAPER -FACED METAL BEAD AND TRIM by USG. 2.07 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS A. Acoustical Sealant: A highly elastic, water -based caulking for sound -rated partition systems, and sealing exterior walls to reduce infiltration; non -bleeding and non -staining; pumpable; easily applied in beads. 1. Shall provide excellent adherence to most surfaces, permanent flexibility and lasting seal. 2. Shall meet or exceed ASTM C919 and ASTM C834. 3. Acceptable Product: Sheetrock brand Acoustical Sealant by USG, or equal. 4. Refer to Section 079200 - Joint Sealants, for additional requirements. B. Sound Attenuation Batts/Blankets (SAFB): Paperless, semi -rigid mineral fiber batts designed to improve STC ratings when installed in partitions. 1. Mineral fiber, conforming to ASTM C665, Type I. 2. Surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84: a. Flame spread: 15 or less. b. Smoke developed: 0. 3. Thicknesses: As indicated. 4. Acceptable Product: Thermafiber LLC Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets SAFB (Fire Safety FS-15 Blankets), or equal. 2.08 CONCEALED BACKING SYSTEMS A. Refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. 2.09 ACCESSORY MATERIALS Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 10 of 18 _/ /2019 138 A. Water -Resistive Barrier: Plastic sheet complying with ICC-ES AC38. B. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide as required for complete installations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and adjoining construction and conditions under which work is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Install in accordance with most stringent requirements of the governing building code (including but not limited to HVHZ requirements) and the following: l . Gypsum Board and Joint Treatment: ASTM C840. 2. Gypsum panel manufacturer's published recommendations. B. Tolerances: 1. Do not exceed 1 /8 inch in 8 ft variation from plumb or level in exposed lines of surface, except at joints between gypsum board units. 2. Do not exceed 1/16 inch variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. 3. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances. C. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install in accordance with specified UL Design as described in the UL (FRD). D. Finishing: Perform in accordance with ASTM C840, to achieve finish levels specified in Finish Level Schedule included at end of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION -METAL FRAMING A. Refer to Section 092200 - Metal Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. 3.04 INSTALLATION — FASTENERS AND ATTACHMENTS A. Gypsum wallboard shall be attached to metal members by self -drilling, self -tapping sheet metal screws. B. Screws used for attaching gypsum wallboard to metal framing members: 1. Shall be driven below the surface of gypsum wallboard without substantially fracturing the surface paper, and then spotted with finishing joint compound. 2.. Shall be not less than 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) long for 1 /2 inch (17.7 mm) wallboard or 1 inch (25.4 mm) long for 5/8 inch (17.1 mm) wallboard. a. At fire -resistance rated assembly, screw type and size shall comply with requirements of applicable UL Design as described in the UL (FRD). C. The spacing of screws attaching gypsum wallboard to metal framing members shall comply with board manufacturer's installation instructions, but in no instance shall Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 11 of 18 / /2019 139 screw spacing be more than 12 inches (305 mm) on center. 1. At fire -resistance rated assembly, install in accordance with screw spacing requirements per applicable UL Design as described in the UL (FRD). 3.05 INSTALLATION — BOARD MATERIALS A. General: 1. Comply with ASTM C 840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. 2. Board materials to be applied vertically, except as otherwise required for fire -rated assemblies. 3. Loosely butt board joints together and neatly fit. 4. Do not place butt ends against tapered edges. 5. Maximum Allowable Gap at End Joints: 1 /8 inch, except as otherwise required for fire -rated assemblies. 6. Vertical joints to be centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. 7. Horizontal joints to be backed by steel framing, unless otherwise recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. 8. Apply ceiling boards first where gypsum board ceilings and wall occur, except as otherwise required for fire -rated assemblies. 9. Cut openings in board to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, light fixtures and piping snugly and small enough to be covered by plates and escutcheons. Cut both face and back paper. a. For fire -rated assemblies, comply with penetration firestopping requirements specified in Section 078400 - Firestopping. 10. Screw board in place securely with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. a. For fire -rated assemblies, comply with attachment requirements specified in applicable UL Design Assembly. B. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A 108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. C. Gypsum Board: 1. Single Layer Gypsum Board on Furring: a. Apply gypsum board with long dimension at right angles to furring channel. b. Center end joints over channel web; stagger end joints from those in adjacent rows of board. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 12 of 18 —/ /2019 140 c. Fasten boards to furring channels with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Double Layer Gypsum Board: a. Both layers to be fastened to studs or furring with screws in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. s. Offset face -layer joints at least one stud cavity from parallel base -layer joints. D. Curved Surfaces: N/A. 3.06 INSTALLATION - SOUND -RATED CONSTRUCTION A. Insulation: 1. Install sound attenuation blankets in sound -rated partitions and ceilings where indicated. 2. Completely fill space between studs and framing to full height of partition wall or full area of ceiling. 3. Fit carefully behind electrical outlets and other work penetrating sound -rated construction. 4. Install sound attenuation blankets in gaps between steel deck flutes and tops of sound -rated partitions, which are not fire -rated. Attach blankets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Install gypsum board same as for interior partitions and ceilings. 2. Coordinate with installation of perimeter sealants. C. Acoustical Sealant: 1. At partition walls, provide continuous beads of acoustic sealant at juncture of both faces of runners with floor and ceiling construction, and wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials, prior to installation of gypsum board. 2. At ceilings, provide continuous beads of sealant wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3. Provide continuous bead of sealant behind faces of control joints prior to installation of control joint accessories. 4. After installation of gypsum board base layers, cut face layer sheets 1 /2 inch less than floor -to -ceiling height and position with 1/4 inch open space between gypsum board and floor, ceiling and dissimilar vertical construction. Fill 1 /4 inch open space with continuous sealant beads after installation of face layer. 5. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts and other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of sealant. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations GYPSUM BOARD South Miami, FL 092900 - 13 of 18 / /2019 141 6. Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close off openings and joints. D. Sound Flanking Paths: 1. Where sound -rated partition walls intersect non -rated gypsum board partition walls, extend sound -rated construction to completely close sound flanking paths through non -rated construction. 2. Seal joints between face layers at vertical interior angles of intersecting partitions. 3.07 INSTALLATION -ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Place components consistent with lines of building spaces, except as indicated on drawings. 3. Treat metal accessories with not less than 2 coats of joint compound in the same manner as joints. 4. Feather joint compound out from 8 to 10 inches on both sides of corners. 5. Sand after application of final joint treatment coat and leave surface smooth and ready for work by other trades. B. Control Joints and Expansion Joints: Install control joints and expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as follows: 1. Install control joints and expansion joints as detailed. 2. Install at locations where indicated, and as follows: a. Install control joints at junction of gypsum board partitions with walls or partitions of other finish material. b. Install control joints within long runs of partitions, ceilings or soffits as indicated; if not indicated, then as directed by Architect. c. Where gypsum board is vertically continuous, as at stairwells, provide horizontal control joints at each floor level or as directed by Architect. C. Beads, Trim, and Moldings: Install beads, trim, and moldings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as follows: 1. Trim: Install as indicated on drawings. a. Install metal trim at intersections where gypsum board abuts other materials, unless detailed otherwise, and at all other locations indicated. 2. Corner Beads: Install at inside and outside corners. a. Neatly fit and secure corner beads over external corners. 3. Reveals: Install as indicated on drawings. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 14 of 18 / /2019 142 D. Trim: 1. General: a. Use same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to supports, unless otherwise recommended by trim manufacturer. b. Install metal corner beads at external corners. c. Install metal casing bead trim whenever edge of gypsum base would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed, and where gypsum base terminates against dissimilar material. 2. Control Joints: Install where indicated or specified. 3. Special Trim and Reveal Joints: Install as indicated on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. "Knife -Edge" Ceiling Trim: N/A. E. Metal Lath and Plaster (applied over cement backer board): Refer to Section 092236 - Metal Lath and Section 092400 - Portland Cement Plastering. 3.08 FINISHING A. Gypsum Board Surfaces: 1. General: a. Joint Compound: (1) After skim coat sets, apply finish coat of compound feathering 3 to 4 inches beyond tape edges. (2) Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. b. Joint treatment and finishing of fire -rated assemblies shall conform to requirements of specified UL Design Assembly as described in the UL (FRD). c. For gypsum board surfaces designated to be painted, coordinate surface finishing with requirements specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating. 2. Level of Finish: Provide levels of gypsum board finish in accordance with GA-214 / ASTM C840. a. Refer to FINISH LEVEL SCHEDULE - GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES at the end of this section. 3. Prefi 11: a. Use setting -type joint compound. Mix joint compound according to manufacturer's directions. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 15 of 18 / /2019 143 b. Fill joints between boards flush to top of eased or beveled edge. c. Fill joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings in fire -rated partitions. d. Wipe off excess compound and allow to harden. 4. Taping (ASTM C840 Level 1): a. Use taping joint compound or all-purpose joint compound. b. Butter taping compound into inside corners and joints. c. Center tape over joints and press down into fresh compound. d. Remove excess compound. e. Tape joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings. 5. First Coat (ASTM C840 Level 2): a. Use taping joint compound or all-purpose joint compound, or setting -type joint compound. b. Immediately after bedding tape, apply skim coat of compound over body of tape and allow to dry completely in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. c. Apply first cost of compound over flanges of trim and accessories, and over exposed fastener heads; finish level with board surface. 6. Second Coat (ASTM C840 Level 3): a. Use all-purpose joint compound or topping joint compound. b. After first coat treatment is dried, apply second coat of compound over tape and trim, feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of first coat. 7. Third Coat (ASTM C840 Level 4): a. Use all-purpose joint compound or topping joint compound. b. After second coat has dried, sand surface lightly and apply thin finish coat to joints, fasteners and trim, feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of second coat. c. Allow third coat to dry. Apply additional compound, and touch-up and sand, to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. 8. Skim Coat (ASTM C840 Level 5): a. Apply skim coat of all-purpose joint compound or spray -applied primer surfacer over exposed surfaces of gypsum board. b. After skim coat has dried, touch-up and sand to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 16 of 18 / /2019 144 B. Cementitious Backer Board: Prepare and finish joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the following: 1. Cementitious Backer Board as Substrate for Tile Wall Finish: Coordinate installation of cementitious backer board with requirements specified in Section 093000 - Tiling. 2. Cementitious Backer Board as Substrate for Metal Lath and Cement Plaster Wall Finish: Coordinate installation of cementitious backer board with requirements specified in Section 092236 - Metal Lath and Section 092400 - Portland Cement Plastering. C. Field Painting: As specified in Section 099000 - Painting and Coating; sheen(s) and color(s) as selected by Architect. 3.09 ADJUSTING A. Correct damage and defects which may telegraph through finish work. B. Leave work smooth and uniform. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Support Metal and Framing: 1. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m). 2. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m). 3. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m). 4. Spacing of Studs and Other Framing Members: Variation not to exceed 1/8 inch. 5. Fastening Surfaces: Variation between adjacent members not to exceed 1/8 inch. 6. Additional Requirements for Walls/Partitions Where Cement Plaster Wall Finish Is Indicated: Refer to Section 092236 - Metal Lath and Section 092400 - Portland Cement Plastering. B. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) in any direction. 1. Finished Gypsum Board Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) in any direction. 2. Cementitious Backer Board Surface: a. General: (1) Surface shall not vary by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) in any direction. (2) Surface shall not vary by more than 1/16 inch over 1 foot, nor more than 1/32 inch between adjoining edges. b. Where Used as Substrate for Tile Wall Finish: For additional requirements, Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 17 of 18 _/ /2019 145 refer to Section 093000 - Tiling. c. Where Used as Substrate for Metal Lath and Cement Plaster Wall Finish: For additional requirements, refer to Section 092236 - Metal Lath and Section 092400 - Portland Cement Plastering. 3.11 FINISH LEVEL SCHEDULE - GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES A. Provide levels of gypsum board finish for locations as follows, in accordance with GA- 214 / ASTM C840. 1. Level 1: Gypsum board surfaces within ceiling plenum areas and other concealed areas, except provide higher level of finish as required to comply with fire resistance rating or acoustical rating. 2. Level 2: Refer to Level 3. 3. Level 3: a. Gypsum board surfaces of fire -rated assemblies that are entirely concealed from view; finishing system shall meet requirements of specified UL Design Assembly. b. Gypsum board surfaces designated to receive textured finish or heavy vinyl wall papering. 4. Level 4: Gypsum board surfaces, except where another finish level is indicated or selected by Architect. 5. Level 5: Gypsum board surfaces requiring extra smooth surface for critical light, including but not limited to surfaces where semi -gloss or gloss paint finish is designated or selected by Architect. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 18 of 18 _/ /2019 146 SECTION 093000 TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for interior floor and wall applications. B. Mortar, grout and membrane materials. C. Joint sealant (for movement joints). D. Non -ceramic trim. E. Grout sealer. F. Patching and leveling compound materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 090561 - Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation: Independent agency testing of concrete slabs, removal of existing floor coverings, cleaning, and preparation. 2. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: Requirements for installation of cement backer board as tile substrate. C. Division 10 -Specialties: 1. Section 102800 - Toilet Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI A 108 Series/A 118 Series/A 136.1 --American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium). a. ANSI A 108.1 --American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile. (1) ANSI A 108.1 a -- American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. (2) ANSI A 108.1 b -- American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry -Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. (3) ANSI A 108.1 c -- Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 1 of 19 / /2019 147 Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry -Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (R2010). b. ANSI A 108.5 --American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex --Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. c. ANSI A 108.10 --American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999. d. ANSI A 108.11 --American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2019 (R2016). e. ANSI A108.13 --American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin -Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (R2010). f. ANSI Al 18.1 --American National Standard Specifications for Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. g. ANSI Al 18.3 --American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile -Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile -Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 1999. h. ANSI A 118.4 -- American National Standard Specifications for Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. i. ANSI A 118.6 -- American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 1999. j. ANSI A 118.7 -- American National Standard Specifications for Polymer Modified Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2010 (R2016). k. ANSI A 118.8 -- American National Standard Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 1999 (R2010). 1. ANSI A 118.9 -- American National Standard Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (R2016). m. ANSI A 118.10 -- American National Standard Specifications for Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin -Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. n. ANSI A] 18.12 --American National Standard for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installations; 2014. o. ANSI A108.13 -American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin -Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2014. 2. ANSI A137.1 -- American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2012. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 2 of 19 _/ /2019 148 1. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2011. 2. ASTM C 109/C 109M -- Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2016a. 3. ASTM C373 -- Standard Test Method for Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products; 2017. 4. ASTM C482 -- Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland Cement; 2002 (R2014). 5. ASTM C627 -- Standard Test Method for Evaluating Ceramic Floor Tile Installation Systems Using the Robinson -Type Floor Tester; 2018. 6. ASTM C648 -- Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength of Ceramic Tile; 2004 (R2014). 7. ASTM C794 -- Standard Test Method for Adhesion -In -Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2001. 8. ASTM C920 -- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2011. 9. ASTM E96/E96M -- Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2013. C. Florida Building Code, 61h edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-A -- Florida Building Code, Accessibility. D. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 1. ISO 13007 -- Standards for Adhesives and Grouts E. Tile Council of North America, Inc. (TCNA): 1. TCNA (HB) -- TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' product data sheets and installation instructions for each of the following: 1. Tile (Field Tile and Trim Pieces). a. Include physical and performance characteristics. b. Mark to identify each type, size, and shape required. 2. Mortar and grout materials. a. Include manufacturer's instructions for mixing and installing. b. Include ISO 13007 classification for each type grout and mortar to be used; Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 3 of 19 —/ /2019 149 coordinate with shop drawings to indicate which product will be used in each designated application. 3. Joint sealer and backer materials for use in movement joints. 4. Cement backer board materials. 5. Membranes and associated products. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate field -verified dimensions for all surfaces to receive tile; coordinate with the layout. 2. For each type installation, indicate applicable TCNA the installation method. a. Indicate compliance with specified reference standards for materials and installation specifications. b. Where installation method includes options or alternatives, indicate selected options and alternatives. c. Indicate thickness of setting materials, and coordination with related components (e.g., door threshold, floor drain, etc.). d. Indicate ISO 13007 classification for grout and mortar to be used in each designated application. 3. Indicate accessory materials, including but not limited to patching and leveling compound, waterproofing, cement backer units, joint sealer, grout, etc. 4. Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junction with dissimilar materials, movement joints, and setting details. a. Indicate alignment of floor, base and wall joints. 5. Indicate interface between materials specified in this section and materials specified elsewhere, including but not limited to sheet metal flashing, floor drains, and door thresholds. C. Samples: 1. Selection Samples: a. Tile: For each type of tile (except tile for which color and finish is specified), submit manufacturer's complete range of color samples (including samples of all Price Groups), for Architect's initial selection. b. Grout: For each type of grout, submit manufacturer's complete set of color samples for Architect's initial selection. 2. Verification Samples: Mount selected tile and apply selected grout on plywood panels; each sample panel to be 24 x 24 inches (600 x 600 mm) in size, illustrating tile pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations for each of the following conditions: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 4 of 19 —/ /2019 150 a. Panel A: Floor tile. b. Panel B: Wall tile. D. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of TCNA (HB) and ANSI A 108 Series/Al 18 Series/A l 36.1 on site. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of ten (10) years of documented experience. C. Comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTIONS 2103, 2121 and 2520. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1. Ceramic Tile: Provide the manufacturer's product warranty agreeing to repair or replace tile products that show manufacturing defects within one (1) year after Date of Substantial Completion. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be stored and protected from damage in accordance with manufacturer's delivery, storage and handling instructions. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of mortar materials in accordance with mortar manufacturer's recommended instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Tile: 1. Floor Tile: a. Basis of Design: Trinity Surfaces: www.trinitysurfaces.com. b. Other Manufacturers: Equivalent products manufactured by one of the following manufacturers may be submitted for consideration. (1) Crossville, Inc.: www.crossvilleinc.com. (2) DalTile: www.daltile.com. 2. Ceramic Wall Tile: a. Basis of Design: Trinity Surfaces: www.trinitysurfaces.com. b. Other Manufacturers: Equivalent products manufactured by one of the following manufacturers may be submitted for consideration. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations TILING South Miami, FL 093000 - 5 of 19 _/ /2019 151 (1) Crossville, Inc.: www.crossvilleinc.com. (2) DalTile: www.daltile.com. C. Non -Ceramic Trim: Schluter Systems, LP: 194 Pleasant Ridge Road; Pittsburgh, NY 12901-5841; Tel. 800-477-9783. D. Waterproofing Membrane, Mortar and Grout Materials: 1. Basis of Design: Mapei Corporation: www.mapei.us. 2. Other Manufacturers: Equivalent products manufactured by one of the following may be submitted for consideration: a. Laticrete International, Inc.: www.laticrete.com. b. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. (SGM): www.sgm.cc. F. Joint Sealant: 1. Basis of Design: Mapei Corporation: www.mapei.us. 2. Other Manufacturers: Equivalent products manufactured by one of the following may be submitted for consideration: a. BASF. b. Laticrete International, Inc.: www.laticrete.com. c. Tremco. G. Patching and Leveling Compound Materials: Same as Waterproofing Membrane, Mortar and Grout Materials manufacturer. 2.02 TILE A. General: 1. Tile products shall be by the same manufacturer. 2. Tile shall be as defined in, and shall conform to the requirements of, ANSI A 137.1. 3. Tile flooring surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant; and shall comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-B SECTION 1003 and FBC-A SECTION 302. a. Interior tile flooring surfaces shall have a minimum DCOF AccuTest value (ANSI A137.1, Section 9.6) of not less than 0.42; and not less than 0.50 in wet areas. B. Porcelain Mosaic Floor Tile: 1. Performance Requirements: a. Moisture Absorption (ASTM C373): 0.5 percent, max. b. Breaking Strength (ASTM C648): 350 lbf, min c. Scratch Hardness (MOH's Scale): 5.0, min. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 6 of 19 / /2019 152 d. Slip Resistance, DCOF AcuTest Value (ANSI A 137.1, Section 9.6): >_ 0.5, e. Coefficient of friction, (ASTM C 1028); Dry > 0.65, wet >_ 0.60 2. Dimensions: 2 x 2 in, hexagon; mesh -mounted on a 12 x 12 in sheet. a. Thickness: 1 /4 in. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Unglazed mosaics Mosaics" by Trinity Tiles. a. Finish: Unglazed; matte; slip -resistant. b. Color: "Black' C. Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile: 1. Performance Requirements: a. Water Absorption (ASTM C373): 20 percent, max. b. Breaking Strength (ASTM C648): 250 lbf, min. c. Warpage (ASTM C485): 0.75 percent, max. d. Wedging ASTM-0502): 1.0 percent, max 2. Dimensions: 3 x 6 in. (7.5 x 15.2 cm). a. Thickness: (1) Flat: 5/16 in. (2) Bevel: 3/8 in. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Wall Tile CollectionTm - as manufactured by Trinity Tiles a. Surface Finish: "Bright". b. Color(s): (1) White Ice (Group 1) (2) Cocoa (Group 2) (3) Denim (Group 3) (4) Wedgewood (Group 3) (5) Dark Gray (Group 3) D. Glazed Ceramic Cove Base Tile: 1. Performance Requirements: Same as Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile. 2. Dimensions: 4 x 6 in. 3. Product (Basis of Design): "Wall Tile CollectionT' (AT3410) - as manufactured by Trinity Tiles. a. Surface Finish: "Glossy". Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 7 of 19 / /2019 153 b. Color(s): (1) White Ice (Group 1) (2) Cocoa (Group 2) (3) Denim (Group 3) (4) Wedgewood (Group 3) (5) Dark Gray (Group 3) c. Size: 4" x 6" 2.03 MORTAR & SETTING MATERIALS A. General: 1. Shall contain anti -microbial protection to inhibit the growth of stain -causing mold and mildew in the substrate. 2. Primers, fillers, and reinforcement as required by manufacturer for application and substrate condition. 3. Mortar materials shall conform to specified warranty requirements. B. Cementitious Mortars: 1. Mortar Type 1 - Thick Bed Mortar: Latex-portland mortar complying with ANSI A 108.1 A, and as follows: a. General: (1) Shall be compatible with mortar bond coat materials. (2) Suitable for bonded or unbounded, screeded or sloped, and interior or exterior applications. (3) Consistency of Mix: Screed mortar. b. Performance Requirements (28 days): (1) Compressive Strength (ANSI A 118.4 and ASTM C 109/C 109M): Minimum 4,000 PSI. (2) Flexural Strength (ASTM C348): Minimum 1,100 PSI. (3) Pull-out: Minimum 300 PSI. c. Product (Basis of Design): "4-to-1 Mortar Mix" by MAPEI, gauged with "Planicrete AC" by MAPEI. 2. Mortar Type 2 - Thin -Set / Bond Coat Mortar: a. Mortar Type 2A - Thin -Set / Bond Coat Mortar (Extended Open Time): Latex- portland mortar complying with ANSI A 118.4, and as the following: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 8 of 19 / /2019 154 (1) ISO 13007 Classification: C2ES2P2. (2) Product (Basis of Design): "Keralastic System" by MAPEI. b. Mortar Type 213 - Thin -Set / Bond Coat Mortar (Fast Setting): Latex-portland mortar complying with ANSI A 118.4, and as the following: (1) ISO 13007 Classification: C2FS2P2. (2) Product (Basis of Design): "Granirapid System" by MAPEI. 2.04 GROUT MATERIALS A. General: 1. Shall contain anti -microbial protection to inhibit the growth of stain -causing mold and mildew or mildew. 2. Grout materials shall conform to specified warranty requirements. 3. Color(s): Up to three colors, to be selected by Architect. B. Cementitious Grouts: 1. Grout Type 1: Premium -grade, pre -blended, fast -setting, polymer -modified, color consistent, non -shrinking, efflorescence -free, Portland -cement tile grout complying with ANSI A 118.6, ANSI A 118.7, and Classification CG2WAF per ISO 13007. a. Recommended by manufacturer for joint widths from 1/16 to 1 inch (1.5 to 2.5 cm). b. Product (Basis of Design): "Ultracolor Plus" by MAPEI. 2. Pre -Blended Grouts: a. Grout Type 2A - Pre -Blended Sanded Grout: Premium -grade, pre -blended, polymer -modified sanded Portland -cement tile grout complying with ANSI A118.6 and Classification CG2WA per ISO 13007. (1) Recommended by manufacturer for joint widths from 1 /8 to 5/8 inch (3 to 16 cm). (2) Product (Basis of Design): "Keracolor S" by MAPEI. b. Grout Type 213 - Pre -Blended Unsanded Grout: Premium -grade, pre -blended, polymer -modified unsanded Portland -cement tile grout complying with ANSI A118.6 and Classification CG2WA per ISO 13007. (1) Recommended by manufacturer for joint widths from 1 /16 to 1 /8 inch (1.5 to 3 cm). (2) Product (Basis of Design): "Keracolor U" by MAPEI. 2.05 STONE THRESHOLDS A. Marble Thresholds: 2 - 1/4" wide 3/4" thick, white Georgia or Madre Ceream Alabama marble or A/E approved equivalent. Exposed edges beveled: Honed finish on exposed Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 9 of 19 —/ /2019 155 surfaces. 2.06 MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. General: 1. Membrane materials shall conform to specified warranty requirements, and shall be compatible with other materials used in the assembly. B. Cleavage Membrane: Chlorinated polyethylene (CPU) sheeting, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) membrane, or high -solids, cold -liquid -applied membrane, conforming to ANSI A 108.02-3.8 and TCNA (HB) Product Selection Guides. C. Waterproof Membrane: Thin, flexible, seamless load -bearing waterproofing/ crack isolation membrane formed from a single component, self -curing, liquid rubber polymer; shall not require the use of fabric in the field, coves or corners. 1. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. Hydrostatic Test, 7-day (ANSI A] 18.10): Pass. b. Tensile Strength, 7-day (ANSI A118.10): 265 to 300 PSI (1.8 to 2.0 MPa). c. Water Immersion, 7-day (ANSI A 118.10): 95 to 120 PSI (0.7 to 0.83 MPa). d. Shear Bond, 7-day (ANSI A 118.10): 200 to 275 PSI (1.4 to 1.9 MPa). e. Shear Strength, 28-day (ANSI A 118.10): 214 to 343 PSI (1.5 to 2.3 MPa) f. System Crack Resistance Test (ANSI A 118.12.5.4): Pass (High). g. Water Vapor Transmission (ASTM E96/E96M, Procedure B): 0.515 grams/h- ft2. h. Water Vapor Performance (ASTM E96/E96M, Procedure B): 1.247 perms. i. Service Rating (TCNA; ASTM C627): Extra Heavy/cycles 1-14. 2. Product (Basis of Design): "AquaDefense" by MAPEI. D. Crack Suppression Membrane: Thin, cold -applied, two-part system consisting of a liquid rubber and reinforcing fabric; for interior or exterior use on floors and walls whenever hairline cracking or spider -webbing occurs in the substrate, and over shrinkage and other non-structural cracks up to 1/8 inch in width. Materials shall be non -toxic, non-flammable, and non -hazardous during storage, mixing, application, and when cured. 1. Physical and Performance Requirements: a. System Crack Resistance (ANSI A118.12 5.4): Pass at 1/8 inch (3 mm). b. Elongation (ASTM D75 1; 17.1): 20 to 30 percent. c. Breaking Strength, Cut Strip Method (ASTM D75 1; 16.1): 1700 to 1900 psi (11.72 to 13.10 MPa). d. Nominal Dry Thickness (LIL 1013): 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 10 of 19 _/ /2019 156 e. 28 day Quarry/Concrete Shear Strength (ANSI A 118.12 5.1.5): 125 psi (0.86 MPa), minimum. f. Point Load (ANSI A118.12 5.2): 3200 lbf (14 kN), minimum. g. Service Temperature Range (LIL 1016): -20 to 280 degrees F (-28 to 137 degrees C). h. Service Rating (TCNA; ASTM C627): Extra Heavy/cycles 1-14. i. Total VOC Content: Less than 0.05 mg/m3. 2. Product (Basis of Design): "AquaDefense" by MAPEI E. Vapor Retarder Membrane at Walls: Minimum 6-mil polyethylene film is required behind cement backer board. 1. The vapor retarder membrane must be tied into the floor waterproofing membrane. 2. Tile installer to coordinate 2.07 MOVEMENT JOINT MATERIALS A. General: 1. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 2. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C. Backup Strip: A flexible and compressible type of closed cell foam polyethylene, butyl rubber, or open cell and closed cell polyurethane, rounded to contact sealant, as shown in TCNA (HB) Method EJ 171 details, and as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 1. Backup strip must fit neatly into the joint without compacting and to such a height to allow a sealant depth of 1/2 the width of the joint. 2. Sealant must not bond to the backup material. D. Joint Sealant: High-performance, one -component, neutral -cure, 100-percent silicone sealant designed for ceramic tile applications, conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, I, M, and G. 1. Adhesion: Shall conform to ASTM C794. 2. Shall be equipped with fungicides to resist mold and mildew growth. 3. Shall be resistant to pool chemicals. 4. Colors: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's complete range. 5. Product (Basis of Design): "Mapesil" by MAPEI. 2.08 ACCESSORY MATERIALS Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 11 of 19 _/ /2019 157 A. Non -Ceramic Trim: Metal, style and dimensions to suit application, for setting using tile mortar. 1. Movement and Control Joint Profiles: a. Product (Basis of Design): "Dilex-EDP Stainless Steel Movement Joint" by Schluter. B. Tile Setting Accessories: 1. Joint Spacers: Plastic; size specified in manufacturer's printed installation instructions for tile thicknesses and joint widths indicated. 2. Tile Edge: Stainless steel angle, leg length equal to depth of tile or panel and setting bed. a. Product (Basis of Design): "Stainless Steel Quadec Q125EB profile by Schluter (for outside corners) 3. Miscellaneous Accessories: Supply additional components specified in ANSI and TCNA specifications for indicated installations. C. Patching and Leveling Compound: Latex-portland mortar complying with ANSI A 118.4 and designed for screeds, patching and leveling beds, and scratch/plaster coats; suitable for repairing subfloors in commercial and institutional applications. 1. General: a. Products containing gypsum are not acceptable. 2. Patching and Leveling Compound: Engineered, polymer -modified, fiber - reinforced, cement -based, skimcoating and patching compound. a. Thickness: Featheredge to 1/2-inch. b. Performance Requirements (28 days): (1) Compressive Strength (ASTM C109/C109M): Minimum 3,500 PSI. c. Product (Basis of Design): "Mapecem Quickpatch" by MAPEI. D. Grout Sealer: Water -based grout sealer designed to resist water, oil and acid -based contaminants, and to simplify maintenance. 1. General: a. Shall not change the appearance of the grout. b. Shall allow moisture vapor transmission. c. Suitable for cementitious sanded or unsanded grout joints, interior and exterior applications, and walls or floors. d. Expected Wear Duration: 5 years, minimum. 2. Product: As recommended by grout manufacturer. E. Cement Backer Board / Cement Backer Board Units (CBU): Refer to Section 092116 - Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 12 of 19 _/ /2019 158 Gypsum Board Assemblies. F. Fasteners (for attaching Cement Backer Board panels to stud framing): Non -corrosive and non -oxidizing, hot -dipped galvanized fasteners conforming to ASTM A653/A653M. 1. Refer to Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies for additional requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Subsurface/Substrate Tolerances: Contractor shall provide tile substrates complying with TCNA (HB) guidelines for "Subsurface Tolerance" and the following criteria, whichever is the most stringent: 1. Concrete Sub -floor (Substrate for Floor Tile): a. Finish slab free from small hollows or bumps and graded to the elevations called for, with depressions in floors between high spots not greater than 1/8 inch below a 10-foot straightedge in accordance with ACI 302 Surface Finish Tolerance, and not more than 1 /4 inch between opposite exterior walls, unless otherwise called for on the Drawings. b. Subsurface shall not vary by more than 1 /16 inch over 1 foot, nor more than 1 /32 inch between adjoining edges. 2. Cement Backer Board (Substrate for Wall Tile / Wall Base Tile): a. Variation from required plane of the backer board surface shall not exceed 1 /8 inch in 10 feet. b. Subsurface shall not vary by more than 1 / 16 inch over 1 foot, nor more than 1 /32 inch between adjoining edges. B. Sub -floor Surfaces: 1. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are: a. Smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. b. Dust -free and free of substances which would impair bonding of setting materials to sub -floor surfaces. 2. Verify that required floor -mounted utilities are in correct location. C. Wall Substrate Surfaces: Verify that support metal and framing systems are installed to meet the tolerances specified in Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies as well as in this section, whichever are the most stringent; and ready for installation of cement backer board. 1. Metal studs shall be well braced; minimum 20 gage; minimum 3-5/8 inch depth; maximum stud spacing 16 inches on center. 3.02 PREPARATION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 13 of 19 _/ /2019 159 A. General: 1. Protect surrounding work from damage. 2. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. 3. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. 4. Full waterproofing membrane under all bathroom and janitor closet room floor prior to the system installation. B. Cement Backer Board Substrate: 1. Prior to installation of Cement Backer Board, install Vapor Retarder Membrane at Walls (ANSI A.2.1.8) over entire wall area where Cement Backer Board Unit is to be installed. a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Install Cement Backer Board Units in accordance with ANSI A 108.11, Cement Backer Board manufacturer's instructions, and applicable requirements of the Florida Building Code. 3. Install Cement Backer Board Units horizontally or vertically to minimize joints, with end joints over framing members. a. Cement Backer Board Units with rounded edges: Face rounded edge away from studs, to form a V joint for joint treatment. 4. Secure Cement Backer Board Units to each framing member with screws spaced not more than 8 inches (200 mm) on center and not closer than 1 /2 inch (13 mm) from the edge of the Cement Backer Board Units, or as recommended by Cement Backer Board manufacturer. Install screws so that the screw heads are flush with the surface of the backer unit. 5. Where Cement Backer Board Unit joins waterproofing, lap backer unit over turned up waterproof system. Install fasteners only through top one -inch of turned up waterproof systems. 6. Remove polyethylene wrapping from Cement Backer Board Units and separate to allow for air circulation. a. Allow moisture content of backer units to dry down to a maximum of 35 percent before applying joint treatment and tile. 7. Joint Treatment: a. Horizontal Joints: 1/8-inch spacing, filled solid with latex-portland cement mortar and taped with 2-inch alkali -resistant glass fiber mesh tape. b. Vertical Joints: Filled solid with latex-portland cement mortar and taped with 2-inch alkali -resistant glass fiber mesh tape. c. Corners: Leave space between backer board units. Tape joints with skim coat Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 14 of 19 / /2019 160 of latex-portland cement mortar, but don't fill. C. Concrete Floor Slab Substrate: 1. Bondability: a. Where tile is to be installed, concrete slabs should not have air entrainment or other additives in the mix, nor sealers or curing compounds applied without specific approval of mortar and grout manufacturer. b. Slabs should have steel trowel and fine broom finish and be free of laitance. c. In case of any question on condition of slab, it should be tested for bondability with a Dillon Dynamometer, and show a tensile bond of not less than 300 psi. 2. Levelness: a. Before tile is applied, test structural floor for levelness or uniformity of slope by water. Fill, level, and retest areas as required to meet tolerances specified in Section A-3 of ANSI At 08.1 and retest. b. When specified levelness or uniformity of slope is obtained, prepare floors for setting bed in accordance with ANSI A 108.1. 3. Where sealer, curing compound, bond breaker, densifier/hardener, adhesive or other surface coating has been applied to concrete substrate, it must be removed. 4. Refer to Section 090561 - Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation for additional requirements. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install tile, thresholds and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A 108.1 through A 108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated; if not indicated, request tile pattern. Do not interrupt the pattern through openings. C. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. D. Workmanship: 1. Lay -out tile work so that no tile less than one-half full size is used. Make all cuts on the outer edge of the field. a. Joint Pattern at Wall and Base Tile: Horizontal running bond pattern, with each successive course staggered by half the length of tile above and below; joints in each alternate course are aligned. b. Joint Pattern at Floor Tile: Uniform hexagonal pattern, normal to long axis. 2. Set tile firmly in place with finish surfaces in true planes. Align tile flush with adjacent the unless shown otherwise. 3. Form intersections and returns accurately. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 15 of 19 / /2019 161 4. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. 5. Cut and drill tile neatly without marring surface. 6. Cut edges of tile abutting work of other trades, including but not limited to floor/wall penetrations, rough openings for recessed toilet accessories, and other built-in items. a. Fit tile closely around electrical outlets, piping, fixture mountings and fittings, and openings for recessed toilet accessories, so that plates, escutcheons, collars and flanges will overlap cut edge of tile. b. The following joints shall be sealed watertight. (1) Movement joints (e.g., interior wall-to-wall corner joints, floor -to -base joints). (2) Penetration joints (e.g., penetrations for piping, fixture mountings). (3) Joints between tile and fixtures, and between tile and wall -mounted toilet accessories. c. Completed work shall be free from hollow sounding areas and loose, cracked or defective tile. d. Remove and reset tiles that are out of plane or misaligned. e. Floors: (1) In areas where floor drains occur, slope to drains where shown. f. Walls: (1) Install tile on walls and partitions, including pilasters, furred areas, and freestanding columns, from floor to ceiling. (2) Finish reveals of openings with tile, except where other finish materials are shown or specified. (3) Install tile on wall surfaces behind and at sides of fixtures, toilet accessories, mirrors, and equipment, except those units mounted in wall recesses, using same tile as scheduled for wall surfaces. E. Tile Joints: 1. Keep all joints in line, straight, level, perpendicular and of even width, unless shown otherwise. 2. Joint Width: a. Floor Tile Joints: 1/16 inch (2 mm), unless otherwise noted. b. Wall Tile and Cove Base Tile Joints: 1/16 inch (2 mm), unless otherwise noted. c. Movement Joints: 1/4 inch (6 mm), unless otherwise noted. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 16 of 19 _/ /2019 162 3. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance intolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. 4. Grouting a. Preparation: (1) Cure set tile 72 hours before grouting when temperature is low or humidity is high; 48 hours before grouting when hot, dry conditions exist. (2) Check mortar bond strength of installed tile before grouting. (3) Clean sanding water, dust, and foreign substances from joints to be grouted. (4) Clean and dry tile surfaces. b. Grout joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ANSI A 108.10. c. Remove grout from the surfaces while still plastic, as grouting progresses. d. After grouting, promptly remove all grout residue. 5. Keep movement joints (e.g., interior wall-to-wall corner joints, floor -to -base joints) free of mortar, grout and other materials prior to application of joint sealant and backer materials. 3.04 INSTALLATION - TILE A. Install in accordance with designated TCNA (HB) installation method, as follows: 1. Floor Tile: a. Tile Installation on Mortar Bed over Concrete Slab -On -Grade: Install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method F 111. (1) Unbonded Membrane: Crack Suppression Membrane. (2) Mortar Bed: Mortar Type 1 - Thick Bed Mortar. (a) Adjust mortar bed thickness to ensure that finish floor elevation of tile flooring at the door threshold is flush with finish floor elevation of wood flooring on other side of the door threshold. (3) Reinforcing: Wire Reinforcing Mesh. (4) Bonded Membrane (Waterproofing): Waterproofing Membrane. (5) Mortar Bond Coat: Mortar Type 2A or 213 (Installer's option). (6) Tile: Porcelain Mosaic Floor Tile. (7) Grout: Grout Type 1 or Grout Type 2B (Installer's option), with Grout Sealer. b. Tile Installation on Concrete Slab -On -Grade (without Mortar Bed): N/A. 2. Wall Tile and Cove Base Tile: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 17 of 19 / /2019 163 a. Concrete / CMU Wall: N/A. b. Stud Framed/Furred Wall: Install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244C. (1) Metal Stud Framing/Furring: Minimum 20 gage metal studs/furring at maximum 16 inches on center; for additional information, refer to Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. (2) Membrane:. Vapor Retarder Membrane, installed between Cement Backer Board and stud framing. (3) Cement Backer Board: One layer; for additional information, refer to Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. (4) Mortar Bond Coat: Mortar Type 2A or 2B (Installer's option). (5) Tile: (a) Wall Tile: Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile. (b) Cove Base Tile: Flat Top Cove Base Trim for Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile. (6) Grout: Grout Type 1 or Grout Type 213 (Installer's option), with Grout Sealer. 3.05 INSTALLATION - STONE THRESHOLDS A. N/A. 3.06 INSTALLATION - MOVEMENT JOINTS A. Provide continuous movement joints in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method EJ 171 at each of the following locations: 1. Where the work abuts restraining surfaces (e.g., interior wall-to-wall corner joints, floor -to -base joints, dissimilar floors, curbs, columns, pipes, ceilings), and where changes occur in backing materials. 2. Where joints occur at changes in plane of tile work, including but not limited to the following: a. Joints at junctions between adjacent walls (e.g., inside corner where wall tile meets wall tile). b. Joints between walls and floors (e.g., where bottom of cove base the meets floor tile). c. Joints between columns, walls and floors. d. Expansion and control joints. 3. All expansion, control, construction, and cold joints in the construction shall continue through the tile work, including such joints at vertical surfaces. a. Joints through tile work directly over structural joints must not be narrower Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 18 of 19 / /2019 164 than the structural joint. B. Installation: 1. Movement joints shall be located overall cold joints and saw -cut control joints. 2. To insure that location of joints in tile work align with existing joints in substrate, joints in tile work should be constructed during installation of mortar beds and/or tile, rather than saw -cutting joints after installation. 3. Keep movement joint cavities open and free of dirt, debris, grout, mortar, and setting materials. 4. Set compressible back-up strip when mortar is placed or utilize removable wood strip to provide space for backup after mortar has cured. 5. Install sealant after the work and grout are dry. Follow sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. B. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective work. C. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. D. Protect installed tile in accordance with ANSI specifications and manufacturer's instructions; use Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. 1. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for four (4) days after installation. E. Remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from the surfaces not more than 24 hours before final inspection. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TILING 093000 - 19 of 19 / /2019 165 SECTION 099000 PAINTING & COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings on designated interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory -finished or otherwise indicated. 1. Where patching, repair or alteration occurs in previously painted construction: a. Prepare newly installed patch, repair or alteration work and adjacent finishes for painting. b. Apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch, repair or alteration work. (1) Where applicable, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, repair or alteration work. (a) Provide additional coats as necessary until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. c. Apply intermediate and final paint coats over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, repair or alteration work. (1) Unbroken surface shall extend to edges of the surface (e.g., where a portion of a wall surface is patched, repaired or altered, unbroken surface shall extend to the edges of that wall). d. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. B. Do Not Apply Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory -finished unless otherwise indicated. a. Materials and products having factory -applied primers are not considered factory -finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished, including but not limited to the following: a. Architectural concrete, unless otherwise noted. b. Architectural concrete unit masonry (e.g., split -face fluted block), unless otherwise noted. c. Stone masonry, including but not limited to cast stone. d. Firestopping materials at through penetrations and joints in fire barriers (e.g., fire -rated rated walls, partitions, ceilings or floor construction). 166 e. Glass and glazing. f. Ceramic and other types of tiles. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Non-metallic roofing and flashing. 6. Stainless steel, anodized aluminum, bronze, terne-coated stainless steel, zinc, and lead. 7. Natural stone materials. 8. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 9. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D4442 -- Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood -Base Materials; 2007. B. Master Painters and Decorators Association (MPI): 1. MPI (APL) -- Master Painters Institute Approved Products List; current edition. 2. MPI (APSM) -- Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; current edition. C. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 -- Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic", and Type II, "Organic"); 2002 (Ed. 2004). 2. SSPC-Paint 22 -- Epoxy-Polyamide Paints (Primer, Intermediate, and Topcoat); 1982 (Ed. 2004). 3. SSPC-Paint 23 -- Latex Primer for Steel Surfaces; 2013. D. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 40 CFR -- U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D -- National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 167 2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures and substrate conditions requiring special attention. B. Samples: 1. Selection Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches (216 by 279 mm) in size, illustrating range of at least three shades of each proposed color for each finishing product specified. a. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. b. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect before preparing samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required. 2. Verification Samples: Submit two painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color and system selected with specified coats cascaded. a. Submit on aluminum sheet, 8-1/2 by 11 inches (216 by 279 mm) in size. C. Project Close -Out Submittals: 1. Coating Maintenance Manual: Upon completion of the project, the Contractor or paint manufacturer/supplier shall furnish a Coating Maintenance Manual. a. Manual shall include an Area Summary with finish schedule, Area Detail designating where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, Material Safety Data Sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touchup procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used. 2. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. a. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon (4 L) of each color used on the project. (1) Extra paint and finish materials shall be in unopened containers, selected from the same product run as that which was used on the project. (2) In addition to the manufacturer's label, each container shall be labeled with the color. b. Store where directed by Owner's representative. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 168 A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. 1. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. B. Store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. B. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. 1. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. C. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer, and as follows: 1. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) and 90 degrees F (32 degrees Q. 2. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and 95 degrees F (35 degrees Q. D. Do not apply paint during inclement weather (i.e., rain, fog, or mist); or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. During application and drying periods, painting may continue during inclement weather only if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) are within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. E. Maintain lighting levels within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. 1. When applying paint/finish materials on interior surfaces, provide lighting level of at least 80 foot-candles (860 lx) measured mid -height at substrate surface. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 169 A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. 2. Substitution of MPI-approved products by a different manufacturer is preferred over substitution of unapproved products by the same manufacturer. B. Paints: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 2. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready -mixed, unless required to be a field -catalyzed paint. l . Where MPI paint number is specified (e.g., MPI # 141), the product shall be listed in the MPI (APL) for the specified MPI category, in addition to meeting all other specified criteria. 2. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 3. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 4. For opaque finishes, tint each coat including primer coat and intermediate coats, one-half shade lighter than succeeding coat, with final finish coat as base color. 5. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 6. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide paints and finishes that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. b. Architectural coatings VOC limits of State of Florida. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having 170 jurisdiction. C. Flammability: Comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code for surface burning characteristics. D. Sheen Selections: 1. Design Intent: a. At surfaces where patching, repair or alteration occurs in previously painted construction, new paint/coating sheen shall match existing. b. At surfaces in new construction (i.e., not patching, repair or alteration or existing), sheen to be similar to that used on related surfaces. 2. The Paint Systems Schedule (included at the end of this Section) indicates preliminary sheen selection for each application. a. Preliminary sheen selections indicated in the Paint Systems Schedule is subject to change by Architect to ensure match with adjacent surfaces. b. Where Preliminary sheen selection is not indicated in the Paint Systems Schedule, or where two or more sheen options are indicated, sheen will be selected by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. E. Color Selections: 1. Design Intent: a. Unless otherwise specified herein, all painting work shall be in accordance with MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. At surfaces where patching, repair or alteration occurs in previously painted construction, new paint/coating color shall match existing unless otherwise noted. c. At surfaces in new construction (i.e., not patching, repair or alteration or existing), paint/color to be similar to that used on related surfaces. 2. Color selections to be made by Architect after award of contract. a. Allow for minimum of three custom colors for each system, unless otherwise indicated, without additional cost to Owner. 3. Extend colors to surface edges. a. Colors may change at any edge as directed by Architect. 2.02 PAINT AND FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer(s): 1. Interior/Exterior Alkali -Resistant Primer: a. Description: 100 percent acrylic sealer with excellent surface adhesion, formulated to penetrate and seal the surface of new or previously painted 171 masonry surfaces, providing proper foundation for subsequent finish coats; recommended for use on masonry with pH levels as high as 13. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #3 - Primer, Alkali -Resistant, Water -Based. c. Physical and Performance Criteria: (1) Flexibility (ASTM D522 - Method B, 180 deg bend, 1/8 in. mandrel): Pass. (2) Alkali Resistance (ASTM D1308): Pass. (3) Mildew Resistance (ASTM D3273/D3274): Pass. d. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® ULTRA SPEC® Interior/Exterior 100 Acrylic Sealer (0608). (2) PPG Paints" PERMA-CRETE® Interior/Exterior Alkali Resistant Primer (4-603XI). (3) Sherwin-Williams LOXON® Concrete & Masonry Primer/Sealer Interior/Exterior Latex (A24W8300). 2. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: a. Description: Full-bodied and high -build, latex block filler, formulated for use as a preparatory coating to create a less porous, smoother painting surface. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #4. c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® ULTRA SPEC® Interior/Exterior High Build Block Filler (571). (2) PPG Paints"" SPEEDHIDE® Interior/Exterior Masonry Hi Fill Latex Block Filler (6-15XI). (3) Sherwin-Williams PREP -RITE® Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler (B25 W00025/B25 WQ8025). 3. Interior/Exterior Latex Primer: a. Description: Premium quality, 100 percent acrylic interior and exterior primer, with excellent adhesion and sealing properties; mildew resistant; recommended for the following uses: (1) Interior: New or previously painted wood, plywood, drywall, and cured plaster. (2) Exterior: New or previously painted wood, aluminum, galvanized metal, cured masonry and previously coated ferrous metal surfaces. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #6 - Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood. 172 c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® FRESH START' Multi -Purpose Latex Primer (N023). (2) PPG PaintsTm SEAL GRIP® Interior/Exterior 100% Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer (17-921 XI). (3) Sherwin-Williams MULTI -PURPOSE Interior/Exterior Latex Primer/Sealer (1351 W00450). 4. Interior/Exterior Rust -Inhibitive Primer: a. Description: One -component bonding primer for use as a rust -inhibitive universal primer, formulated to minimize flash rusting and protect steel from corrosion, and to bond to various metals (including glossy surfaces) creating a solid foundation for finish coatings. b. MPI Category No.: 134. c. Physical and Performance Criteria: (1) Adhesion (ASTM D4541): 500 psi, nominal. (2) Corrosion Weathering (ASTM D5894, 10 cycles, 3360 hours): Pass. (3) Direct Impact Resistance (ASTM D2794): >140 in. lbs. (4) Dry Heat Resistance (ASTM D2485): 200 deg F, min. (5) Flexibility (ASTM D522, 180 deg bend, 1/4 in. mandrel): Pass. (6) Moisture Condensation Resistance (ASTM D4585, 100 deg F, 1250 hrs): Pass. (7) Pencil Hardness (ASTM D3363): H. (8) Salt Fog Resistance (ASTM B 117, 1250 hours): Pass. d. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® ULTRA SPEC® HP Acrylic Metal Primer (HPO4), or COROTECH® Waterborne Bonding Primer (V 175). (2) PPG PaintsTM PITT-TECH PLUS 4020PF Primer (4020-1000). (3) Sherwin-Williams PRO-CRYL® Universal Primer (1366-310). 5. Interior/Exterior Bonding Primer: a. Description: Premium quality, interior/exterior, waterborne, acrylic urethane primer/sealer with excellent adhesion to PVC, vinyl, plastic, glass, tile, glazed block, glossy paints, fiberglass, and galvanized metals; also for use on plaster, drywall, wood, and non-ferrous metals, where a low ambient or surface temperature would present a problem for conventional primers. b. Acceptable Product(s): PPG Paints' INSL-X® STIX® Waterborne Bonding 173 Primer (SXA-110), or equal. 6. Interior Latex Primer -Sealer: a. Description: Superior quality, interior/exterior, 100 percent acrylic primer with excellent surface adhesion; mildew -resistant; effective in sealing and suppressing most bleeding type stains, and formulated to deliver maximum hide and ensure uniform finish on new and previously painted interior wood and on gypsum wallboard. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #137 - Primer, Stain Blocking, Water Based. c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® FRESH START' High -Hiding All Purpose Primer (046). (2) - PPG PaintsTM SEAL GRIP® Interior/Exterior 100% Acrylic Universal Primer/Sealer (17-921 XI). (3) Sherwin-Williams MULTI -PURPOSE Interior/Exterior Latex Primer/Sealer (1351 W00450). 7. Interior Alkyd Primer -Sealer: a. Description: Alkyd -based primer recommended for wood trim, doors, cabinets and other surfaces where an ultra -smooth topcoat is desired; formulated to provide a high film build that sands easily. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #45 - Primer Sealer, Alkyd, Interior. c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® FRESH START® Alkyd Enamel Underbody (217). (2) PPG Paints` SEAL GRIP® Interior/Exterior Alkyd Universal Primer/Sealer (17-941 NF). (3) Sherwin-Williams PROBLOCK® Interior Oil -Based Primer (B79W08810). B. Paint(s): 1. Interior/Exterior DTM Acrylic Enamel: a. Description: Waterborne acrylic enamel designed to fight rust on metal and provide a smooth, durable finish on carbon steel, iron, aluminum, galvanized, other non-ferrous metals, concrete, masonry, wood, fiberglass, and drywall substrates; moisture resistant in light to moderate industrial and commercial applications. b. MPI Category No.: MPI # 153 - Light Industrial Coating, Interior, Water - Based, Semi -Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5). 174 c. Physical and Performance Criteria: (1) Flexibility (ASTM D1737; 1/8 in. mandrel): Pass. (2) Dry Heat Resistance: 200 deg F (3) Wet Heat Resistance: I A deg F (4) Adhesion (ASTM D3359): Pass 5B. (5) Salt Spray (ASTM B 117; 2 coats over primer, 1000 hrs): (a) Rust Breakthrough: 10. (b) Rust Area: 0.01 percent. (6) Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D4060; CS-17 wheel, 1000 cycles, 1000 g load): 100 mg loss, max. (7) Accelerated Weathering (ASTM G53; 500 Hours): 90 percent Gloss Retention < 0.25 DE Color Change (CMC). (8) Chemical Resistance (Non -Immersion): (a) Fresh Water: Excellent. (b) Salt Water: Good, or better. (c) Acids: Fair, or better. (d) Alkalis: Fair, or better. (e) Acidic Salt Solutions: Fair, or better. (f) Alkaline Salt Solutions: Fair, or better. (g) Neutral Salt Solutions: Good, or better. d. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® COROTECH® Acrylic DTM Enamel Semi -Gloss (V331). (2) PPG High Performance CoatingsTm PITT-TECH® Plus SG 4216 HP (4216L), or PITT-TECH® Plus Interior/Exterior Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel (90-1210). (3) Sherwin-Williams PRO-INDUSTRIALTM Acrylic Semi -Gloss (1366W00651). 2. Interior Flat Latex Paint: a. Description: Premium quality, 100 percent acrylic coating, designed for use on new or previously painted wallboard, plaster, masonry, and primed or previously painted wood or metal; self -priming on most substrates; excellent hide and leveling; mildew -resistant. 175 b. MPI Category No.: MPI #53 - Latex, Interior, Flat (MPI Gloss Level 1). c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® REGAL SELECT® Premium Interior Paint & Primer Flat (547). (2) PPG PaintsTM MANOR HALL® Interior Flat 100% Acrylic Latex (82-100). (3) Sherwin-Williams DURATION HOME® Interior Latex Flat (A95 WO 1351). 3. Interior Eggshell Latex Paint: a. Description: Premium quality, 100 percent acrylic paint, designed for use on new or previously painted wallboard, plaster, masonry, and primed or previously painted wood or metal; self -priming on most substrates; excellent hide and leveling; mildew -resistant. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #138 - Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural (MPI Gloss Level 2). c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® REGAL SELECT® Premium Interior Paint & Primer Eggshell Finish (549). (2) PPG Glidden ProfessionalT`" DIAMOND 450 No VOC Matte Premium Interior Paint (7100N). (3) Sherwin-Williams DURATION HOME® Interior Latex Satin (A97W01251). 4. Interior Satin Latex Paint: a. Description: Premium quality, 100 percent acrylic paint, designed for use on new or previously painted wallboard, plaster, masonry, and primed or previously painted wood or metal; self -priming on most substrates; excellent hide and leveling; mildew -resistant. b. MPI Category No.: MPI # 140 - Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4). c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® REGAL SELECT® Premium Interior Paint & Primer Pearl Finish (550). (2) PPG Paints TM TIMELESS® Interior Satin Paint + Primer (PPG83-410). 5. Interior Semi -Gloss Latex Paint: a. Description: Premium quality, 100 percent acrylic paint, designed for use on new or previously painted wallboard, plaster, masonry, and primed or previously painted wood or metal; self -priming on most substrates; excellent 176 hide and leveling; mildew -resistant. b. MPI Category No.: MPI # 141 - Latex, Interior, High Performance Architectural (MPI Gloss Level 5). c. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® REGAL® SELECT Premium Interior Paint & Primer SEMI -GLOSS (551). (2) PPG Paints' MANOR HALL® Interior Paint, Primer & Stain Repellent in One Semi -Gloss 100% Acrylic Latex (82-500). (3) Sherwin-Williams EMERALD® Interior Latex Semi -Gloss (K38W00351), or DURATION HOME® Interior Latex Semi -Gloss (A98W01251). 6. Interior Gloss Latex Paint: N/A. C. Water -Repellent Sealer(s): 1. Water -Repellent Sealer: a. Description: High-performance, breathable, clear silicone/silane/siloxane type water repellent sealer, formulated to penetrate deep into masonry surfaces to form a strong bond without changing the natural appearance of the substrate. b. MPI Category No.: MPI #34 - Water -Repellent, Clear (Paintable), or MPI # 117 - Water Repellent, Clear (Not Paintable). c. Physical and Performance Criteria: (1) Water repellent properties shall prevent chloride penetration, and shall act to reduce cracking, spalling, efflorescence and accumulation of dirt. d. Acceptable Product(s): (1) Benjamin Moore® Coronado® TEXCRETE® Silicone Water Repellent (194). (2) PPG Paints' PERMA-CRETE® Aqua-PelIm Clear Water Repellent (4- 6100). (3) Sherwin-Williams LOXON® 40% Silane Water Repellant (A3IT00040), or LOXON® 7% Siloxane Water Repellant (A 1 OT00007/CF31 T0007). 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: 1. Provide accessory materials, including but not limited to cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials and clean-up materials, as required for patching/repair, preparation and finishing of sealed, stained and painted surfaces. B. Oil & Grease Emulsifier: a. Acceptable Product(s): 177 (1) Benjamin Moore® COROTECH® Oil & Grease Emulsifier (V600). (2) PPG Paints' DURAPREP" PREP' 120 Concentrated Multi -Purpose Cleaner. D. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. 2.06 PAINT SYSTEMS A. Exterior: N/S. B. Interior: 1. Paint System CI-OP-31, (Concrete/Masonry; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): N/A. 2. Paint System Cff-OP-3E (Concrete Floor; Opaque; 3-Coat Epoxy (non -slip)): N/A. 3. Paint System CI-OP-3E (Concrete/Masonry; Opaque; 3-Coat Epoxy): N/A. 4. Paint System PI-OP-31, (Plaster/Stucco; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): a. Paint PI-OP-31, Flat Finish: N/A. b. Paint PI-OP-3L Eggshell Finish: N/A. c. Paint PI-OP-31, Satin Finish: N/A. d. Paint PI-OP-31, Low Sheen Finish: N.A. e. Paint PI-OP-31, Semi -Gloss Finish: (1) Surface Preparation: Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended surface preparation instructions. (2) Primer: One coat of (3) Finish Coat(s): Two coats of f. Paint PI-OP-31, Gloss Finish: N/A. 5. Paint System GI-OP-31, (Gypsum Board; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): a. Paint System GI-OP-31, Flat Finish: b. Paint System GI-OP-31, Eggshell Finish: c. Paint System GI-OP-31, Satin Finish: d. Paint System GI-OP-31, Low Sheen Finish: e. Paint System GI-OP-31, Semi -Gloss Finish: f. Paint System GI-OP-31, Gloss Finish: N/A. 6. Paint System MI-OP-3L (Ferrous Metals, Unprimed; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): a. Paint MI-OP-31, Semi -Gloss Finish: (1) Surface Preparation: Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended surface preparation instructions. 178 (a) Remove all grease, dirt and other surface contamination with Oil & Grease Emulsifier. (b) Remove all remaining rust and mill scale in accordance with SSPC- SP2 or SSPC-SP3. (c) Fill holes and cracks and sand smooth. (d) Glossy surfaces must be fully deglossed. (e) Moderate to heavily rusted areas must be thoroughly prepared and active rust should be properly removed. (2) Primer: One coat of Interior/Exterior Rust -Inhibitive Primer. (a) Film Thickness (wet / dry): Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended film thickness, unless otherwise noted. (3) Finish Coat(s): Two coats of Interior/Exterior DTM Acrylic Enamel. (a) Film Thickness (wet / dry): Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended film thickness, unless otherwise noted. 7. Paint System MI-OP-21, (Metals, Shop -Primed (new) or Previously Painted (existing); Opaque; 2-Coat Latex): a. Paint MI-OP-21, Semi -Gloss Finish: (1) Surface Preparation: Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended surface preparation instructions. (a) Remove all grease, dirt and other surface contamination with Oil & Grease Emulsifier. (b) Remove all remaining loose paint, rust and mill scale in accordance with SSPC-SP2 or SSPC-SP3. (c) Fill holes and cracks and sand smooth. (d) Glossy surfaces must be fully deglossed. (e) Moderate to heavily rusted areas must be thoroughly prepared and active rust should be properly removed. (2) Primer: Not required, except as follows: (a) On Surfaces Where Existing Primer or Paint Will Not Provide a Sound Base for New Paint: Remove existing primer/paint, and follow requirements per Paint ME-OP-3L. (b) On Surfaces Where Rust is Present: Remove rust and existing primer/paint, and follow requirements per Paint ME-OP-3L. (3) Finish Coat(s): Two coats of Interior/Exterior DTM Acrylic Enamel. (a) Film Thickness (wet / dry): Comply with coating manufacturer's 179 recommended film thickness, unless otherwise noted. 8. Paint System MgI-OP-3L (Galvanized Metals, Unprimed; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): a. Paint MgI-OP-3L Semi -Gloss Finish: (1) Surface Preparation: (a) Remove all grease, dirt and other surface contamination with Oil & Grease Emulsifier. (b) Remove all remaining loose paint, rust and mill scale in accordance with SSPC-SP2 or SSPC-SP3. (c) Fill holes and cracks and sand smooth. (d) Glossy surfaces must be fully deglossed. (e) Moderate to heavily rusted areas must be thoroughly prepared and active rust should be properly removed. (2) Primer: One coat of Interior/Exterior Rust -Inhibitive Primer. (a) Film Thickness (wet / dry): Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended film thickness, unless otherwise noted. (3) Finish Coat(s): Two coats of Interior/Exterior DTM Acrylic Enamel. (a) Film Thickness (wet / dry): Comply with coating manufacturer's recommended film thickness, unless otherwise noted. 9. Paint System WI-OP-3L (Wood; Opaque; 3-Coat Latex): N/A. 10. Paint System WI-TR-ST (Wood; Semi -Transparent; Stain): N/A. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. C. Test shop -applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces is below the following maximums: 1. Moisture content shall be not greater than 12 percent. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. 180 2. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. 4. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. 5. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra - sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. B. Additional Requirements for Surfaces with Existing Coatings: 1. Surfaces with Several Existing Coats of Paint or Varnish: Remove existing paint, down to the substrate. a. Deteriorated areas of substrate must be removed and replaced with suitable filler; voids and gouged areas must be patched. 2. Before application of new coatings, perform the following on surfaces covered by soundly -adhered coatings, defined as those which cannot be removed with a putty knife: a. Sand existing glossy surfaces to be painted to reduce gloss. (1) Brush, and wipe clean with a damp cloth to remove dust. b. Previously painted surfaces specified to be repainted or damaged during construction shall be thoroughly cleaned of all grease, dirt, dust or other foreign matter. c. Blistering, cracking, flaking and peeling or other deteriorated coatings shall be removed. d. Chalk shall be removed so that when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214, the chalk resistance rating is no less than 8. e. Slick surfaces shall be roughened. Damaged areas such as, but not limited to, nail holes, cracks, chips, and spalls shall be repaired with suitable material to match adjacent undamaged areas. f. Edges of chipped paint shall be feather edged and sanded smooth. g. Rusty metal surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC requirements. (1) Solvent, mechanical, or chemical cleaning methods shall be used to provide surfaces suitable for painting. (2) Comply with coating manufacturer's surface preparation instructions. h. Verify compatibility of new, proposed coatings with existing coatings. 2. Existing Coated Surfaces with Minor Defects: a. Sand, spackle, and treat surfaces with minor defects (i.e., scratches, nicks, 181 cracks, gouges, spalls, alligatoring, chalking, or irregularities due to partial peeling of previous coating) as necessary to render such surfaces to a uniform smooth finish. b. Remove chalking by sanding or blasting so that when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214, the chalk rating is not less than 8. 3. Removal of Existing Coatings: Remove existing coatings from the following: a. Surfaces containing large areas of minor defects. b. Surfaces containing more than 20 percent peeling area. c. Surfaces where rust is visible/apparent through existing coating. 4. Other Substrate Repairs: a. Repair substrate surface damaged during coating removal. b. Sand edges of adjacent soundly -adhered existing coatings so they are tapered as smooth as practical to areas involved with coating removal. c. Clean and prime the substrate as specified. C. Additional Requirements for New (Previously Uncoated) Surfaces: 1. Surface Appurtenances: Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. 2. Surfaces: a. Correct defects and clean surfaces that affect work of this section. b. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects. c. Mask surfaces that are not to be finished, or that are to be finished at a later time. 3. Marks: Seal with shellac that which may bleed through surface finishes. 4. Impervious Surfaces: a. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra -sodium phosphate and bleach. b. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. 5. New Cement Plaster (Stucco) Surfaces to be Painted: a. Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with same patching materials used for similar repairs to existing plaster. b. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. c. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. 6. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: 182 a. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. b. Apply coat of etching primer. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in MPI (APSM). 2. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. 3. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. 4. Apply each coat in conformance with recommended film thickness criteria (wet and dry) specified in the manufacturer's product data sheet for the applicable paint product. a. For dry film testing requirements, refer to FIELD QUALITY CONTROL. 5. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. 6. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. B. Wood: N/A. D. Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and Communication Work to Receive Opaque Finish: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view: a. Electrical and communication equipment, including but not limited to conduit and panelboards. b. Uninsulated piping, pipe hangers and supports. c. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having paintable jacket material (e.g., cotton or canvas insulation covering). d. Other items as directed by Architect. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. I . Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 183 3.05 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. 3.07 PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE A. Exterior: N/A. B. Interior: 1. Concrete Floor: N/A. 2. Cement Plaster (Stucco): Finish surfaces exposed to view. a. Paint System: PI-OP-3L. (1) Sheen (Gloss Level): Semi -Gloss Finish (Gloss Level 5). (2) Color: Up to 4 colors to be selected by Architect. 3. Gypsum Board: a. Paint System: (1) Sheen (Gloss Level): Semi -Gloss Finish (Gloss Level 5). (2) Color: Up to 4 colors to be selected by Architect. 4. Ferrous and Non -Ferrous Metals: Finish surfaces exposed to view. a. Paint System: MI-OP-2L. (1) Sheen (Gloss Level): Semi -Gloss Finish (Gloss Level 5). (2) Color: Up to 2 colors to be selected by Architect. 5. Wood: N/A. END OF SECTION 184 SECTION 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART l - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid plastic toilet compartments and urinal screens. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 10 - Specialties: 1. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A. ASTM A 167 -- Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip; 1999 (R2009). B. ASTM A666 -- Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. C. ASTM B221 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. C. ASTM B221M -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. D. ASTM E84 -- Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2013a. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in walls and ceilings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include partition plan(s), elevation views, dimensions, details of wall and floor supports, door swings, trim, closures and accessories. 1. Indicate fasteners and anchors. 2. Indicate adjustment range for adjustable components (e.g., pilaster shoes). C. Samples: 1. Selection Samples: Submit color charts or samples illustrating manufacturer's complete range of colors. 2. Verification Samples: Submit two samples of HPDE partition panels, 12 in. x 12 in. (300 mm x 300 mm) in size illustrating selected panel finish, color, and sheen. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations TOILET COMPARTMENTS South Miami, FL 102113 - 1 of 5 —/ /2019 185 D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include manufacturer's recommendations for preparation and installation of complete systems. 1. Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. E. Sample manufacturer's warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum five (5) years experience in manufacture of solid plastic toilet compartments with products in satisfactory use under similar service conditions. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum five (5) years experience in work of this Section. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Provide manufacturer's 25-year warranty against breakage, corrosion, and delamination under normal conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: 1. Single Source: Toilet compartments and urinal screens shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer. B. Acceptable Manufacturer(s): 1. Basis of Design: 'Hiny Hiders' by Scranton Products: www.scrantonproducts.com. 2. Other Manufacturers: a. Ampco Products, Inc: www.ampco.com. b. Inpro: www.inprocorp.com/#sle. c. Partition Systems International of South Carolina: www.psisc.com/#sle. C. Substitutions: Section 016000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS AND URINAL SCREENS A. Materials: 1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221 M), 6063-T5 alloy and temper. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, Type 304 or 316. 3. Doors, Panels and Pilasters: High density polyethylene (HDPE), fabricated from polymer resins compounded under high pressure, forming single thickness panel. a. Waterproof and nonabsorbent, with self-lubricating surface, resistant to marks by pens, pencils, markers, and other writing instruments. b. Fire Hazard Classification: N/A. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations TOILET COMPARTMENTS South Miami, FL 102113 - 2 of 5 _/ /2019 186 c.. Color(s): Up to two colors, to be selected from manufacturer's full color range. B. Fabrication: 1. General: a. HPDE components (e.g., doors, panels, pilasters) shall be factory -fabricated. b. Thickness: I in. (25 mm). c. Edge Detail: Rounded to 1/4 in. radius 2. Doors: a. Width: 24 in. (610 mm), except as follows: (1) Width for Handicapped Use: 36 in. (915 mm), out -swinging. b. Height: 55 in. (1397 mm). 3. Panels: a. Height: (1) Toilet Compartments: 55 in. (1397 mm). (2) Urinal Screens: 48 in. (1219 mm); shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-P Section 405.3.5. b. Depth: As indicated on drawings. (1) Toilet Compartments: As indicated on drawings. (2) Urinal Screens: 18 in. (457 mm); shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-P Section 405.3.5. 4. Pilasters: a. Height: 82 in. (2083 mm). b. Width: As required to fit space; minimum 3 in. (76 mm). 2.03 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A666, Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 inch (76 mm) high, concealing floor fastenings. 1. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. B. Head Rails: Hollow anodized aluminum, I in. by 1-1/2 in. (25 mm by 38 mm) size, with anti -grip profile and cast socket wall brackets. C. Wall and Pilaster Brackets: Natural anodized aluminum; continuous type. D. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. 1. For Attaching Panels and Pilasters to Brackets: Through -bolts and nuts; tamper proof. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations TOILET COMPARTMENTS South Miami, FL 102113 - 3 of 5 / /2019 187 2. Headrails: a. Headrail to be fastened to headrail bracket with stainless steel tamper -resistant Torx head sex bolt. b. Headrail to be fastened to top of pilaster with stainless steel tamper -resistant Torx head screws. 3. Pilaster Sleeves: Pilaster sleeves to be secured to pilaster with stainless steel tamper -resistant Torx head sex bolt. 4. Wall Brackets: a. Wall brackets to be fastened to pilasters and panels with stainless steel tamper - resistant Torx head sex bolts. b. Wall brackets to be fastened to concrete/CMU wall construction with stainless steel tamper -resistant wedge anchors, unless otherwise indicated; minimum embed into concrete/CMU shall be not less than 2 in. c. Wall brackets to be fastened to stud -framed wall construction with stainless steel tamper -resistant Torx head screws; length sufficient to penetrate 3/4 in. into concealed backing system. 5. Headrail Brackets: Headrail brackets to be secured to wall with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head screws. E. Hardware: Satin stainless steel: 1. Hinges: Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. a. 8 inches long, fabricated from heavy-duty extruded aluminum with bright dip anodized finish, wrap -around flanges, adjustable on 30-degree increments, through bolted to doors and pilasters with stainless steel, Torx head sex bolts. b. Nylon cams, field adjustable in 30 degree increments. 2. Door Latch: Slide type. a. Heavy-duty extruded aluminum. b. Latch Housing: Bright dip anodized finish. c. Slide Bolt and Button: Black anodized finish. 3. Door Strike and Keeper: Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. a. 6 inches long, fabricate from heavy-duty extruded aluminum with bright dip anodized finish, with wrap -around flanges secured to pilasters with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolts. b. Bumper: Extruded black vinyl. 4. Coat Hooks: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations TOILET COMPARTMENTS South Miami, FL 102113 - 4 of 5 / /2019 188 a. Toilet Compartments: Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per toilet compartment, mounted on door. 5. Door Pull: Stainless steel finish. Provide door pull for outswinging doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage and concealed backing system(s), and bracing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 inch to 1 /2 inch (9 mm to 13 mm) space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using appropriate anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. E. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/4 inch (6 mm). B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1 /8 inch (3 mm). 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch (5 mm). B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out - swinging doors to closed position. C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102113-5of5 _/ /2019 189 SECTION 102813 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms B. Grab bars. C. Baby changing stations. D. ADA piping protection systems. E. Framed mirrors. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board: Concealed backing systems for attachment and support of toilet accessories and grab bars to stud - framed walls/partitions. 2. Section 093000 - Tiling. C. Division 10 - Specialties: 1. Section 102113 - Toilet Compartments. 2. Section 102840 - Electric Hand Dryers. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M -- Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2017. 2. ASTM Al53/A153M -- Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. 3. ASTM A269/A269M -- Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015a. 4. ASTM A563 -- Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2015. 5. ASTM A653/A653M -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2011. 6. ASTM A666 -- Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic 190 Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. 7. ASTM B456 -- Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2017. 8. ASTM F446 -- Standard Consumer Safety Specification for Grab Bars and Accessories Installed in the Bathing Area; 1985 (2009). 9. ASTM F844 -- Standard Specification for Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use; 2007a (R2013). 10. ASTM F2285 -- Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Diaper Changing Tables for Commercial Use; 2004 (R2016)e 1. 11. ASTM G21 -- Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi; 2015. 12. ASTM G22 -- Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria; 1976 (R 1996). B. Florida Building Code, 6th edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-A -- Florida Building Code, Accessibility. C. Glass Association of North America (GANA). D. U.S. Federal Specifications (FS): 1. FS A -A 1923A -- Commercial Item Descriptions (CIDS), Shield Expansion (Lag, Machine and Externally Threaded Wedge Bolt Anchors); 1995. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. 1. ADA Piping Protection Systems: Provide data describing product specifications, materials, colors, accessories, extensions, and code compliances. B. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings for toilet accessories, grab bars, shower seats, and baby changing stations attached to walls, partitions, or toilet/shower/dressing compartment panels. 1. Plans: Locate each specified unit in project. 2. Elevations: Indicate mounting height of each specified unit in project. 3. Installation Details: Indicate anchoring and fastening details, including concealed backing system, types and sizes of anchors and reinforcement, and materials required for correct installation of specified products not supplied by manufacturer of products of this section. 4 Coordinate with applicable substrate and framing conditions. Include load calculations confirming adequacy of wall/partition framing, internal wall 191 reinforcement, concealed supports, and concealed backing system details, based on specified design loads. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions that require special attention. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accessibility Requirements: 1. General: a. Conform to applicable regulatory requirements for accessibility, including but not limited to FBC-A. b. Operating Force: Soap dispensers shall operate with a maximum five -pound operating force. 2. Grab Bars: Grab Bars shall comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-A SECTIONS 604, 608 and 609. a. Length and Positioning: Grab bar length and positioning shall comply with requirements specified in governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-A SECTION 609.4 and the following: (1) Grab Bars for Water Closets: FBC-A SECTION 604.5, including FBC-A FIGURES 604.5.1 and 604.5.2. (2) Grab Bars for Transfer Type Shower Compartments: FBC-A SECTION 608.3, including FBC-A FIGURE 608.3.1. (3) Grab Bars for Standard Roll -In Type Shower Compartments: N/A. (4) Grab Bars for Alternate Roll -In Type Shower Compartments: N/A. b. Cross Section: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 609.2.1. c. Spacing: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 609.3. d. Position of Grab Bars: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 609.4. e. Structural Strength: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 609.8. 3. Shower Compartment Seats: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 610.3. 4. Toilet Tissue Dispensers: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 604.7. 5. Mirrors: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 603.3. 6. Coat Hooks and Shelves: Shall comply with requirements specified in FBC-A 192 SECTIONS 603.4 and 604.8.3. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 1. Provide concealed backing systems, mounting plates, backplates, anchor plates, or other approved reinforcement for support of accessories to be anchored to stud wall, furred wall, or other hollow wall assembly. B. Walls, floors and partitions in restrooms and showers shall comply with FBC-B SECTIONS 1210.2.1 through 1210.2.4. 1. Wall -mounted grab bars and accessories shall be installed and sealed to protect structural elements of the wall/partition assembly from damage from exposure to moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. General: 1. All items of each product type to be made by the same manufacturer. B. Basis of Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.; 6901 Tujunga Avenue; North Hollywood, CA 91605; Tel. 818-982-9600; internet: www.bobrick.com. C. Atlantic Gasket Corporation; 3908 Frankford Avenue; Philadelphia, PA 19124; Tel. 800-229-8881; www.atlanticgasket.com. D. Bradley Corporation; W142N9101 Fountain Boulevard; Menomonee Falls, WI 53051; Tel. 800-272-3539; www.bradleycorp.com. E. TrueBro, Inc.; 7 Main Street, Ellington, CT 06029; Tel. 860-875-2868 or 800-340- 5969; Fax. 860-872-0300; internet: www.truebro.com. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Accessories shall be shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. a. Grind welded joints smooth, and polish to match adjacent finish. b. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces. 2. Manufacturer's identification logo must be permanently stamped into each accessory to provide positive identification to end user for replacement or matching equipment in the future. Such stamping shall be no larger than 1 x 1 inch, and shall be unobtrusively located on accessory. a. Lavatory mounted soap dispensers shall have the manufacturer's name 193 permanently molded into the container. b. Adhesive slickers shall not be acceptable. 3. For each lockable accessory installed in the project, provide three keys for Owner's use; master key all lockable accessories. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. C. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304 or 316. D. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Hot -dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653, with G90/Z275 coating. E. Neoprene Gasketing: High-grade neoprene sheet gasketing material, for installation between accessory mounting plate and tile wall finish. 1. Compound: 100 percent neoprene conforming to ASTM D2000 M 1 BC 407. 2. Color: Black. 3. Durometer (Shore A): 40 f5. 4. Temperature Range: -30deg F to +200 deg F. 5. Tensile Strength: 1000 psi, minimum. 6. Finish: Smooth. 7. Elongation: 400 percent, minimum. 8. Sheet Thickness (Gauge): 1/16 inch, unless otherwise noted. 9. Characteristics: a. Dielectric Strength: Very Good. b. Chemical Resistance: (1) Dilute Acid: Excellent. (2) Oil and Gasoline: Good. (3) Water Absorption: Good. c. Resistance to Oxidation: Very Good. d. Resistance to Ozone: Very Good. 10. Gasket Shape / Configuration: Each gasket to be custom cut by hand to shape matching the contact surface area of accessory base plate. 11. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): "Style AG40NEHG 40 Durometer High - Grade Neoprene" by Atlantic Gasket Corporation. F. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized or stainless steel; tamper -proof, security type. G. Adhesive: Two -component epoxy type, waterproof. 194 H. Joint Sealant: Refer to Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. B. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B456, SC 2, satin finish, unless otherwise noted. C. Baked Enamel: Pre -treat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked enamel. D. Galvanizing for Items Other than Sheet: Comply with ASTM A123/A123M; galvanize ferrous metal and fastening devices. E. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pre -treat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake. F. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Wall -Mounted Paper -Towel Dispenser: N/A. B. Wall -Mounted Waste Receptacle: 1. Type 1 - Recessed -Mounted Waste Receptacle: a. Materials: (1) Cabinet: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; all -welded construction; satin -finish; top edge hemmed, and bottom shall have recessed finger grip. (2) Flange: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; drawn and bevelled one piece seamless construction; (3) Waste Receptacle: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel, satin finish; front and side of bottom and all top edges hemmed: secured to cabinet with tumbler lock key. (4) Trash Liner Holder: Holder to facilitate installation and removal of disposable trash liners and retains liner inside waste receptacle; shall have a molded plastic sleeve with a 22-gauge (l .Omm) stainless steel, U-shaped support strap hemmed for safety; riveted construction. (a) Shall be designed to eliminate unsightly trash liner overhang and facilitates installation and removal of disposable trash liners. (b) Holder shall rest inside of waste receptacle area. (c) Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick 3944-134 b. Capacity: 12-gal. c. Operation: (1) To insert disposable trash liner, lift Trash Liner Holder up and forward 195 and rest over edge of waste receptacle front panel with the bottom notches of Trash Liner Holder engaged on top front edge of receptacle. (2) Place disposable trash liner inside Trash Liner Holder and fold disposable trash liner over Trash Liner Holder sleeve. (3) Tie a knot in the corner of the bag, then place Trash Liner Holder with disposable trash liner back into receptacle. (4) To empty, gather disposable trash liner from Trash Liner Holder sleeve and lift bag up. d. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-3644 e. Mounting height off floor: 44" (to top of unit) 2. Type 2 - Surface Mounted Waste Receptacle: N/A. C. Wall -Mounted Combination Paper -Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle: N/A. D. Wall -Mounted Soap Dispenser: Surface -mounted soap dispenser with ADA-compliant one -handed push operation. 1. Materials: a. Container: (1) Body: 18-8, Type-304, 20-gauge (1.0mm) stainless steel with satin -finish; drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. (2) Back Plate: 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel, with 20-gauge (1.0mm) stainless steel mounting bracket attached. (3) Body and Back Plate shall be epoxy -sealed to prevent warping and leakage. (4) Concealed Wall Plate: 20-gauge (1.0mm) stainless steel. (5) Container shall be equipped with a plastic soap refill -indicator window and a locked, hinged stainless steel lid for top filling. (6) Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). b. Valve: Black molded plastic push button; soap head -holding mushroom valve; stainless steel spring; U-packing seal and duckbill. (1) Corrosion -resistant valve shall be designed for dispensing commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps. c. Antibacterial -soap -resistant plastic cylinder. 2. Operation: a. Valve shall operate with one hand, without tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist, and with less than 5 pounds of force (22.2 N), to comply with accessible design requirements specified in FBC-A and ADAAG. 196 b. Window shall indicate when refill is required. c. Hinged lid shall be lockable, and shall open for top filling with special key. 3. Mounting: Concealed; vandal -resistant. (1) Mounting height off floor: 46.5" (to top of unit) 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-4112. E. Lavatory -Mounted Soap Dispenser: 1. Type 1 - Lavatory -Mounted Soap Dispenser for Triple Wash Station: a. Materials: (1) Plunger and Spout: Stainless steel; shall require less than 5 lbs. of force to activate plunger. (2) Escutcheon: Heavy chrome -plated brass. (3) Shank: Molded ABS plastic. (4) Valve Cylinder: Molded clear ABS plastic. (5) Valve Components: Celcon, Buna-N rubber or stainless steel. (6) Plastic Globe: Translucent polyethylene; 32-oz capacity. b. Operation: (1) Depress piston for measured amount of liquid soap. (2) Shall fill from top by unlocking and withdrawing piston and spout assembly using special key provided. (3) Shall be designed for dispensing vegetable or coconut oil liquid soaps, synthetic detergents, and antiseptic solutions in a liquid form. (4) Spout shall be fixed. (5) Shall require less than 5 lbs. force to activate plunger. c. Shall be designed for installation in Triple Wash Station. Coordinate with Section 224200 - Plumbing Fixtures. d. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bradley "Model 6324-68" lavatory mounted liquid soap dispenser. 2. Type 2 - Lavatory -Mounted Soap Dispenser for Lavatory in Handicap Toilet Compartment: N/A. F. Surface -Mounted Jumbo -Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser (Non -Handicap Accessible Toilet Compartments): 1. Materials: a. Cabinet: 18-8, type-304, 20-gauge stainless steel; satin -finish; equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other toilet accessories. 197 b. Door: 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge stainless steel; satin -finish; drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. (1) Wide viewing slot to reveal toilet tissue supply inside cabinet. c. Dispensing Mechanism: High -impact ABS. 2. Operation: a. Door to unlock with key provided, and to swing down for loading dispenser. b. Spindles to accommodate two toilet tissue rolls up to 10 in. diameter with 3 in. diameter core; or 2-1/4 in. diameter core after removal of outer spindle. c. Sliding access panel to expose one roll at a time for patron use. d. Wide viewing slot in door to reveal the amount of toilet tissue on both rolls. 3. Mounting height off floor: 30" (to top of unit). Unit can be located below grab bar in area 24" minimum to 42" from rear wall, with outlet 18" minimum above floor 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-2892. G. Surface -Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispenser (Handicap Accessible Toilet Compartments): 1. Materials: a. Cabinet: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; all -welded construction; satin finish. b. Door: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel with 18-gauge stainless steel door frame; satin finish; front of door to be drawn, one-piece, seamless construction; secured to cabinet with two rivets; equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other toilet accessories. c. Dispensing Mechanism, Inner Housing and Cam: 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge stainless steel. d. Spindles: Heavy-duty, one-piece, molded ABS; theft -resistant; retained in dispensing mechanism when door is locked. (1) Quantity: Provide two spindles per unit. 2. Operation: a. Unit shall hold two standard -core toilet tissue rolls up to 5-1/4 in. diameter (1800 sheets). b. Tissue rolls are to be loaded and locked into dispensing mechanism. c. Extra roll shall automatically drop in place when bottom roll is depleted. d. Depleted rolls to be removed after unlocking door. 3. Mounting height off floor: 28" (to top of unit) . 198 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-2888. H. Framed Mirrors (with stainless steel angle frame): 1. Materials: a. Frame: 18-8, type-304, heavy -gauge stainless steel, 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch (19 mm x 19mm) angle with v finish. (1) One-piece, roll -formed construction forms continuous integral stiffener on all sides. (2) Bevel design on front of angle, to hold frame tightly against mirror. (2) Corners to be welded, ground, and polished smooth. (3) Galvanized steel back to be fastened to frame with concealed screws and equipped with integral horizontal hanging brackets. b. Mirror: No. l quality, 1/4 inch (6-mm) float/plate glass. (1) All mirror edges shall be protected by filler strips. (2) Mirror back shall be protected by full-size shock absorbing, water- resistant, non-abrasive 3/16 inch (5-mm) thick polyethylene padding. (3) Galvanized steel back with formed edges for additional strength shall have integral hanging brackets for mounting on concealed one-piece rectangular wall hanger(s). c. Concealed Wall Hanger(s): (1) Type 1 : 20-gauge galvanized steel. Wall hanger shall incorporate lower support member forming rigid rectangle, which engages lower backplate louvers to keep bottom of mirror against wall. (2) Type 2: 16-gauge cold rolled steel. Mirror secured to wall hangar with concealed Phillips -head locking screw located in bottom of frame.. 2. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): a. Type 1: Bobrick B-290 2460 b. Type 2: Bobrick B-290 1830 I. Garment Hook: 1. Materials: a. Flange and Support Arm: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; concealed, 16-gauge stainless steel mounting bracket all -welded construction; secured to wall plate with a stainless steel setscrew. b. Concealed Wall Plate: 18-8, type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel. c. Cap: 18-8, type-304, 10-gauge stainless steel; welded to the support arm. 2. Mounting height from floor: 39" (to top of unit). 199 3. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): a. Type 1 - Satin Finish: Bobrick B-6727. J. Feminine Napkin / Tampon Vendor: 1. Materials a. Cabinet: 18-8, type 304, 18 guage (1.2mm) stainless steel; all welded construction. b. Door: 8-8, type 304, 18 gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel with satin finish #4 for all exposed surfaces; 90 degree return edges and hemmed bottom edge; concealed full length stainless steel piano hinge; tumbler lock keys (2); graphic symbols identify products dispensed and coin denomination; exposed surfaces c. Coin mechanism: Impact resistant PC-ABS Push buttons; Coin mechanisms can be converted in the field to any standard coin denomination (Free, 250 or Token) ; Accepts one (U. S. or Canadian) as designated by factory setting. Coin Box with tumbler lock d. Impact resistant PC-ABS Push buttons cancels selection and return coin to product tray; e. Product Tray: Impact resistant PC-ABS Push buttons for access to dispensed product. 2. Operation: a. At coin insertion to user's choice, pushed button dispenses boxed sanitary or tampon tube b. Mechanically operated; no batteries or electricity required. Mechanism identified by a graphic symbol c. Capacity: 20 sanitary napkins, 30 tampons d. Coin slots blocked with red indicator when supply is depleted e. Vendor dispenses sanitary napkin packages measuring 2-7/8" x 3/4" x 4-1/8" to 3-1 /8" x 1-1 /8" x 4-3/8" (73 x 19 x 105mm to 80 x 29 x I I I mm) and tampon tubes measuring 4-5/8" long x 9/16" diameter minimum to 5-1/8" long x 3/4" diameter maximum (118 x 14 to 130 x 19mm). 3. Mounting height off floor: 62" (to top of unit). 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-2706 25 K. Feminine Napkin Disposal (Surface Mounted): 1. Materials: a. Container: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; all -welded construction; satin finish; integral finger depression for opening cover. b. Cover: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge stainless steel; satin finish; drawn, one-piece, seamless construction; secured to container with a full-length stainless steel 200 piano -hinge. 2. Operation: Cover shall flip up for disposal of sanitary napkins and for servicing container. 3. Mounting height from floor: 30" (to top of unit) 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-270. L. Stainless Steel Shelf. 1. Overall Unit Dimensions (W x D): 8 in. x 24 in. 2. Materials: a. Shelf 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel with satin finish. 3/4 in. (19mm) return edges for maximum rigidity. Front edge is hemmed for safe handling. b. Mounting Brackets: 18-8, type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel with satin finish; welded to back return of shelf and secured inside front hem of shelf. 3. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-298x24. M. Seat Cover Dispenser (Surface mounted) 1. Overall Unit Dimensions (W x D): 11-1/4" in. x 15-3/4" in. 2. Materials: 18-8, type-304, 20-gauge (1.0mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn, one piece, seamless construction; Radius on corners and edges 3. Operation: Dispenser holds single or half fold paper toilet seat covers; Dispenser fills from bottom through concealed opening; 4. Capacity 250 toilet seat covers 5. Mounting height from floor: 37.5" (to top of unit) Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-4221 N. Shower Curtain Rod: 1. Materials: a. Curtain Rod: 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel tubing with satin finish. 1-1/4" (32mm) outside diameter b. Flanges: 18-8, type-304, 20-gauge (1.0mm) stainless steel with satin finish; One piece, die -formed 2. Mounting height from floor: 74-1 /2" 3. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick B-6047 201 2.05 GRAB BARS A. General: 1. Materials: a. Grab Bar: 18-8, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel tubing with satin - finish. 1-1/4 in. (32mm) outside diameter. (1) Ends to be heliarc welded to concealed mounting flanges. (2) Clearance between the grab bar and wall to be 1-1/2 in. (38mm). b. Concealed Mounting Flanges: 18-8, type-304, 1 /8 in. (3mm) thick, stainless steel plate; end flanges 2 in. x 3-1/8 in. (50 x 80mm) with two holes for attachment to wall. (1) Intermediate flanges to be 2-5/8 in. x 3-1/8 in. (65 x 80mm) wide x 3-1/8 in. (80mm) diameter. c. Snap Flange Covers: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) drawn stainless steel with satin -finish. 3-1/4 in. (85mm) diameter x 5/8 in. (16mm) deep. (1) Each cover snaps over mounting flange to conceal mounting screws. 2. Structural Strength: Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure. a. Grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure shall comply with requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC- A SECTION 609.8. 3. Concealed Backing Systems and Anchors: a. Stud -Framed Walls/Partitions: Clark -Dietrich FastBackTM Backing System (FBBC). (1) Fasteners: Attach grab bar flange to backing system with 1 /4 in. diameter galvanized steel wood screws, length as required for full penetration through wall finishes and wood backing; shall comply with Structural Strength requirements. (2) For additional information, refer to Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board. b. Furred CMU/Concrete Walls/Partitions: FRT pressure -treated wood blocking of same depth as furring. (1) Fasteners: Attach grab, bar flange to CMU/concrete wall/partition with 1 /4 in. diameter corrosion -resistant concrete screw anchors, length as required for full penetration through wall finishes and wood blocking and into CMU/concrete as required to comply with manufacturer's recommended embedment; shall comply with Structural Strength requirements. 202 c. CMU/Concrete Walls/Partitions (no furring): (1) Fasteners: Attach grab bar flange directly to CMU/concrete wall/partition with 1 /4 in. corrosion -resistant concrete screw anchors, length as required to comply with manufacturer's recommended embedment; shall meet or exceed with Structural Strength requirements. 4. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): a. Grab Bars: (1) 36-inch Straight Grab Bar: Bobrick B-5806 x 36. (2) 42-inch Straight Grab Bar: Bobrick B-5806 x 42. (3) 2-Wall Shower Compartment Grab Bar: Bobrick B-6861. b. Anchor Plate for Installation of Individual Grab Bar through Toilet Compartment Panel: (1) Components: (a) Backplate: Type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm), satin -finish stainless steel backplate. (b) Connectors: Threaded chrome -plated brass connectors shall be keyed to backplates to prevent rotation. (c) Screws: Stainless steel machine screws shall be furnished by manufacturer. (2) Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick 258 series. 2.06 SHOWER SEAT A. Materials: 1. Seat: One-piece, 1/2 inch (13mm) thick, solid phenolic with matte -finish, antique white -colored, melamine surfaces and black phenolic -resin core; integral slots for water drainage; secured to frame with stainless steel carriage bolts and acorn nuts; reversible for left- or right-hand installation in the field. a. Seat material shall not splinter, require oiling, or support growth of bacteria. b. Color: Ivory. 2. Frame: 18-8, Type-304 stainless steel with satin finish; 16-gauge (1.6mm) x 1-1/4 inch (30mm) square tubing, and 18-gauge (1.2mm) x 1 inch (25mm) diameter seamless tubing. 3. Mounting Flanges: 18-8, Type-304, 3/16 inch (5mm) thick stainless steel with satin finish; 3 inch (75mm) diameter with three mounting screw holes. 4. Baseplate: 18-8, Type-304, heavy -gauge stainless steel. 5. Spring: 17-7, Type-301, 24-gauge (0.6mm) stainless steel; spot-welded to baseplate. 203 6. Guide Bracket: 18-8, Type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel with satin finish. 7. Safety Warning Plate: Manufacturer's standard warning plate. a. Message: To avoid potential seat malfunction, DO NOT use seat if weight exceeds 360 lbs (163 kg). 8. Anchor Fasteners: Torque -controlled expansion anchors conforming to FS A -A 1923A, type 4. a. Material(s): (1) Anchor Body: Carbon steel; hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM AI53/AI53M, Class C. (2) Nut: ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex; hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153, Class C (43 µm, minimum). (3) Washer: ASTM F844; hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153, Class C (43 µm, minimum). (4) Expansion Elements (Wedges): Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. b. Bolt Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). c. Length: As required for minimum 2 inches (51 mm) embedment into concrete or grout -filled concrete masonry units. d. Allowable Loads (grout -filled concrete masonry units; 4 inches minimum distance from edge of block): (1) Tension: 540 lbs (2.4 kN), minimum. (2) Shear: 445 lbs (2.0 kN), minimum. B. Operation: 1. Shower seat shall fold up against wall when not in use. 2. The spring at the top of the baseplate shall hold the seat in upright position until released by pulling the top of the seat away from the wall. 3. The seat shall not return automatically to the upright position after use. C. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): 1. Shower Seat: a. Rectangular Folding Seat: N/A. b. "L-Shaped" Folding Seat: Bobrick D5181. 2. Anchor Fasteners: "KWIK Bolt 3 (KB3)" by Hilti. 2.07 BABY CHANGING STATION A. SST Diaper Changing Stations: 1. Type: 18-gauge, type 304 satin stainless steel exterior finish with molded grey 204 color polyethylene interior. 2. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): Bobrick KB-110-SSRE. 2.08 ADA PIPING PROTECTION SYSTEMS A. Undersink Piping Protective Covers: 1. General: Comply with requirements of FBC-A, and as follows: a. Lavatory P-traps and angle valve assemblies shall be covered with undersink protective pipe cover assemblies. (1) Cover assemblies shall include P-trap cover, two angle valve covers, offset grid drain cover, tailpiece cover, and extensions as necessary to cover all undersink piping and valves. b. Covers shall be secured with snap -clip flush reusable fasteners, and angle stop shall have locking access cover. Cable ties or baggie tie fasteners are not acceptable. c. Covers shall be installable and removable without requiring disassembly of P- trap or angle stop. d. Covers shall allow for emergency and maintenance access to the plumbing P- trap clean -out and angle stop valve without removing piping covers. 2. Specifications: a. Material: Molded closed cell vinyl. b. Nominal Wall Thickness: 1 /8 inch. c. Durometer: 60 - 70 Shore A. d. Finish: Smooth, high gloss. e. UV Protection: Will not fade or discolor. f. Durability: Virtually indestructible. g. Fasteners: Reusable snap clips. h. Color: White. i. Compatibility: Shall fit all 1.25 to 1.50 inch cast brass or tubular P-trap assemblies and 3/8 to 1 /2 inch angle stop assemblies. Coordinate with specified plumbing fixtures. j. Flame Characteristics (ASTM D635): ATB, 0 sec.; AEB, 0 mm. k. Thermal Conductivity: K value of 1.17 plus dead air space. 1. Bacteria/Fungus Resistance (ASTM G21 and G22): Anti -microbial vinyl formula; Result 0. 3. Acceptable Product(s) (Basis of Design): TrueBro Lav-Guard Undersink Protective Pipe Covers, or equal. 205 2.09 UTILITY ROOM / JANITOR CLOSET ACCESSORIES A. Combination Utility Shelf/Mop, Broom Holder and Hooks: N/A. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. C. Coordinate placement and installation of blocking, reinforcement plates, and concealed anchors required for installation of accessories, with construction of related work specified in other sections. D. Fabricate neoprene gaskets for accessory items to be installed on tile wall surface, including the following: 1. Shower Seats. 2. Grab Bars. 3. Mirrors. 4. Wall -Mounted Waste Receptacles. 5. Baby Changing Stations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install accessories, grab bars, and ADA piping protection systems in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and as indicated on drawings. 2. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. B. Toilet Accessories: 1. Wall -Mounted Paper -Towel Dispenser: N/A. 2. Recessed Wall -Mounted Waste Receptacle: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure waste receptacle to wall with appropriately sized stainless steel, sheet - metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed metal backing plate. 206 b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure waste receptacle to wall with expansion anchors or toggle bolts (type and size as recommended by waste receptacle manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 44" to top of unit. 3. Wall -Mounted Combination Paper -Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle: N/A. 4. Wall -Mounted Soap Dispensers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure dispenser to wall with #10 x 2 inch (M4.8 x 50mm) Phillips oval -head, stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate. b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure dispenser to wall with expansion anchors (type and size as recommended by dispenser manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: (1) Surface -mount soap dispenser plumb and true, on side wall adjacent to lavatory in each handicap toilet compartment. (2) Provide 4 inches (102mm) minimum clearance from the lid to the underside of any horizontal projection. (3) Push buttons should be located 44 inches (I 120mm) maximum above the finish floor. 5. Lavatory -Mounted Soap Dispensers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Coordinate with triple wash station manufacturer's installation instructions; for additional requirements, refer to Section 224200 - Plumbing Fixtures. b. Mounting Heights and Locations: Install one soap dispenser adjacent to each faucet in triple wash station, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 6. Surface -Mounted Jumbo Roll Toilet Tissue Dispensers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure dispenser to wall with # 10 x 2 inch (M4.8 x 50mm) Phillips oval -head, stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate. b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure dispenser to wall with expansion anchors or toggle bolts (type and size as recommended by dispenser 207 manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Attachment to Toilet Compartment Panel: d. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings. (1) Additional Requirements for Accessible Toilet Compartments: Dispenser shall be installed below the side wall grab bar. (a) Dispenser shall be installed at 8 inches (203 mm) in front of the water closet, measured to the centerline of the dispenser. (b) The outlet of the dispenser shall be installed at height indicated on drawings, but not less than of 15 inches (380 mm) above the finish floor. (c) The space between the top of the dispenser and the bottom of the grab bar shall be as indicated on drawings, but not less than 1-1 /2 inches (38 mm). 7. Surface -Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispensers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure dispenser to wall with appropriately sized stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate. b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure dispenser to wall with expansion anchors or toggle bolts (type and size as recommended by dispenser manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Attachment to Toilet Compartment Panel: d. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 28" to top of unit 8. Framed Mirrors: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. General: (1) Install mirrors in accordance with GANA recommendations and manufacturers' instructions. (2) Set mirrors plumb and level, free of optical distortion. (3) Set mirrors with edge clearance free of surrounding construction including countertops or backsplashes. b. Mount wall hanger on wall, then hang mirror on wall hanger; locking device to automatically secure mirror to wall hanger when it is lowered into final position. 208 (1) Wall Hanger: Install custom cut neoprene gasket between wall hanger and wall surface, then attach wall hanger to wall assembly using appropriate fasteners. (a) Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure mirror wall hanger to wall with #10 x 2 inch (M4.8 x 50mm) Phillips oval -head, stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate. (b) Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure mirror wall hanger to wall with expansion anchors (type and size as recommended by dispenser manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, 9. Garment Hooks: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Mount wall plate so prongs are at top; secure with two sheet -metal screws at points designated by manufacturer. Engage mounting bracket onto prongs of wall plate, then secure into position by tightening setscrew at bottom of flange. b. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 39" to top of unit. 10. Feminine Napkin / Tampon Vendor: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Mount on wall with sheet metal screws for stud framed or furred partitions. For other wall types/construction, provide fiber plugs or expansion shields with sheet metal screws. a. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 62" to top of unit. 11. Feminine Napkin Disposals: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure dispenser to wall with # 10 x 2 inch (M4.8 x 50mm) Phillips oval -head, stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate. b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure dispenser to wall with expansion anchors or toggle bolts (type and size as recommended by dispenser manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Attachment to Toilet Compartment Panel: Secure with sheet metal screws into solid backing. For back to back installation, provide threaded sleeves and 209 machine screws for the full thickness of partition. d. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 30" to top of unit. 12. Stainless Steel Shelves: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition: Provide concealed metal backing plate per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure shelf to wall with # 10 x 2 inch (M4.8 x 50mm) Phillips oval -head, stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing plate b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure shelf to wall with expansion anchors (type and size as recommended by dispenser manufacturer), at points designated by manufacturer. c. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings C. Grab Bars: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: 1. Install custom cut neoprene gasket between each grab bar flange and wall surface, then attach flanges to wall using appropriate fasteners. a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed backing system per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure grab bar to wall with #14 stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing system. b. Attachment to CMU/Concrete Partition/Wall: Secure grab bar to wall with expansion anchors at points designated by manufacturer. c. Attachment to Toilet Compartment Panel: Secure grab bar to compartment panel at points designated by manufacturer. (1) Neoprene gasket is not required between grab bar flanges and toilet compartment panel surface. 2. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings, and as follows: a. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, at height of 34-1 /2 inches (876 mm) above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. b. Spacing: (1) The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). (2) The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be as indicated on drawings, but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 210 (3) The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be as indicated on drawings, but not less than 12 inches (305 mm). (a) Exception: The space between the grab bars and shower controls, shower fittings, and other grab bars above shall be permitted to be 1- 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. D. Shower Seats: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: 1. Shower Seat: Secure shower seat assembly to wall with the two mounting flanges located at top and the baseplate and guide bracket below. The bottom of the support tube must be positioned within the baseplate and guide bracket before they are secured to wall. a. Install custom cut neoprene gasket between each mounting flange/baseplate and wall surface, then attach flanges and base plate to wall using appropriate fasteners. (1) Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed backing system per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure shower seat to wall with # 14 x 2-1/2" (6.3 x 65mm) , stainless steel, mounting screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall finish and concealed backing system. b. Mounting Height and Location: As shown on drawings, and as follows: 18" from (1) Mounting height of shower seat must comply with requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to requirements specified in FBC-A SECTION 610.3. 2. Safety Warning Plate: Safety Warning Plate is to be mounted on wall near shower seat in order to properly advise users of the seat's weight restrictions. a. Permanently affix Safety Warning Plate to wall on either side of the shower seat at a minimum height of 30 inches (760mm). (1) If mounted above seat, the Safety Warning Plate must be high enough so that it is not covered when Seat is on the up position. (2) Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations. E. Baby Changing Stations: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: 1. Install custom cut neoprene gasket between back panel of baby changing station and wall surface, then attach the assembly to wall using appropriate fasteners. a. Attachment to Stud -Framed or Furred Partition/Wall: Provide concealed backing system per Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board, then secure baby changing station to wall with stainless steel, sheet -metal screws, at points designated by manufacturer; screws shall extend through wall 211 finish and concealed backing system. 2. Mounting Height: Shall comply with applicable requirements of the governing building code, including but not limited to FBC-A SECTIONS 307, 308 and 309. 3. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings F. ADA Piping Protection Systems: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations, and as follows: 1. Mounting Heights and Locations: As shown on drawings. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. After installation, remove all traces of protective coating paper, and clean accessories in manner not to damage finish. B. Adjust accessories for proper operation. Test mechanisms, hinges, locks, and latches and where necessary adjust and lubricate. END OF SECTION 212 SECTION 102840 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. High-speed, ADA-compliant, electric hand dryers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 07 - Thermal and Moisture Protection: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants. B. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster & Gypsum Board: Stud framing and concealed backing systems for attachment and support of electric hand dryers to stud -framed walls/partitions. 2. Section 093000 - Tiling. C. Division 10 - Specialties: 1. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). C. Florida Building Code, 61h edition - 2017 (FBC): 1. FBC-B -- Florida Building Code, Building. 2. FBC-A -- Florida Building Code, Accessibility. D. International Code Council, Inc. (ICC): 1. ICC/ANSI A 117.1 --Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. E. Underwriter's Laboratory (UL): 1. UL 94 -- Standard for Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances; 2013. 2. UL 499 -- Standard for Electric Heating Appliances; 2014. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Complete technical data (e.g., noise level, motor and sensor data, wiring). 2. Manufacturer's recommended preparation instructions, storage and handling requirements and recommendations, and installation and maintenance instructions. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS South Miami, FL 102840 - 1 of 5 / /2019 213 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include details of mounting and relationship to adjacent construction. 2. Indicate dimensions and method of fastening for maximum vandalism and pull-out resistance. C. Samples: 1. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 in. (150 mm) square, representing actual product, finish and color. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Requirements: Hand dryers shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and shall bear UL labels. B. Mock -Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and application workmanship. 1. Finish areas designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship, color, and sheen are approved by Architect. 3. Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Limited warranty for electric hand dryers to cover defects in material and workmanship. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years, commencing on effective date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Excel Dryer Inc. (www.exceldryer.com). B. Substitutions: Not permitted. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS 102840 - 2 of 5 _/ /2019 214 2.02 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS A. General Requirements: l . UL Product Category Rule (PCR) Testing: a. Dry Time: Not greater than 14 seconds. b. Energy per Use: Not greater than 3.7 Wh (13.32 J). 2. Electrical Components: Listed and labeled per NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of FBC-A and ICC/ANSI A 117.1. B. High Efficiency, Surface Mounted, ADA Compliant, Electric Hand Dryers: 1. Description: High speed, energy efficient, rapid drying, automatic sensor, surface mounted, ADA compliant, adjustable speed and sound control, adjustable heat control, electric hand dryer; entire dryer internally grounded. 2. Cover: Stainless steel. a. Finish: Brushed Number 4 finish. 3. Mounting: Surface Mounted (ADA Complaint). 4. Controls: Automatic, activated by infrared optical sensor located next to the air outlet. a. Dryer to operate as long as hands are under the air outlet, and have a 35-second lockout feature if hands are not removed. b. Control to include adjustable sound and speed control mechanism, adjustable heat control with `High', `Medium', `Low' and `Off settings. c. Sensor to be equipped with externally visible Red LED light that flashes error codes to assist in troubleshooting. d. Control assembly to be sealed for protection against moisture, lint, dust and vandalism. 5. Air Intake: Inlet openings on bottom of cover. 6. Air Outlet: Air baffle; designed to keep foreign objects out of dryer. 7. Nominal Size (W x H x D): 8-29/32 in. x 13-11/16 in. x 4 in. (226 mm x 348 mm) x 102 mm). 8. Weight: 10 pounds (4.5 kg), nominal. 9. Power Source: a. 110 - 120 Volts, 7 - 7.7 Amps, 50/60 Hz, 770 - 915 Watts. b. 208 - 277 Volts, 3.6 - 4.0 Amps, 50/60 Hz, 735 - 950 Watts. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS South Miami, FL 102840 - 3 of 5 _/ /2019 215 c. 230 Volts, 3.9 Amps, 50 Hz, 890 Watts. 10. Motor: Thermally protected, series commutated, through -flow discharge vacuum motor/blower (1/2 hp / high-30,000 rpm, low-20,000 rpm) which provides air velocity of up to 16,000 LFM (linear feet per minute) at the air outlet and 7,000 LFM at the hands (4 inches [ 102 mm] below the air outlet). 11. Heater: Nichrome wire element, mounted inside blower housing to be vandal resistant. Heater Safeguard: Automatic resetting thermostat to open when airflow is restricted and close when airflow is resumed. a. Air Temperature: 141 degrees F (61 degrees Q. 12. All metal parts coated according to Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. requirements. 13. Mount at the following heights above floor surface: a. Men's Toilets: 45 inches (1143 mm). b. Women's Toilets: 43 inches (1092 mm). c. Toilets for Persons with Physical Disabilities: 37 inches (940 mm). d. Mount dryers at heights indicated on Drawings. 14. Product (Basis of Design): "Thin Air®" Model TA-SB Stainless, as manufactured by Excel Dryer Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate requirements for blocking and concealed backing system to ensure adequate means for support and installation of hand dryers. 2. Coordinate requirements for power supply, conduit, disconnect switches, and wiring. 3. Coordinate dryer installation with application of wall finishes. B. Examination: 1. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 2. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 3. Verify that electrical power connections are ready and in the correct locations. 4. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared and all conditions are ready. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and approved shop drawings. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS South Miami, FL 102840 - 4 of 5 _/ /2019 216 B. Mount dryers at heights indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. C. Install bases securely to supporting substrate so that dryers are level and aligned with each other. Anchor with fasteners of type and size recommended by manufacturer for type of wall substrate. 3.03 CLEANING, TESTING, AND DEMONSTRATING A. Remove protective wrappings. Clean surfaces with mild soap solution. Do not use abrasives. , B. Inspect installed dryers to verify mounting is rigid and electrical connections are proper. Test each dryer to verify operation and performance. Correct deficiencies. C. Protect dryers from remaining construction activities. Immediately remove and replace dryers that are damaged. D. Demonstrate operation and maintenance to Owner's representative. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS 102840 - 5 of 5 / /2019 217 SECTION 105050 LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal lockers as indicated on drawings and specified in this section. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 06- Woods and Plastics 1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry A. Division 09 - Finishes: 1. Section 092200 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board 2. Section 092900 - Gypsum board 3. Section 093000 - Tiling 3. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A. ASTM A 167 -- Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip; 1999 (R2009). B. ASTM A666 -- Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. C. ASTM B221 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2014. C. ASTM B221M -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2013. D. ASTM E84 -- Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2013a. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in walls and ceilings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of locker B. Shop Drawings: Show lockers in detail, method of installation, fillers, trim, base and accessories. Include locker numbering sequence information 1. Indicate fasteners and anchors. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations LOCKERS South Miami, FL 105050 - 1 of 6 _/ /2019 218 C. Samples: 1. Selection Samples: Submit color charts or samples illustrating manufacturer's complete range of colors. 2. Verification Samples: Submit one full-size locker sample for evaluation. Adherence to the specification is required. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for metal locker units. 1. Maintenance Data: For adjusting, repairing, and replacing locker doors and latching mechanisms to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. E. Sample manufacturer's warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Uniformity and Single Manufacturer Requirements: Provide each type of metal locker as produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings. B. Installers Qualifications: Lockers to be installed by an experienced agent of the manufacturer 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Locker manufacturer shall warrant the locker for the lifetime use of the original purchaser from date of shipment. Warranty shall include all defects in material and workmanship, excluding finish, vandalism and improper installation PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer(s): 1. Basis of Design: 'DeBourgh manufacturing Company a. Product: Apex Athletic Physical Education Lockers - 4 tier; 15" 16" x 15"(door height) 2. Other Manufacturers: a. List Industries b. Penco Products, Inc c. Lyon Metal Products, Inc 2.02 FABRICATION A. Locker Construction Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL LOCKERS 105050 - 2 of 6 —/ /2019 219 1. Lockers to be welded at seams and joints with exposed welds sanded smooth. 2. No bolts, screws or rivets to be used in assembly of locker units. 3. Ship lockers set-up, ready to be anchored in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions B. Body of Lockers 1. Sides and Intermediate Partitions: Constructed of 1 inch by 1 inch by 1 /8 inch steel angle iron frame with 3/4 inch, 13 gauge (Ga), bond sheared, flattened expanded metal welded to steel angle frames. Formed sheet steel locker frames are not acceptable. 2. Exposed End Panels: Constructed of 1 inch by 1 inch by 1 /8 inch steel angle iron frame with 16 Ga sheet steel welded to steel angle frame. 3. Backs: Solid sheet of 18 Ga cold rolled sheet steel welded to frames of sides and intermediate partitions. 4. Shelves and Tier Dividers: Constructed of 16 Ga cold rolled sheet steel welded to side and intermediate partition construction. Shelves provided in lockers 48 inches and taller, located to provide a minimum of 12 inches clearance. C Doors 1. 1 inch by 1 inch by 1 /8 inch angle iron frame with inserts of (available only when used with Sentry I latching) a. 3/4 inch, 13 Ga bond sheared expanded metal for maximum ventilation. An additional 13 Ga steel handle panel with 16 Ga cold rolled steel back panel will be securely welded to the center span of the door. All horizontal mesh edges shall be concealed with an additional steel formation welded to the door. b. Diamond perforated c. Secur-N-Vent — three-dimensional vertical vents formed on fronts and backs of door. d. Louvered — traditional six louvers at top and bottom of door. 2. 14 Ga formed doors constructed of single piece cold rolled steel with double bends on vertical sides and a single bend on horizontal sides (available with the above ventilation styles excluding mesh). D. Latching 1. Sentry I Three-Point/Three-Sided Cremone Latch a. Latching mechanism operated by a steel handle welded to,a three-point cremone type assembly. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL LOCKERS 105050 - 3 of 6 / /2019 220 b. Latching rods, 3/8 inch diameter, engage top and bottom edge of locker frame. A 3/16 inch thick center latch engages doorjamb. 2. Sentry II Recessed Gravity Latch a. Door containing stainless steel cup recessed into formed door (doors 18 inches and higher). b. 12 Ga steel finger lift mechanism. c. Spring activated nylon slide latch enclosed in steel latch channel allows closing of door while padlock or built-in lock is in position. d. Rubber bumpers riveted to door stops for silent operation. 3. Sentry III Single -Point Latch a. Eleven Ga stationary latch welded securely to locker frame. b. Latch extends no more than 1-1/4 inch into locker opening, penetrating through cup. c. Flush -mounted, recessed stainless steel cup in a formed door with 18 Ga vertical back panel stiffener. 4. (Sentry I-R) Three-Point/Three-Side Recessed Latching a. Finger lift mechanism operates a three-point, three sided latch in a flush mounted stainless steel cup. b. Latching rods, 3/8 inch diameter, engage top and bottom edge of locker frame. A 3/16 inch thick center latch engages doorjamb. 5. Box Locker Spring Latch a. 16 Ga cold rolled steel, bright zinc plated with 10 Ga latch and 16 Ga stainless steel lock hasp and completely enclosed stainless steel spring. b. Assembled using 6 nickel plated rivets. 6. Special Needs Latch (ADA) a. Latching operation with a three-point/three-sided cremone latch (like the Sentry I) has an extended six inch handle creating a weighted counterbalance allowing activation by either upward or downward motion. E. Hinges 1. Hinges to be 3 inch, five knuckle, 14 Ga heavy-duty fast pin welded to both door and frame. 2. Locker doors 42 inches high or less shall have 2 hinges. 3. Doors over 42 inches shall have 3 hinges. 4. Box lockers to have knife hinges securely riveted to shelves, tops and bottoms. Hinges attached to 3/16 rod securely welded to the hinge side of box locker door. Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL LOCKERS 105050 - 4 of 6 / /2019 221 F. Slope Tops 1. Provide 18 Ga all welded slope top with 25 degree pitch, attached at factory with concealed fasteners. Slope top to be in addition to standard 16 Ga flat top. G. Closed Bases 1. 4 inch high, 14 Ga welded steel base enclosed on all four sides securely welded to locker bottom. H. Legs 1.6 inch, 14 Ga gusset style legs securely welded to locker bottom. I. Reinforced Bottom 1. Provide 16 Ga spacer channel welded to locker bottom from front to back for a more secure installation (when closed bases are not used). J. Filler Panels: Manufacturer's standard fabricated from 18 Ga solid steel finished to match lockers. Provide slip joint fillers angle formed to receive filler panel. K. Finish 1. Complete locker unit to be thoroughly cleaned, phosphatized and sealed. 2. Finish to be baked powder coat with a minimum 2-3 mil thickness. 3. Color of lockers shall be chosen from manufacturer's 25 standard colors. 2.03 LOCKER AND ACCESSORIES A. . Interior Equipment: Furnish each locker with the following items, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hooks a. Hooks to be heavy-duty forged steel with ball ends and zinc plated. b. Provide two single ceiling hooks and one double ceiling hook in each locker opening 20 inches or taller. 2. Numbering a. Finish each locker with black anodized laser -etched aluminum number plate. b. Locate number plate near center of each door. c. Owner to furnish numbering sequence. 3. Coat Rods: Manufacturer's standard zinc plated. Optional clothes rod in lieu of ceiling hook available (recommended for lockers 18 inches deep or greater). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wall Installation: Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL LOCKERS 105050 - 5 of 6 / /2019 222 1. Securely anchor every locker to wall and/or floor before use. Installation hardware to be determined based upon wall/floor construction. 2. Tie adjacent locker units by bolting at four points, two at top and two at bottom, using 1/4 inch cadmium plated bolts. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect lockers and adjust for proper door and locking mechanism operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean interior and exposed exterior surfaces, removing debris, dust, dirt and foreign substances on exposed surfaces. B. Touch up scratches and abrasions to match original finish. C. Polish stainless steel and non-ferrous metal surfaces. D. Replace locker units that cannot be restored to factory -finished appearance. E. Use only materials and procedures recommended by locker manufacturer. END OF SECTION Gibson -Bethel Community Center Restroom Renovations South Miami, FL LOCKERS 105050 - 6 of 6 / /2019 223 WNW IL "AI • w i � t.7. r , l 1 i FFF . A1 LIf sr �L1 •� r GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATION FOR KITCHEN AREA GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER EXISTING CONDITIONS 224 LAURA M. PEREZ & ASSOCIATES, INC. .............................................................................................. ®....:. . NOVEMBER 07, 2018 ►� N W m Z W D_ U Q C L Z U N 'O C G c6 O O O N m s J W U C 2 coCL m M� W Q 11 7 O w O o n U) Y 3 a m m c — c co 3 c m N C a m c L yE U x m 'a E N U Z U) W Q U O U) Q N W w W a NQ LL ry W z W U Z 5D CL G O U J w 2 F— LU W rO v/ m IN U) Z O H Z U U 0 Z X W ± ± e 2 ± U _ y / F- ! 2 _ 2 75 § 3 { 4 U w co(�\\ } \�() b \ EL 277E 3 \ \§!!o j 7. TOP DRAIN CONNECTON AT ICE MAKER Drainage draining in the exterior side walk, needs to comply with code. 9. DRAIN FROM ICE MAKER TO OUTSIDE • Does not comply with code. GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER EXISTING CONDITIONS 228 8. BOTTOM DRAIN CONNECTION AT ICE MAKER. AND FLOOR CONDITION • Does not comply with code. 10. ICE MAKER DRAINING DIRECTLY ON SIDEWALK Does not comply with code. LAURA M. PEREZ & ASSOCIATES, INC. ............................................................................................ .... NOVEMBER 07, 2018 ® 0ai. i' T", ♦may.;. CDV AL GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATION FOR KITCHEN AREA GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER EXISTING CONDITIONS 229 B A s U L T o November 13, 2018 WORK SUMMARY • Renovation Gibson -Bethel Community Center kitchen with new light fixtures, receptacles, switches, related electrical wiring, plumbing fixtures, water connections, sanitary connections, floor drain for ice maker and related plumbing piping. GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER B U L T O EXISTING CONDITIONS > : 0 1 1 1 230 November 13, 2018 1. Replace light fixtures with LED type. Work will include new wiring back to electrical panel source. 3. Replace receptacles with new. Install additional receptacles to account for counter type equipment such as coffee makers. microwave, etc. Work will include new wiring back to electrical source. Receptacles will have dedicated circuits to prevent receptacle overloading. GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER EXISTING CONDITIONS 2. Replace exit sign with new. Existing fire alarm devices to remain. 4. circuit to prevent receptacle overloading. B SAS S U I L T I O 231 November 13, 2018 `o o O r 0 o — c L� V O o / w 0 J 3 0 6 m y J; N % C � U _d O d T N F a N O O O O C d _ N tG i e� d = C_ fy W Z W U Z O v U J v W 7- 0 � F W o = CO z m O z O a O� v Z U a () rco n W n �zo m" co m--I O 3= Zmo aca -� m z x z m r c —• z 0>> y� P F V ONMAN 41T=3N S v 13MNW Ckv L33M M.•....AI• �)'q ' Vol, PAS IOWA VolwMrN in lw � w•�• q W� w >nF a w P..• Y1Y131 M1U313 IITSS3 IN lA LY OnW 00 13315N • 400 �� ••.NP 1>rP w s 4 .rw w a •wN P•w >< I.t� as Plw Y`� Imo" .p rwr 1O .•1•w•• r 70 PrlwN a ✓tbTl d 1.+ r b N f 1..� ! ••Pw wN •% 7L Irl ca o MI- Sa N.-W Poo P.-011ooll am w Melt~I.Ib A iFU r.+ awa ,q 700 INIT1 buW11 Doom Ni0I101 ail TIYIAa • r 1�.•w IP. v+ t O.•P RT ••w •� I.M. 1.P.P xaa m w 1..r p rww a7 •PI R >o P.F+ •,•!� 7 YA A'!1 (t l-n INM. M .0! +,P wt M ••••• tl) w ••••• .I 1LCw /vFI.ID 'IS -at -A ANIMA WITA0t1111 TIM elm freer ]lYN Ia 31CNITN is AIN T1T/SN aNT BTIIISJSI IAM3N • • P,. 1•Nw. V w'1 la r••. a I r Is 1.1••*.. L PP KS I..w. r • I • • aS a+w.1•r• r rrrw A .FAr lR WI.1 76 ►!wr w yr h P-O" al rt ti Fr9 W w n u wPr wM wY.w w wvl.I ell D•k•Y -to ••� w'•• 9 Q•'r•rl� p w.I Prrl n f•:w'•'••rrm flra•a•Irw 1.•In to Q Q N r - 'NI1CR11 W.O. a >M 1•r , Y ss wF• .Fw y ww. +w i� RYt•+Ir>•w 7� 1� 1/a s 11•W)•••I a1 1/ a.r V .IP>PP Nwi u .Ntw6 t31 W""w+ 11e7 iwh wD Ma 9U ItW (i) aNl NW IMIIN 'M7100 ONK 'NYJl7 0I311MS 'Ja1101 OYlIa3AA 'J11S113 WiA37 OM7 }MS73IN ST 1Ylli • .wr ar W.•• IxF wr•w tat 1NN N.P. Ca - w w Lt tlx.>y.•. c.r•+ . w 7w st1•1r >�. 7w wr> . Y a •Hasp a. W .ra w d wr. )71 iw••.•t wu nM M Y rw•ws al w• RI •w•+.I 1T0 ��r TW r -p", a7 CO) 0 'MM a Too A !noel N K t s »a Olt 4M NILWO elm TOW1 O v 7r = 3A0 m. m g w.. v rwr...r w >.w..w. eel P•Ir tw r .I J•r a r•17•,•rr- 9. ft-P F• Aye •P•M rr O ..s w a. hl•w tl. -04 ,.N, Vol •Pf ••rw. a - m- o a ••� so 1-Mc 6 61 '1f1103 '3tS0 ']N .rMN w r .Y•. • w..P It n lnl.•r' aN wrP N wawa. N7. rt Fa.11 w•1r .. o.I om a, F.t.. 1 (-low M 0-)W- w •>n O Prlw M 10 T300N Yi1Rtg3rS NTa13NT 'CUD aD= ITI M1 OW IDOLN03 3O Of '111PUS10 Bros SS AIN Nltw 37fWU We U&NUM M OWISM 3AOII31 • o IM• r NNw .tw r rww• uM •Y0I• w►. TY +••• Vol, w ••r; M. +•`•• ya •� tL ty +I.,• IaP +•wr> aM I M 'STL IN NNti VOd M1 *4 3N1 114 IATlaOW IM-SUMLS" 1TY1SN 091 IOM • •ne Ow w IS .rw•twa IN.• l]I rP VolO•.W i.rY .n4. M IMr li IN y +• w wHw l.w M M. awa m+•I•.• All • M ..r Y M1IIMr•P•• AY •M. Tfll1 PIw1 N>w.. a op- Ka f•I•••.r• .CIO a>.a.... M Ivaa h•lrww ?1 � - k%- oN •Pal• sit f�7O•)o.- w - u* Pw ..w a. w w Axr a r. 1>w w •Nr w �� aM7 +� u'1 ..w .0" m awN n wyr w P.P.w A O -1/aS 3nYlo Ql0 $$ aIN 1A1S11 CN► 3Apt31 • A ol.. f .IN .... r a a +•t«. uY ww aa.w. 1r �• Ca t...� w...w.aP. 7a a m no a+.r as lfiAl••IF•wA 7R •F.P• e) firer al A•1w '1 >F.w p as 6-v. 071 rr1 a 1Pu YV NX••7D•wrw TN r•.•r rr• as r... Tw1 'r"••'• V11 Nhnrl••• u ?Iw> w 1.P•. Ow .w •I.+ M .w+. sO. 6wr ytI rr• ..r 7u Pryr xD r• „I w4ww I w tr♦ w r+.I Al •wPw ,a M Vol IN C 71)1TZU7 N NSY1dS 1M Tfl1 Om Ial ti1Ja10I 'SIbCSY7 a3N T1t1SN1 OA7 3AON3t • 1.1•. �..y www vT P- In w>. t on~ M N. P MI we ..mt P~ Yt aw rP• NI IY wa.... 1Y ••wr CON! w•w• . .w,. M 0". UP a.»vw. M aww.wl IPP F•. N aw .•11Y 1M ••"•" am wNl•r M N•Ow. 0M 1Aw. w ..Y9wY w *wrw m P-Mt• I01 P•1• W 6C Om w 7"I 1xN I •r1 N•• p .Nog" ■ •P, Vw YI Iwo a h..w 7N M11t0 0Y1 PI Aw -M w r4 7' 'STAR a Kxal Ims NIa1 NO •931MI n N•w IV- w H 3 8 PUYu rM SS .3N MIA a3mm One OUOW n a DYu lay IOW WIVAM IS3a 31 0l woe un loaullo • d 0 'TTITa 1Oa31N 1111Ya at am NL/a • ..m rwWa 74 1rr1 ..rr1 ar M Z MYCOM KIN 7A1SN apt 'AWA 3111M 30MU M ]OWNS UNIN 1 '1f101*Wd CACH31 31 01 WOOM • ^wV 11 -Aft" Y 1•..•Il.w W FF1 L Ol•Iw.1w•• W Irr rw�w -.1 11 +tW W6 .aw Iw.r 1�1 wN cue to- P-0 1NQ y .R w aD wr•vww is .w % `rN a a..a sw Pw AC .wr...P 1K P.ww wo >v- cum •.atilt• 001 wj°" "� '� "e an •'• r• a w P IN (T .A P•K W 1••••• r ti u r y 'Iw•.11 NY �tkA I � Y yip IW 14 D N;IR.• P»wt IV" to w1a1P TN :�`)NW Kcw .Iw/ INsw UN 1wrwY 7SY1 3Aa3 WOU14 KLLA OQ U UNI OIN rll$) ONY 3111 MUSIC] 3AM33 • IwA a 'Pol" I y w w/ N•.•1 !L (-)P* f1==P-4 at. ••'• M n w w Nl •••0• ell Up" In .w wntY .A A rr 4 x. "A we l••Iw d In w ..w q .•• a Vow >A 0--ft UC wr NPrw 70 m./.•• CON '117NOtWT• 13lYt aNt M MO 01 411 OP= MOD 'l1aILLlNM IN S37W0 DUO "If ;tI WW Y)13Oat S3UsIAIM MUM M It" • w I..N G M P ti to M r IF sa VA RPM to .rF ,. P,• r..rF n to t PM N .1Pw1 1. .rr aCO Y !ar M FP.1 AI 1Fw ar. a-` •••'••. .wa a Mwww-WI L - -A-w P.w+.•n.r r -am .P.•w A1r.t ttw11 aL wr•1 1J11. .•aw1 PI. RM d P •1 Tr J.}rt .r A N n V'II..tF M PM UI 1•I Vol al P"!A w Oar Cw w++ All )I11aww an Aa It Pq 11 IrA p1w M> 1.4riW C0 w.l P••a A .,. -.0 O P..a is r r..rin D M N D 1.NP.n 10 oo P- W ••a A M •.w a w •.a• O-V $4 -,-v tY.l NPN xa two ar N a vNr anq .IMrnw loxr....w vq.- NA aw A C IYYw, a.N a w•1 aA F wF, wes ifN •+>w• 11, aaw 771 arr•� w W 1.1•• tw.•1.+ r.a -',,,T •Pa•It• x• w•l aF r+ tr FVIIaN. 1a w d 1 d `I O a b SRiON NHOM BO BdOOS WHBNBJ SNOT LWGH88d (3HdaNd1S affm uw •aA.1 ® teem aM. to 71YK Ta A IS A'O?.'11M a.D, tmauna7 'PA'm an= tOO Nw G aMNI a am..'aWwY lu Vol a W" wMOb tiLK 09% a r:I7MIM to 10 LAC TI a 104 =Vi w wit I1QIW l ) am t. r097D trrl Vol W 1t't9C7 NF TwtY6rw 1af apM '➢O1J1P) ' j 5 VWXX � O 1tw7•o 11N1JYty$ NFKJIN A tow IC == td )F -i FOSMIC 7Np1Cw Lwb OWN, w. %Din 91") awu"IN XWOM IT, No *e:QN Ot3W aD aw N aN711N 3w SNPIYIIDtM i7 a)tt a IA-W Is" 9 alA"oll, "1a1101 twwm mum WAIN D WAIN ^- �•"� 1`1 ad7Un ilOtS O am 4nMw1 070wm 1a133 TMN IEsian .N 71ww .... : • 9alwW win two Ywlm lat eiPa1n'Sl.m 10KU N aIKN 9CavrCF7 9N omm aw mebi rw Ism Nriaatl7 "M N TFal v VON w a all" goLvnv .w .w L10 nw,YQ V. Na Alm a1WtN Iw a Darin =I L PIl14 101=0 pGSIN Ow fltIU OfaGaw 9N fA01a1 tali AG 71OFN 1WOU xy J1wW 1rN AU C'll 1 .bt Jn Im" lair* 2 um aa.a. a A sla:xm 11NDtIa - I tF altmY A fGUAVIS Son la CNd.11 to al.$= eta Hr sfawaq a01a TM 1yw atlas a a an, 01- a a 71w1 QN ttvM OiIN al. YIaG1K70Arm D .arm Drm iitrNN 'Mal G 11/q CKgY taY.a9QO 7Ra CO.wtA L'� a UM T Cml «=aa IF veNw -1 •�- Nw W anoas to O 9Ot 7twl .p11M .S - - > *O.T07m n nw N awn SXV, R Ow C110-al tow A CA 9 R1Ifwtly Slow a1/amlE.` yy 7 �� f � v0a W UfIO. 'vN $INaI S• •Os W aLFa. l d « Iil WIN Vol 3A " 0 4JIIRD7/ (r jl RI fah IaU m1C l�'I 7n t arD^Q ,OAOY f W fr.......�1 ni3i 8f31g101� wV1100* N unn iv C 7RJ11 w OC61a In' 1!t 11 A NOI awa 1at.)n) 'vrawM A am IL a nw 9maa1 wnww33. N i14 w3 mm. %AM'Pat= 96ew! 1wa FiR311 a xawasl l7w )•I a Oa7 vco taus u jW .0 IKt A Im .w .1 a7r-97 SIN Cl= A -1. Chloe A 00 IOWo" 1110. I s mwlo IVKW .ro tat /u lC i j AMME > Uwas aw Pa1M, Y 1 Vm w A SMf1m w waa CL04M $wwlalna aLuo. ITlxnraN A ISM Be -1 wxwac 7 na7 7NC17 ll SnwQFLvw 11 P� lM .11l6 Iv V. ® saQsv7a xJw U r>...- 311 QN7.a N W 7•A A vall]IIY w a ao aA �IUt GM p'311 wJ3 a0 Iwa/NAN I INR 18 WOOL-33" Yaq IS Av 41 JU3J C 3.1. 00 O sell*$.$ Iaat73U Ow 7w• A OMAO Ya'wlvm • lw 7Iw AV"= OIIq '1CY7' IDW LWI7u :n i)" J:Av m W w a:N A11111Pm r vuwr. 17NkD71' C1:lel IYICa1 lt1 wo I 1� 7K:w10 T N9W"�l%@am& al 8 N1wY d 1)N Yt 7raflU Q aM ITON T [Y • NaFwl Fa g 8r• TM -� Objewwww " q 90 aw iCmdm tsts lox C 2 II / F CUNMM to DlM FY.FII SEX: Uao Nql IDiFaa'AI lI'1 iOtl a . 71 ON 1:11M Ulm a =mva4 Vanua N a7'aa We .ca IM Wm not, 3ww 1117LTU10 Imm 9• tYa1>: _ w wL . A J. a a7af SF -XWt,, Jok ANUTOWO OWN STULN -S - (�- o OM {Sisal] 2F511 0 lint* .m 9=10 " • !n CLWW 1FP Fp >w. Yµ NOU- Q. Aa w 91m a. a'a1 116aC) 7NSn a.a L-MMI an, G w rat Ttt/ ama - t S7a1FJ 1•r16 Y01 a AIaY7efww wYL/a heel Nw M S?l Ill"M N'QYi Ow 910'JlY OW EPS w100%] aa1 7.wIQs Iw SN/K Impm • a aalY vO1Yta9K7 71Of9 TCwW A{L7D 'w tti -t. 1/• 76 nF _ % NLISNT !Mb heal n> Ow IR3 LP low97' wa N 5• Waal tat CICSUX 2.flW • lalo w d 1� w.n 1'aCf1 OW w w aL7v. M .N.w Alw1 Y N aAa Wdb TIO.l1wY erJ:O Ow WliLf! l3 us IF 011 Kim Fpl.w YaIaQ Pawn fra sTil >V t17w aT7AYUY slam lw OIXI II a t= IN ;ItO; CLwa1 aocu 1Y •aw aDUI f37a to Ls3onfaTaav ll0. A IatTIIt aAla1 d 90 SICK! aM:O A NO Ka T IM= LYa 'A) m TIM C1 teem wa u vm <r A OI• Q•�'a l7U) I ld AOJ trr•/0M IOw 1, w 11MM .0 II an70 aLriF Ip. m low 47. 1IUIm "till a unm a 9O.OMM IYw " )w. I NWYTMVS MDN a "Notts 911aF 71aSAa11 9N % t aMA a 13 MJ 2=AM SM LLM N AYVrA CN 24LM UOYI / IDda It" Imo k"IA%d bit lad ll N T7a1) ]CI SI�Ma MOU W Int-M W LJa AJN==/ LU) = 1t7S7 a1wJ fOl 1wa 11D lw a-^"' Uwe •1/tl 0a w701� votYzl IN IT Vl=%M Dtn ON $33"V" wOMMN N7aw IMNO I 7711K /al .aaa w A told awa :770Y a notes Ow slum laAa. I a11AIu w talq] •tl /Ja da0 Din a16ri 'O16V n A LFlimm w xat AWO TUG INSCNL a Ci w'a A -0 eNCS11d'll cimm 11a 4 .001scm as U-num Pm wm -"Xn v A1lLJ yin N2am Ms Flw aY a0A U q wR Uwe NO 0a r0a wpm N+F W lfl Iw1a J7 wgC7 S!w lalJra:t 7aS1 m A olmow a X/M W ala w VA LJWU OI77N aal 9D1AL11 LNMI ITIM AVANT SO SWW aw NW12L7. -1 t aiIJ61 =11111i$a Ala a sD1a ILM A %am= w " iIF7 W7 I V. 11oa1 alga A 9OOM wJa vt;m .iCw/10 m l 'N"'M a Lnowil SbttW q faln01 eQl SMD a t7/1w7 I7a'rfrNnla ITDIaI • 7CAIg10m a1wtY-/ANt7)U-F71M7M INC* be A IdMLv latuw VOW a .wRDw a &Iowa .MM" LFed )DAa. 1 "am a OI = 71Q9 "" 0. so COK a Cavft SwMN 9tOtU1 'am A A SR3'A.9 7YSO ili0a v atOtM T a1TN -.J - torla a Y11 %M ommo imiI v VWMwr a wnm a wmb K* Twonab a I zft • T S7awa 1N %U" uxy4w to "VCPC Tala.7Dr am Men • tM)3 Mail Tmwk 17m A Jatd 41" la am no= MICRIC 'T �� ` a1017OI1U WO11fi'a ,N,J wM Not efW M1 1•2 FFta 7at Ktw %=it 1YfalQ!/Lw1aml a 7C/q Alt$ N Dom a G fellow Oar4 m sill to - S Two la a t907 na1�a a u W w A %am M. Res mod w1 VAIN Yl W n valmid It Ow $Will im3ow um wom wtws 14M lags) a INC aw flaw TaaS VI MS Ow stow lwI 11" 'I CYN %D= D/LY I opm $7Nwa 11Qs Ja a $wawa m INC nlnnal TM Iwo saNalx afu K tIIa71MN .Lea 1 IatO "M Wq. mm A wa-'Ca7 t10. g lstul fC n._ G SWAD71 -co 96i1 In aL W _ -- 0 am 7 a tt7ml a05 I LMaeO g C n A (TO0 as w A OF LTl1 aafat7aw Cl mod M TV=" .,U# 9 V .win w om S7KFw 7Ffl Ow =A "b • KI r T10N1 vom A mu 4 tTOM wbN/ a cum A IfCM a 9=13 Ca I*-wa tow W1 N C W a0 f j lRDi110'1`J OtatUAla Yt N1wa 1 a lNswJ OlaSal •"� w1 IYn n � s IVW% tram 9 �O.y A SWIM tRnwS It, t lanced x w r W M, a »rut a 9 a/ro M; -. faro la A 1aL9aY ■lY1w w wa 14A7 ww Aw w 71KY11 9a19.) a iT7A:71 an tnFa arum .a a • 911r19-T. )9a.1 sli17W 111t71 Li9DPa aLw SI1010W DPn w N M:w h1111 -N,t Cw as aN1A ,C•,t ar NFea a tF1 no aat]7 c:.rr.:^:l O MIN a 0=111i CU 2Q= • now will w 1.9aJ 3111 Im 'wi/tOM 11N1 `RwSlam top 0 d9 1? 1'1 :7an71 S10ta lw a 1LvAM IPI7Nw gom3 law 11M cmam aMkM 1A N ON37 0 a so alwais sw w A wDN Llh >ti a01 llenft:pw9 T INC, AW to l )Ya. • LJ ' W a oleatimoW win awl Aw K 9+o:YA1 LwNam n la lm 70'IQa NLS.S/wb ua7 NI _ _ 3,31400 Dell Lwa7m ON ma A 00W a $*"Itch WA Alta) 1 9a'JPm 7aiD ! 1011tl11 -a- • NtFa 1 G loin 71L•:q •� 11116 SN on Vol 1C0 "M A I1J w n o IV wOw K N.V wM w LtOMw au a Claw SDIfa3 Deal INCuea Fes talm'st11 LIl7U aDFNa DY1.a a7 r.11I . gy'S7Ctb 1O.9aY li 'Owl 9wmU A N soow1 I* lex1rhac" W T71a1ta w S A vJ S171I09 .IF A W aKN a aw m ro aAN1 aeJ NOiva uut w s7.waa umom7 Nam a Saw u aata -_-- 1/1 we wwn t /0NaL1 .11 WKINS � VV Oahe- 6MA d 9 YL1n C . a0 co an ww f al T'�{9a ,Dom= Sv11 -f1$t7C71N WON sNCLw aAW eel w ea7Fmm OG 9lrobd Min f1OIM p7w 7CS1I awl MM 3, AIJO No WKS4 VOULMOO Woo 10 " AINOwa TNa w7JT71M AMWIL .a/=10 1fK11. 1. tlO7M w N CICITIONavow 3 an m It A tllNl7Mlw vaND lap Ow 7atwlpa0 A s7awK t it 341f a a - awlfl0 LNICMp wl Qlax wwa a a11N1 Ow = ww OA 01aw Moms) talfl W 9a1PJRD - YaNIw7.m C► I" .%Yamn a9Naa 110M1 1fa )1/10 w Iawo/tt - T LaMK IDv K Ctg1A LO *wlsyl >,. pla ula7 M q wet f.Y.K iwOl i a o: amn ON ggpyplµ w a O101= a rws OWN, • 314. A s101n Mfl CJwD TJ N alY/6 aaw11 1R�M �IUaO aDww1 DIeN 171JA7 17t1FF AtIMawT aY 9 I7t0 w Iw SIMI am ao LOn. imbia IM IA] Olry '•I•I 1m 0=13 No acat1Y60t W ww M w William Win Down K OWNS llw m, cow w OF W AtLw'S7awU fa w tlaD SIOw/R17W wk4 A Aw f '> QYaIY knl lw w unmv tan 71a UYlal. 9aD000 7113a• G LA W 1711OVMl a0! CIA S A I9a N lA-aM A7070U 1 7A la N C=X D MG ITA7 tM IS %X1W '10aa W *ua "O"M MC" 1 a anti ,_�Y„-� , a a t170CDp aw 1114= ST" ® 4Mw sYaow' 191m - LVOWV O G • t am LL - a: to w o av Ul .Ta trio. DOM WO I '.U1w0 aIIl1 A N4MMAM f0 P13 T4 A IM INI 'RED 1YY11704 I men aA lmtwm 7 W$ "on Y t}M1q p% Vasa la CDp71 wT1wC1 �%!�•^'r . > tw ip1-0[niC► 'i!1-INTl 1 M W W I 901211 ,0-10116 mr 'mall vow w RDKN I= S)MNfa70o we v iw a =w dw a1w1 E. • • w area a a alwl aNiv " , , aMowa 1 G 'aN 7aQ3 •- - Naa7E 7.aTN K T11 T) UYCW NAION f11aLw !L - ,1ta14•O7 715n ia7 a twa SEEM L71a0 IM. a E67 MOf001 a N UYIa: q AnQ1 ON IFaa N]La lmCEO Yam t AON1 U7C1 A SIOIla7CN a7wIY ry aNNaaN w" am aN1 taw mew t.ml 6 INO K IA.0tD.L14 A N7JFe OF lOC 91Y7OI 9a1p w a •MO .00A7t? I m to Occis _ IOQ7a N tt a a C]CNa 1 a 17111E R ale A1D Yt 7letsao-}••--1 lirV � ara+a a G 1/L1a OIa$70 •-1 .-� NQ.MIO 3= O s"A � A Tl�� um N (21I VaRN ell -10 $YMNMO7 A NMSM a0 Doom KM a W%3.M wAal a m Will XMIM a IN1n w v -'1 TMw POt. Ow alma* a1MNK 3w UW4 7m Lama avlln•M AMM sv *an1'Piau Well N W -A awn Nara Pmw RJ N 1tplF a OL 17'9M d t17aCNm•1t XMLCM • UJO T KM OF th N CIIC♦11I q C71wq Ua so Ism KM YOA Mw a)+A M A s7ulu 71tN Lye 1tw will law I0NF1a 10 abm Aw 0 • >ra0a A aalOJ-1. �ONTi A winAS w7tDFM 17w1 W •OD7:0.1 hit 'LwCi S1A. Aw q to YIa wwam Av a slits I toll to UFO A. ACM -le-tp6 AJIw •aJ G Oftmw 111Nr"s Am 03.0 T" I = A xows w Cl IOaN IaagtD ttwAC1 A wen .1aM T 9II:ea7 24w be In LMMMI Ci is w MR 17" OYwO v d/11NJ A NTLPCg77 - J ,.vw•r � � - 8100S4G aq l?�1 IKY YOQY - PIOO1hY a10 0�7 Y'IOO1%Y /!YL WOL f${p/l CY31 / YQL4�Y ®3d11111A� - -_w IlaalM w UBINBO KUNnymoo 18H188 NOMID 83ION PUB SaNBJ81 a1A`daN`d1.S LL C c O��` CL W J LS L1 LS O i 2� i2 �� gst3i � d 1 ^tea �d � n♦ �n �n � m rn Z �; •-� 0. N W- T. 7 O U / sDFAAtC - / Y C�FLOOR PLAN KOOY►,LY AK.L wbgw LEGEND EXISTING DOOR 10 REMAN EYSTNC CMU OWL 10 RFLAAN / "" (i6TNC STRJCTLDAI COUAAl1 1 scopE of WORK i Y Am EPOxy FLOORNG Wm, NTICRAL Y CE BASE /j 'RKAL ',. 1 TEEECOM C?) PAIR ALL NTEILOR MILS A* PATCH N 105 PUVI EXI TIC DOOR (ISIDE 0►l'Q / Y hill WALL CABNLIS. ILOOR CAIKAEIS, / Y CWNTIR TOP TABLE AND FUII BACK j� SPLASH N FTtt1E4 13 BE $STALLED. kM SUMESS STEEL DEEP XuBLE Sw N Y AN) WIF SS SOAP D&INUR MH AD I r /1 02 COYfMER AND TASLER LOOK KEYED. AMVI $PECAUIES. I.0 MODEL C342. DR EOUAL TO BE WALLED NEW COUNTER TOP MO BACK SPIASNL TO BE $MAULED T 7' REPAIR AS NECLSSW AND REPARI Y DISIT1G OYERNE73 RJLLNG SHUTTER CIFAK SAND DDft REINW *MT 1Y' (2) COAT um"m- Y ALW ICL MAC" Nut ICE 45C LB-. Y NEW DOUOLE RETRURATOR VC10RY RS-2D-S% A* POPCDRN WCNNE FLINDVC PALACE 801 AND NEW STAISLFSS-STFFL OCRONVF 1FH:?l P001. ONN31317AS OVER TFE SN< TO BE NSTAL.CO. MIN 1DI31 SS KCK PIA1F BY NFS CQ E0LA1 (BOTH SCE$ 0; DOOR) 10 IE P6TAL' LED. 10 14SPECI A%D MAK1 ALL NECESSARY F(FCrWA AND PIUMFAIG REPAIRS. GENERAL NOTES COI '0 NILD AlRFY EXISING COFDPIONS PRIOR TO 00"WEKQNT OF WORK AND 141 APCK71CT OF AVY DISCREPAWES CONTRACIDR TO 1WllAN 111E 'NIEGRTrY OF THE FIRE EWFLOI AT ALL EYES. LNNLESS N01E0 DTITERWaE. ALL rrla DESD ARE uR REFER '0 11 DI FOR ADYTOW IYORLt51DA I I I CO KEY PLAN w O z } z W Y a DID 6 nu u Q Q �• 44 �4Q4 OOQ w H� 61ga $ SS z e 0 i QQ r ,9—.i ,Ot i 0 c U-11rk oc Wy� o w O � d' OW��r 9 +g i IEp N pp XW< '^ 1 Y �W lxiW W u O O n Ll z z " E J W " I O W:. J W. " W Ou W � Oct tla►Adall I amu Tnsaa Vaal a1daY R lw N %trey I Na N wAl U170wm11 a.Am.w a7.d1" o law w arAnaA aT7rAa7s law t7aao YR.t Ow rondrA Maya Two Y R TN N 7nV (AN av= a•Wr.11. aM Idra4 WAR, w an dM A OM! M NIam days dW a alN WAm rAla r0•id71 r1a11 M K M N I1MAw A•Aa S373VU333a .Dan Al Oo017 also aaeaw TM DOM .aam704 AmMA7a70Oa1W01aNTa p® awA Aadmw uaaa Wm W007:A10w1 Kama ar7 AlaNMA Lwow am a70t30na "m MMI'l10 Q AO&N AMa b Yd �N naw"I mT Wcomwo A3)4 d"A-.1 QAI'L1LdD/aoA d•A 1.7Mrlt & vnrlwlmelaawmW s a off.* CAW Ueda aOwuA awM4aMar p Sn03NTn'1339m lom Tw A" A:0104 7 It NOW• 0,00 K%M• N nod O aw•dt IQLM aAMm 'Air A. *21"" 140110Aw1 rma WIMLS amaw wow ws` N•10t11W 7.Awla.lrtmm raa71 AMwadaw A IMe W11C4M.•. dA. A. GLrWW 2" wile ♦K Wxm fwm m nm Ad•A.O2"M AS, 7•A UM at"LD AD bK WUM SWm m sun S3N011MS wI read GLKM.M lad ❑ I101 IT3A aIWAM 1t1 ❑a Arm dW RMIN (CLAIM 9411c) moan A7nr4am Mal 120711:34 Mal 1714a24 - We lam MUMS= Dread Mai .010 aid Dram —�• DOWN Mal ial'" Dram •--Oy dn.1-A aM.aa1 w NCNar Wa anWd Mal ASKS /M MaCa0aw0! 77111 at•am As a mnlrr let ariAu almt tIa ra•. rleaa a!W W a!m s ..•A Aa&VAM or valorma Mai Y4l AOaamm T"I Karim w SS tMa1aA.IWI M4wA MDT Aar art naf mt•aw a•AMm 9e �w alriwA n•A•I W a'it37a 1M P!110 INAW N w•A•I W maa7m am E:D,+0 Mind 1,41 Aaan01NOWWDIdn all= iiJY 14l mlfAad Ya00dW aA•!m oil .I m2m Clam A a1 arm) t a A!lar3 WAMW and 0 CL W MW*ad W OMMM'alaale Mal'a7N MI AOm DLL IT"m good O41 Es UAA 51OWIa1a41 0 cNUNon 1" W 04Ta. n aaTIIMM NA Am= • IMVAa .la lAw 0, a "a aml Mr Ir1Wa 1t19 TOWA 04 IM&O" O a N• COu t01d &eon a.r KY... 1MMd a! AtmalorN 9NIIiIM &.dotal% Dleotma AAam aw WLWAN77 6d0•M A=wit A aawu D+amw wows 1aga4 JUNUWO T. 0 d. C - % a001 SIOUINOO i SSOiOrl ""o's Natty di.7r >r iwA •er d".N Mal 1117M a mjW" IdAW ail Adr A11talA WW Md 1RM a3arl K71/A0 dAOr AVIOMMUM vw darer M. '"Ad. •0•'dir As 1141 aCwd1. Maw WNW am "" "" wwn mown Nfrt. am dw A. 10414 MI IWIV I" "WAA IMML301•M @W01 Oita "W", ON a& mu ITA7aw oftmu MIS HwT Alf Wo Iwo W a7L=M a" aaaaA Ono aft2 m!daQa9d01O1Ta ►ta M 3HU 4 .17w Colomww rOaaiAa W VeMOI Ulm _�- SCHVOS13NVd 7A Aa 4ZMWM w W CUVXM w am l*WM •A1OTCI"I= ADPO*VWW M'A m 6i•a mansaw Dart W& Mdm AnmeA IOW A017.r aaxm PITa ally lmaOW w W tw.a' imm MM2fT aMVW Tta ©� 4m10AaRaa9Cow Mla SONIuU 19 S3xoe MT421m01m o saw T7r wand ease W"MLW 1 0. aAT+oa • n ddMiAt w.w god $Wlwd x WV M 77oM maNNA 07 a Mt1P1wa01Rn W lwPOOPSm 7wdr w o OrMMI71rY w oA7anaeae Dada CW aw 04 M aww w o AWaAwAwawl x Aa! 17am►Y aaaaN w pAowd T1M r7Naumr M1oulno swum a t00aM1► laaarmla3 M.OMO Awl low tOmOm&e N.ww O OAw Ml wasp w O emillomm w N AI&=Q A=Md I. 410 7MA.G EMU=14 laan.w Wil9r ON MA I DNI" • w0 malaM a at YadoCA T mu= u IS "lad IDnal W" 10MOA11610m tasao Asaila'AN Ad Is a m W43200 Weld Oa MOO acm air Dal WA7nWM Aa 077►&94 a m taaa TTw ar OWQ U" IAVIWVII W W4t K a all p.Ofarrfl aaOAM Cara" at23W TV almsa IIAm O MWIAM rom vWm DMA 00 0117141I127 A PMIMM M w,a GZMW W *MQWW WaWawnl vwulaliamwa7.raon►f�aa/InOawswaa7wsao u E.0 ow Mi.101 aural am germ Mrs WATaar"d TAMaMVOW7)Mal r07e01wN w am as ON p1wW!10.0 oul s 413"dTa"**MONera7 wI m x o Namom w n allartw WX n laarw Tit •emir. Dad Hurd a Aa tiadlvl •rna4M t1rAm aoA7.a107 +a 14101 ISO PMMC w ON WWO ulfL ON /TNII a/aw MAW 004714ad Dad 117wf104 OaaOal tPlelm Mal saw aw TW 9047a"A IA%.I l W RwY TV MAW AN all Maio "" MX2VlL W • III IAMION WOW Aldo TV AS Imul ITN IaUa 101wd Is aim 7M Km w amt WA700030.Oda1l ucmm momy a m T/M Cra7011la/ 0w mind TM u Iatllaalar IaM men MatAM.aa Aw lad 1=1 and a rWa 0% O.a1m w 173No Alm Daw! a atodaaua0 x r m aww Qy7aNp1 a Amw tnsa7 a7adl atsaaraa lam Adi1 W&M10 AIa R VW TM MWIII A OTw?Oa7ma ONCIM ae AS MAN WIM11 lawOCAq w 921DO W AaI.W I&W AOUM WU ID•Aaw 90WOM 94"00 1 1" 1,""1.w w 10 001 w nrlrm T7M A. MA A.I'M" soOW""Wall» am liam0wa a nA7Ma1m w aTO aladeAewtrAeam adn a► awn troa7 Al Ilm"aa Twamaao as, alum • "W ad mw glavc sal a w?l7RUm w 74MurRwa AIANw jar OM MOI as O llmAa as Iam"aawllw I m on a" R a100N aw aw ASSWO1 w NaYA1 A.ltarm w o IW.T7nM w aw Ina• tw 10a.m0 7a A .d t761aN113 aMaala3 W LD ant Ulm alf"no • a "ON 11" W IOWVr IaTww • N na 09a071w w as - mlamwI tagamm 1M71ro7 W AN wad 1=1 Kmwnt M • A VI Polrim •aa aMt • N "al /lam • N MOON OaOTMw x I m • am0/ talmavawaam u 7D1 An CM08aA or amm a T" MOAw adTMa 7 Ind N ITa1al lmrcbvkA m • WON" 2lV1Y t.NmtrM W Lr00I TIIAO ®w'A1.V aii aaoda aeaolw x >T • a0aoro a arom:1TwiY sAnaaMaA. W &a007laxA a7a.At.m 0ea tlOIYbTAN W r•a'a aAn M m04e7p1i10 W Ain AgWQANw&MOAI mAl" •loala'mnror7ad7a77&290W 7iTw16Al a aaaowaA TWmadA AIOYC07 Aw.waAII renaea7 asada Ia allala 91411o7a4 an am • ama • t,.oa0 n am&N All TTM aryl 11► am Is To" U"" a.ow&a an asawr w'mA.m all A to-mva 11MLad a Ta.m 004.adaOd am Om fT1Ao am" TM 10(maw0a,amWaGW anawwowran"oraTimm1= v2aam loom"Md amn um amid AIV9 a T.Im'MI "m "m pwYq 1 um x a& A177 I/C KIN A1061N JMW All TrM 004•771 LnW Ad MARC AIPeA AN wW T"10421MAIM 7 Data RwAra W Ctwb Una W O Ao.A7ar�3 1CAlaa M WAY Aqe O WW70 WOMPM A4 W PAWS 14 lwe at SmWSmW Tw O Ma as wan MAU 00O amcm•a dCNI13w awdoMwlatm 4 WAIRS Now rem Is TM u"em w 1137aCPANQ im Tw AMe n"m.el dates A, maw TM Wiadarm w aeaawm T 1170110. low PAM "20"==O.m1T W 100ade77 u0mrm vm mma Tor Olorm Na:W TraAalm TIOAIOO I13`114W 1 IOAamd m rYmOdaa a Two 4701LIm sauveoc ii • a"Onaam/wmOW aORma w SOaw Wal Ir a "A lrwwao T n 93wa a mw asamnd.lmKatm 0w wAm+na'Io+avl 'Maulw w taawarulalM s Caaollw AJ ON Us d0&7Mdam 1Tra0A Aod T1MWAMUM DLL. 4a•w aw • (M a wMT7aawa) • Ai 1a& w daml AaaaTWOnaA g= V.W awnMb am A010•DY am am Odaaa waWn w %"" "we OPILMOeaaaMAaa Tao Ivawm71.aA7ema7 atw w0 onmmarw TV SMAS firma 9 w a 104V TTMO ILIUM w wad SWUM PGA W Ow eTVIN&VA Al T. MM TM waawaam w i 1.TOm hafax OM7Ald07rxmaMllrio1/1n ZMUM a1 A7>t71. m1 GAP WIMUI" Also n wMO7 7A7.O"m • As miba u1 ad TTM MTx I OMU 0dellm wad MAW An a anal lot R0a w amIm w a4 m M T1w".Wm x won W Ta moan is MTM aa9007 aAtalw aa0a I"Mc"mm" IO1.a•w mdaar a A01 TYaoAmCAL INT.d IMAM 1W A7alm TN." 10,0001m aOOa as O Ta• WI aFtlwa7r so = a M RT x Aw "M aTuweam w D.aama NOW Ioaala•. as A MON VIa MMN9 DEL40U ON PLAN - ELECTRICAL 11DDIIATOT IrNNnvl.Iv p DMm o RanAQCI10 N �D ALDO NOW ALL OWLAM SXM So CQ01I1 DAM 10 rl 6=5 VMM"We Me O MV AS1�D TO"AWAr CN 0COOM"VLYI11t AID Da wleff 1 am n m 04TM LOO V LY OOID•fD ALDO its MAW W204 KW" COCO OEM No OOco OQ Om"lo1 O 1b &O R P-MM m O WM OP1 ION V IN IOPSD IQIL.AaD 00 SIIfALLM N Y/t LMATIM p pt07M DOl9EiC1 LON110 a TV1ol(D ALOO ON ALL 1L'ELITID LTATM A10 CORM OMc 101E IWM IWW Ina AND COD41T Al imam TO MANTAN Coat CWWJ" to w I T1 so cmwft n Do ri ® DSTM Oft ran vm aI>orlm TD a sv1Dm AID 19WAUM 11 M 6" LocATpi 0 DW.M nt ALM1 om" nit StAto110 a 1117041) AV 1CMTALLCD N T1t 41[ LOCATIOL m DSTM rY ALM1&MM com"m NOW&TAM Lon TO R Ivv' D 0016M1AUM N M WV WCAtIM UVIG AI ?M oCN TO Y WWAD "W ITN ALL �12� CCMW ID OtM 0 DOIfl0 WCWCr Pao V S �CfWUK ELECTWA i 61 Si' 3 �tt m N A a f • mL La 1 An. L•nw x ar, L•p I 0FLMR PLAN - ELECTRICAL IOp►1»M m" r..v m um NIT m p wrommanommu IIIIamolv+n r www Comb N A Moat+ (D fO LbI WCON NUN= I= CP4 P%ATt m �o Lw rlaLlD roots loulw MMW V DO-G C oa 1N1Ara c~ Ta pp Mr•WAJm rM AII10TAtq LCCAMK aAAM NNef llq f71r1t♦�.rPNLLDYMNAI Laf.faM ® b*"G#Af1I1 NYAMHll NA1p ■•MIAl11ONMM! toc"' 1 p 1roIr0A^M1Lb.ORWALm6 M YN LQA110n � Tr11NA1•YNiLILli6tr1�/O1rNp •v m rNI.I RKrta ��NL t� 0 1LTL1�1r1! N.1Tno►• MCm•1•i rTAaLA11a wlfalss UGHTINO FIXTURE SCHEDULE 1Tlf m"AAc%M • CA1. W O LATMI ;;;;0 WW YLMI• • •o•natiasoav-m JVVLWAMV I m AI WE Y W E®f I1r Np LId OT IATICR N Atx•Y•lAft."4 •bLi I YR tto m utt KWACI AIIIAt r1glc! M. law t® MM m--©�On"CO'_ i:''A.• ©gym© CAMMImMRa©�001Olf ©Ml=© Emnma�MsM. oii© MIMIM�lK31MMM ©mlw© ©MI♦ 1931MMSM CDUvLcw 1 I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I 1 n n 1 I I I I I I 1 I I PARTIAL ELECTRICAL Po9ER Icm mom= 11M=M1 ..MIMn IMMIMM ORaRa© i Ja'� 131aM= olMM© ©MMKE ©MIM K Em ME 3 �+ ©0 0RL7R7 Ala. w I.In m calm11.N COTWDao/ PAWL 7p► AM URCMWA KRVO MN-101 m tY.lfe w.al. testa RIlK 11 Ial•71p.gt, tltQ AI.K, � II.1.Otr 1Trt 1...0'd�R DW66 a=wo . N6 it LOO O"Aw FAD PUNu tltoww" f K1f O t. � fM I[D111tN(A}i[t1 N!'CCIRTJ. p17N/n ta1,.CJp2.Fm= 3•1 MD 1•. J.J Wo Comm w Nw pppaT ftwm ON& Lr 1lmrJt . • D.laa.MD I • f MJ SM CCHR N I•COCL" f.v.l. wa l JN. w natr.ic PANEL: "MDP" �+DW*Cg,�+qt � «. o DII 7Ct1aPTJQd CG LOAD .a wa caarr Icv. 1 • ! VN.V f 7T R W Y f raw�enoLo.a .nlcw ♦ >y.fM p !»up on &a cow m wtw roatwaral m hgnt N.. Inv B A 5 U L 1 0 ur .axflq .wn crtor IA. nw.wl If� tip fe r lull f! Rf a —e 6 =� x — u —o NN 16 R As Nam �I w w z w U Z� Ux J ws F- w m Z N 00 (7 ncetic.0 ■stl..a r.11t. tc.taJtlt E-3.0 i E a d i 3 hII III ...... . �m ,. ,....a..�..,.......m.>e. ,. �t� q CC)) Y 's ��66c Fes— 9 vrurrn.rmu...so�,a�u..ewumu,aimm�. v.w.wrrunw J � ' wnn..ar.wnu.nia �rnanmrm i. wu ,oiwr..aowxra.+vrr,mw+vnnrv.wn W'1TT,LMI.�IImIY1'...Vl O10nY SlIVAG sinONv31O re.�.vro�sysa®a nrnv3a�� moo' {• a.np o�iwu ....8 w wvm —pav aW �w aN3a3l ONIBWNId nnnnin ME L mv.. mi.wacwe.rwrm,nnum�o�61 r llv1 a a31s3ativ Y3NNYN tl31vM .. nm3xasn3u3axru3nmmx3Err imna lOONv3l0 AwwoFYE Mn A w wa I kw ammaIO= _...�..� ......�».«.. 0 c s 31am l am m a wwu ♦"- aa=- oc tin •ws ^, i u * waoawm aoa.n s.xma • aaaaarwan MCC ,•... w•s , a w w oo.t i * a i I sal wa i ssr' zaaaa i ru i 831N30 A1[Nnyywoo 13H138-NOSSID a•wioun O. <lu.. 1fiPa. h10i.101 L =- •a Im . sm 3..*.= D w i wa a ov.&d 3. L]iria1 .u• aa•t1• a.. traafaim Y. 7+ w7C6• GLV w aoo�w c! a � 'Sa e %e fig, II `• I �g3k1< If j z � c I � si a _ GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER KITCHEN REMODELING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS City of South Miami City Hall, 1st Floor 6130 Sunset Drive South Miami, FL 33143 s / it 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide necessary services, tools, equipment, material, and labor required to furnish and install millwork and cabinet work. Install cabinet hardware specified. Do all finishing work in the shop. B. Related Sections: 1. 08210 - Wood Doors 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/AHA A135.4 - Basic Hardwood. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), latest edition: 1. D1037 Test Methods for Evaluating the Properties of Wood -Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit 4 copies of manufacturer's data for each item furnished under this Section. (or as required by owner) B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit 4 copies of shop drawings showing plans, elevations, and large scale details for each fabricated item. Identify locations of each item. Show plastic laminate colors, patterns, and inserts. (or as required by owner) C. Samples: 1. Submit a finished sample of each finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Built-ins and casework shall be constructed and installed to cant' intended loads, not have sharp corners, splinters, or any construction features or projections that would be hazardous to occupants and users. Casework and cabinets shall be constructed in conformance with applicable state and federal accessibility requirements. B. Cabinet work shall follow minimum requirements described in the latest edition of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) following "Custom Grade" standards. C. Particle board is not allowed. D. Casework shall be "Custom Grade" overlay design with plastic laminate finish. 244 E. Only manufacturers with financial stability and 5 years experience in casework manufacture and installations of similar scope will be considered. 1. The installer must be a company whose primary business is the manufacturing of plastic laminate casework. 2. The installer shall have adequate physical facilities and personnel for this size project with a qualified engineering department to provide layout and shop drawings for review before fabrication. F. Evidence of qualifications shall include product catalog, descriptive literature, and specifications for the proposed product. Submit a sample cabinet, complete with drawer, door hardware, and comer sample of counter top with the product literature. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver casework when the building is secure and weather tight. B. The air circulation control system shall be operating and maintaining humidity and temperature conditions similar to the conditions to be maintained by the Board. C. Interior plaster and plaster veneer work shall be complete and dry. (if applicable) D. Painting and other finish work shall be complete in immediate and adjacent areas within the building where millwork/cabinet work/casework is stored. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Plastic Laminate: 1. Nevamar. 2. Formica. 3. Micarta. 4. Pionite. 5. Wilson Art. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Case members, tops, bottoms, sides, dividers, shelves, door fronts, and drawer fronts shall be 3/4" thick 7 ply closed grain hardwood plywood. B. Case backs shall be 1/4" thick closed grain hardwood plywood. C. Plywood shall have type II water-resistant glue. D. Plywood: Provide manufacturer's association stamp except where exposed to view. E. Plywood exposed to view unless otherwise specified shall be hardwood plywood with exterior glue. 245 F. Plastic Laminate: High pressure laminate conforming to NEMA, specification LD3 latest edition. Laminate the plastic laminate sheets to the core stock under pressure with water resistant adhesive to achieve a Type II bond. 1. Material Thickness: a. 0.050" - Exposed surfaces and edges of drawer fronts, door fronts, counter tops, backsplash, and all other remaining exposed exterior horizontal and vertical surfaces. b. 0.027" - Exposed interior surfaces of door backs, cabinet sides, backs, and shelving and all other remaining exposed interior horizontal and vertical surfaces. c. Concealed Surfaces: Not applicable. 2. Colors and Patterns: a. As shown on the drawings, colors and patterns shall be as selected by architectlowner or accepted equivalent. b. Where colors or patterns are not shown, plastic laminate equivalent in cost to standard solid colors shall be bid upon, assuming not more than 3 colors. c. A/E's range of color selection shall not be limited to colors stocked locally, but by entire color line of specific manufacturer as determined by samples in A/E's office. G. Cabinet 1. Soft wood: Clear "C" or better when covered by laminated plastic. 2. Hardwood: AWI "Custom" Quality. 3. Where hinges or other attachment requiring screws for holding power in concealed wood are required, lumber shall be one of the following: a. Southern Yellow Pine. b. Gum. c. Birch. d. Beech. 4. Lumber scheduled or detailed to be covered with plastic laminate shall be one of the following: a. Southern Yellow Pine. b. Gum. c. Birch. d. Beech. H. Fiberboard: Class 1 Tempered, smooth face hardboard, with 6,000 psi average modulus of rupture. Comply with ANSI/AHA 135.4 and ASTM D1037. 1. Fiberboard as backs for wall supported cabinets is not allowed. 246 I. Adhesives: Use adhesives meeting Strength and Rate of Loading, Moisture Resistance, and Heat Resistance requirements set forth in AWI 100-G-11. Do not use glues containing formaldehyde. 1. For work in kitchens, toilets or other rooms with rooms with moisture: a. Phenolic Resin: Generally for moisture resistance of fully waterproof bond. J. Finish Hardware: 1. Hinges for 3/4" Thick Doors: a. US26D satin chrome plated steel, 5 knuckle, wrap around type allowing 270 degree swing at end of cabinet work unit, mounted with minimum 4 plated No.8 self -tapping screws per hinge leaf. Concealed European type hinges are not allowed. b. For doors up to and including 48 inches high: Provide 2 hinges. c. For doors over 48 inches high: Provide 3 hinges. d. Manufacturers: 1) RPC 376-26D. 2) Other A/E accepted equivalent. 2. Pulls: 5/16" wire pull, 4" long, solid brass, US26D satin chrome plated. a. Stanley 4484. b. Epco MC. c. Colonial753 3. Door Catches: Stanley SP45. a. For doors up to and including 38 inches high: Provide 1 heavy duty magnetic type catch, slotted for adjustment. Attach with screws. b. For door 38 inches high and over: Provide 2 heavy duty magnetic type catches, slotted for adjustment. Attach with screws. 4. Surface bolts for inactive doors in cabinet door pairs with locks indicated: a. Ives 40 x US26D x 6 inches. b. Quality B-6 x US26D x 6 inches. c. Baldwin 0324 x US26D x 6 inches. 5. Locks for 3/4" doors with plastic laminate finish: (Where indicated on drawings). Satin chrome or nickel plated steel 6 tumbler lock with grooved key. a. KV 987, with strike. b. Yale 9660, with strike. c. Corbin 0764L, with strike. 6. Drawer Slides: Zinc plated cold rolled steel. Grant or KV 1300 rated for 75 pound capacity. 247 7. Steel Standards: KV 233ZC with zinc plated finish, 5/8" screw nails, and KV 237ZC shelf clips. Surface mount. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Construct cabinet work as shown on the drawings and meeting the following requirements: 1. Face frames, mortise and tenon, screw, glue, and make all such joints concealed. 2. Cabinet members, bottoms, sub -top, sides, and back shall be joined by dado and rabbeted joints secured with glue and concealed mechanical fasteners. Case backs shall have a 3-inch anchor cleat the full width of the unit at the top. 3. Case construction of butt joins with dowel pins is not allowed. 4. Construct the toe space base from solid lumber and separately framed. 5. Drawers: Lock shouldered. 6. Drawer Sides and Backs: a. - Well sanded Southern Yellow Pine, Poplar, Gum, or Birch, with corners rounded and natural finish. b. Plastic laminate on 1/2" plywood with plastic laminate interior and exterior. 7. Drawer Bottoms: 1/4" tempered fiberboard with factory applied gloss surface of color approved by A/E. 8. Cabinet interior sides drilled to receive shelf pins leaving exposed core are not acceptable. 9. Shelving: a. 3/4" plywood for lengths less than 36 inches. b. 1 inch plywood or 3/4" plywood with 3/4" x 1-1 /2" hardwood edges at front and rear of shelf for lengths 36 inches or greater. 10. Adjustable Shelving: Use surface mounted standards and notched shelving ends. B. When specifically called for on the drawings as laminated plastic faced cabinets doors, ends, drawer fronts, dividers, and backs (except against walls): 1. Provide plywood with laminated plastic on all surfaces not occurring against building walls or fixed partitions. 2. Provide stiles and rails of laminated plastic covered lumber. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the millwork/ cabinetwork is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of this phase of the Work. Do not proceed with this phase until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencement of work shall be construed as acceptance of the conditions. 248 B. Contractor shall take accurate field measurements and adjust the shop drawings accordingly before fabrication. The A/E shall be informed in writing of any dimension changes resulting from such field measurement before fabrication. C. The casework shall be set in place, leveled, and secured to walls and floors as normal and standard to the trade. Fillers shall be used between casework and walls and shall be accurately scribed to walls for a neat installation. Casework shall be caulked where meeting walls, floors and soffits. Seal all counter joints and where backsplash meets counter top. D. The casework installer shall accurately cut openings required for sinks or other equipment as indicated on plans. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Provide first quality construction following best trade practices. B. Cuts, miters, joints, etc. shall be well sawn and joined. Nail heads or holes shall not be exposed in finish work. Drive nails and screws true and straight. Glue joints securely together. Sand all surfaces thoroughly, leaving clean and ready for finishing. C. Bond plastic laminate to surfaces with technique and contact cement approved by laminated plastic manufacturer. D. Install cabinet hardware according to requirements of the finish hardware as specified and in accurate positions as indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 249 09730 - EPDXY RESIN FLOORING WITH INTEGRAL COVE BASE PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 09901 - Painting. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Standards (ASTM): 1. F710-92 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and other Monolithic Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and installation instructions for specified underlayment and topping materials. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified testing laboratory report, indicating each material complies with specified requirements and is intended for application shown. 2. Manufacturer's standard color chart. 3. Manufacturer's top coat skid -resistance chart ranging from fine to coarse. B. Samples: Provide 4 inch by 4 inch minimum samples in the color and finish as selected by the A/E. 1. Provide a minimum of 3 samples per color and finish as selected by the A/E. 2. The epoxy resin composition flooring samples shall be applied to a rigid backing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Submit evidence in writing that intended applicator is approved by the flooring materials manufacturer. B. Compliance: Upon completion of work submit report signed by an authorized representative of applicator certifying compliance with the flooring manufacturer's recommended procedures and specifications. C. Pre -Installation Conference: 1. Arrange a meeting not less than 30 days before starting work. 2. Attendance: General Contractor, A/E, the Park's representative, manufacturers representative, and installer's representative. 250 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Check delivered material to job -site for completeness and shipping damage before starting work. B. Materials used shall be factory pre -weighed and prepackaged in single, easy to manage batches. C. Store materials in a dry and enclosed area, protected from exposure to moisture. Maintain temperature of storage area between 68 and 90 degrees F. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Allow for concrete substrate to properly cure concrete substrate for a minimum of 28 days. 1. If manufacturer requirements are stricter than the minimum required 28 days curing time, comply with manufacturer's requirements. B. Work area shall be free of other trades during installation, and for a minimum period of - 24 hours after installation. C. Protect finished floor from damage by subsequent trades. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall furnish a single written warranty covering both material and labor for a period of 5 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Epoxy Resin Composition Flooring: 1. Dex-O-Tex: Decorflor and Cheminert KD. 2. Dur-A-Flex: Dur-A-Quartz. 3. Selby: Selbaclad, Selba Twede HD. 4. Master Builders: Morritex. 5. StonHard, Inc.: Stonshield HRI. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Epoxy Resin Composition Flooring: 1. Basecoat: a. Thickness:1/4". b. Color: Selected by the A/E from the basecoat manufacturer's stock color selection. 251 2. Top Coat: a. Colored, skid -resistant, orange peel texture, non-abrasive topping in quantity as recommended by the basecoat manufacturer for use with the specified basecoat. b. Color: One color from standard color selection matching basecoat color. 3. Skid -Resistance: Selected by the A/E from the basecoat manufacturer's stock selection showing a smooth skid -resistance and with a coefficient of friction of at least 0.5. 4. Undedayment: As recommended by the basecoat manufacturer. 5. Joint Sealant Materials: As produced by manufacturer of epoxy resin composition flooring system for type of service and joint condition indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Slopes To Floor Drains: Note that slopes will be provided by the new epoxy installation since the floor is existing and scope includes installation of new drain (refer to plans) 3.02, PREPARATION A. Comply with ASTM F710, manufacturer[]s recommendations, and as specified for surface preparation of new and existing substrates. B. Remove fixed and movable equipment before application of impervious flooring material. Reinstall after application of impervious flooring materials is complete. C. Moisture Tests: 1. Determine whether the concrete slab is adequately dry for flooring installation. 2. Test concrete slabs in new construction or existing slabs on grade for manufacturer's allowable moisture content by one of the following: a. The protimeter electrical conductivity survey master moisture test instrument. b. Calcium chloride test. D. Concrete shall be smooth and level, with maximum surface variations not exceeding 1/8" in a 10 foot radius. Grind down ridges and other irregularities. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with latex cement underlayment as 252 recommended by the flooring manufacturer. E. Cleaning Before Installation: 1. Clean substrate surfaces to be free of paint, wax, oil, grease or other materials that can effect bonding and smoothness of basecoat materials. Provide a clean, dry, and neutral substrate. 2. Shot -blast concrete surfaces as required to obtain optimum bond of flooring to concrete. a. Remove sufficient material to provide a sound surface free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, and any bond -inhibiting curing compounds or form release agents. b. Remove grease, oil, and other penetrating contaminates. C. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete to acceptable condition. d. Leave surfaces free of dust, dirt, laitance, and efflorescence. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Application: 1. Apply troweled epoxy resin composition flooring with integral 4 inch high cove base by an applicator approved by the manufacturer of the flooring materials. 2. Apply without seams according to shop drawings and the flooring manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. New flooring thickness shall vary from min 1/8" at the drain to achieve required 1/8" slope to perimeter of room, slope is being provided by the new epoxy flooring. B. Patching or Repair: Patch or repair cracks and level uneven areas with specified underlayment materials according to underlayment manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Use cleaning materials and procedures recommended by flooring manufacturer. B. Contractor is responsible for protection and cleaning of surfaces after final coats. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed floor from damage and wear during overall construction operation. Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations for protective materials. END OF SECTION 253 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Substitutions and Product Options: 1. Products List: Submit list of major products proposed to be used with names of manufacturers and installing subcontractors. 2. Contractor's Options: a. For products specified only by standard, select any product meeting standard. b. For products specified by naming 1 or more products by manufacturer's name and catalog number, select any 1 of the products or manufacturers named. c. Contractor may submit a request for substitution for any product or manufacturer not specifically named according to Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions. 3. Substitutions: a. The A/E will consider written requests from the Contractor for substitution of products for 45 days after contract award date. b. Submit a separate request for each product, supported with complete data, with drawings, and appropriate samples, including, in addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, the following: 1) Comparison of qualities of proposed substitution with product specified. 2) Changes required in other elements of the work because of proposed substitution. 3) Effect on construction schedule. 4) Cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. 5) Any required license fees or royalties generated by the proposed substitution. 6) Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. c. The owner's decision on approval or rejection for substitution will be final. 4. A request for a substitution is a representation that the Contractor: a. Has investigated proposed product and determined it is equal for less cost to or superior for equal cost in all respects to product specified. b. Provides the same warranties or bonds for the proposed substitution as for the product specified. c. Will coordinate installation of any accepted substitution into work and make other changes as may be required to make work complete. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 15010 General Provisions Page 1 of S 254 d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under Contractor's responsibility, that may become apparent. e. Has verified the proposed product qualifies for FPL Commercial/Industrial Energy Conservation Programs Standards rebates by meeting or exceeding FPL specified qualifications. 5. A/E will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify the Contractor, in writing, of the owner's decision to accept or reject requested substitution. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and detail drawings, factory certified prints, brochures, and materials lists for items specified according to Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions. B. Substantial Completion Submittal Requirements: 1. Operating and Maintenance Manuals and Charts: Provide 3 complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions, literature, and information concerning equipment under this Division, including, but not limited to HVAC systems, indexed and bound in accepted loose leaf binders. 2. Record Prints: a. Keep 1 complete set of prints on file at job site for sole purpose of recording "record" data. Mark changes in red on the prints as work progresses. b. Update "record" prints before each requisition for payment for review and acceptance by A/E. c. Deliver completed set of "record" prints to A/E before request for final payment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Perform work by workers skilled in their respective trades and install specified materials and equipment according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Where special qualifications are required, i.e., for welders or brazers, a currently active certificate of qualification from a recognized testing laboratory and dated within 12 months before performance of work will be required. 1. If quality of work of any such specially qualified worker creates reasonable doubt as to skill, A/E may require worker to be removed and replaced. C. Tradesperson Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall provide or cause to be provided by the appropriate subcontractors in the plumbing trades for all work required by this Division 15 a ratio of one licensed master or journeyman for every three trainees at all times as those terms are defined by Chapter 10 of the Miami -Dade County Code. No other workers shall be allowed. 2. Where the work of these trades is subcontracted: City of South Miami Section 15010 Gibson Bethel Community Center General Provisions Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 2 of 5 255 a. The contractor shall include this requirement in those subcontracts. b. The subcontractor shall show capacity to bond the subcontracted work. The decision to require such bond to be issued remains with the general contractor. D. To ensure compliance with the above tradesperson qualifications requirement, the General Contractor shall require the trade subcontractor to submit with each draw request, and shall in turn submit with the General Contractor -Is draw request, a certified payroll identifying each tradesperson employed for the work of this section during the payroll period, the qualification level of each tradesperson, and where licensed as a Master or Journeyman the license number of each individual. 1. This certified payroll shall also reflect the number of hours spent on this project performing the work of this section and shall reflect the appropriate ratio of qualified tradespersons as required by this section. 2. Failure to comply with this section either in providing the appropriate number of required licensed personnel or failure to submit the appropriate certified payroll information as required herein shall be a major breach of the contract and shall result in rejection of the payment application where the breach occurs and be cause for termination of the contract. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Furnish copies to the owners of guarantees for equipment or materials as specified in Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions. B. The Contractor shall respond to repair of compressors, pumps, and other routine warranty service requests by completing repairs within 24 hours of service request by the owner. C. The Contractor shall respond to emergency warranty service requests with the arrival of service technician at affected site within 4 hours of notification of emergency. Repairs shall be expedited to bring system online as soon as possible. Emergencies include, but are not limited to failures of controls, cooling towers, and any other component causing system failure. D. If problem is not correctable within specked time frames, the Contractor shall provide in writing an expected completion date to the owner. Inspections at End of Warranty: 1. At the end of the 1-year warranty period, the owner will decide if the warranty items cited during the course of the warranty period have been completed to the satisfaction of the owner. 2. Meet on -site with M-DCPS Warranty Section and A/E before the end of the 1- year warranty period and address unresolved warranty items to the satisfaction of the owner. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 15010 General Provisions Page 3 of 5 256 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide new materials, free from defects, of domestic manufacture unless otherwise noted. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Use equipment scheduled in the Construction Documents to determine space and service requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Clean surfaces free of grease, scale, rust, and other foreign matter and leave ready for painting. B. Field paint exposed piping, ducts, hangers, and supports as specified in Section 09900. 1. Touch-up factory finishes marred in construction with factory touch-up kits. C. Provide starters, required control items, and wiring diagrams for motors specified under this Division, unless otherwise noted. D. Electrical items furnished shall conform to the requirements of Division 16. 3.02 FIELD SUPERVISION A. Verify measurements at building site before starting work. Submit discrepancies and differences to A/E for consideration and decision before proceeding with work. B. Obtain full information regarding: 1. Peculiarities and limitations of space available for installation of equipment. 2. Materials under contract. 3. Accessibility required to dampers, valves, and other apparatus, including any part of any system needing maintenance or operation. C. Provide accurate layout, grades, and elevations. Set sleeves and openings in ample time for other trades to proceed in a timely manner. Take proper precautions to protect work and equipment from damage. D. Cut openings and chases required to accommodate the Work and repair floors, walls, and ceilings damaged by such cuttings. E. Perform required tests in the presence of A/E and authorities having jurisdiction. Give 48-hour notice before tests. City of South Miami Section 15010 Gibson Bethel Community Center General Provisions Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 4 of 5 257 F. Insure compliance with safety codes and other codes and ordinances applicable to the performance of work under this Division. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Work will be inspected by A/E during construction. B. HVAC systems shall be operational and maintain 75 ± 2 degrees F. and a constant 55 + 2 percent relative humidity for a period of at least 3 days (72 hours) before installation of specified interior finishes. These conditions shall be maintained at all times until interior finish installations are completed and accepted by the owner. Record conditions at least every 4 hours and provide supplemental temporary air- conditioning or dehumidification if HVAC is not operating at specified conditions. Exterior openings shall be be kept closed during these periods by using temporary or permanent barriers. C. Maintain a repair log of equipment before substantial completion. D. Prerequisites to substantial completion inspection shall be completed construction, testing, adjustments, repair logs, balancing, start-up, and required instruction periods on specified mechanical equipment and systems. 1. Air-conditioning: a. Ductwork shall be installed complete with required dampers, deflectors, hangers, and insulation. b. Air-conditioning units shall be leveled. c. Control system components shall be installed and tested for function. d. System testing and balancing shall be completed. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. As a condition for substantial completion and after systems have been tested and checked as complete and operational, upon the owners request and at no cost to the owner. Provide on -site training of the operation of systems to the owner's maintenance and administrative staff. B. Furnish a minimum of 8 hours or as needed to provide adequate in-service training. These sessions will be broken into segments to facilitate the training of individuals in operating the equipment. Operating manuals and user's guides shall be provided at training sessions. C. The completion of such training shall be documented to the satisfaction of the owner. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 15010 General Provisions Page 5 of 5 258 15023 CODES AND STANDARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Comply with the following: 1. Florida Building Code (FBC). 61h Edition 2. Florida Building Code (FMC) 61' Edition - Mechanical. 3. Florida Building Code (FPC) 61h Edition - Plumbing. 4. Florida Fire Prevention Code (FFPC) 6t' Edition. 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A117.1, 1995. 6. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-98. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where materials and equipment are available under the continuing inspection and listing service of Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), furnish materials and equipment so listed. PART 2 NOT USED PART 3 NOT USED City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 15023 Codes & Standards Page 1 of 1 259 15410 PIPING (PLUMBING) PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 15440 - Plumbing Fixtures, Trim and Supports. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A53-96 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. 2. A74-96 - Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 3. B32-96- Specification for Solder Metal. 4. B88-96 - Specification for Seamless Copper Water -Tube. 5. C564-95a -Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature before starting work. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Pipe and Fittings: Manufacturer's name and mill reports. 2. Expansion Joints: Catalog cuts. 3. Dielectric Unions: Catalog cuts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new, unused, and best of their respective kinds, free from defects in labor quality, complying with latest publications in effect at time of bidding, and according to Construction Documents. B. Cast Iron Drainage Pipe and Fittings: 1. Hub and Spigot: Service weight centrifugally spun cast iron, hub and spigot, tar coated inside and out, ASTM A74. 2. No -Hub: Service weight centrifugally spun cast iron, no -hub, tar coated inside and out, CISPI 310. C. Galvanizing: By hot process on both inside and outside of pipe with zinc coating averaging at least 2 ounces per square foot and free from defects. D. Copper Tubing: 1. Type K or L: Seamless hard drawn or annealed, ASTM B88. 2. Type DWV: Seamless hard drawn, ASTM B306. E. Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 15410 Piping (Plumbing) Page 1 of 5 260 F. Cast Iron No -Hub Pipe Joint: 1. Cast Iron: ASTM A888. 2. Neoprene Gaskets: ASTM C564. 3. Aboveground: Stainless Steel Clamp and Shield Assembly: 300 Series, CISPI 301-69T. 4. Underground: ASTM C1277, cast iron couplings with neoprene compression gasket and stainless -steel bolts. G. Cast Iron Fittings and Flanges: 1. Standard Weight: ANSI B16.1, unless otherwise noted. 2. Extra Heavy: ANSI B16.2. H. Brass Fittings: 1. Copper Tubing Solder Drainage Fittings: Wrought copper, ANSI 1316.22. 2. Copper Tubing Solder Fittings: Wrought copper, ANSI B16.22. 3. Threaded: Standard weight, banded, ANSI B16.15. I. Press Fittings for Copper: Type K copper and bronze, ASME B16.18 or ASME 1316.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. 1. Viega, Lakewood, OH. 2. Ridge Tool Co., Elyria, OH. 3. Accepted equivalent. J. Compression Gaskets, Cast Iron Soil Pipe: ASTM C564. K. Solder Metal: 1. Similar to silver -tin -copper alloy ASTM B32. 2. All solder shall be certified no -lead. L. Joint Compound: Tite-Seal or accepted equivalent. M. Unions: As specified in Section 15430. N. Protective Coating: Cabot's Flexi-Black or accepted equivalent. PART 3 PRODUCTS 3.1 MATERIALS A. Run piping as indicated in Construction Documents subject to modifications as required to suit field conditions, to avoid interference with other trades, and for proper, convenient, and accessible locations to parts of the piping system. B. Run piping in wall chases, recesses, pipe shafts, and hung ceilings where provided. 1. Do not run gas or water piping in floor fill. 2. Run piping as high as possible under building, above ceilings, and close to slabs. 3. Do not permanently close, furr in, or cover piping before examination and final tests. City of South Miami Section 15410 Gibson Bethel Community Center Piping (Plumbing) Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 2 of S 261 G. Run piping straight and where concealed as direct as possible with risers erected plumb and true. 1. Install piping with minimum 1-inch clearance between finished pipe coverings and adjacent work. 2. Support piping from structure above, maintaining maximum headroom available. D. Do not run piping in telephone rooms, electrical equipment rooms/closets, transformer vaults or rooms containing related equipment, or close to or above control panels, switchboards and electric motors except required branch piping to pumps. If pipes are installed in these rooms, they shall be relocated at no extra cost to the owner. E. Provide control valves where noted or required for complete regulating control of systems, plumbing fixtures, and equipment. Provide valves in accessible locations or accessible through access panels. F. Coat Underground metal piping, except cast iron, with 1/16" thick black bituminous protective coating. G. Fittings, Valves, and Hangers on Chrome Plated Piping: Chrome plated finish to match. H. Provide reducing fittings for changes in pipe sizes. Bushings will not be allowed. I. Provide extra heavy pipe for nipples where unthreaded pipe is less than 1-1/2". 1. Do not use close nipples. Use saddle nipples. 2. Provide galvanized iron sleeves for pipes passing through roof slabs, interior floors, ceilings, walls, or partitions. J. Expansion Swings: 1. Make adequate provisions for proper expansion and contraction of piping and for piping passing through building expansion joints. 2. Make branch connections from risers with ample swing or offset to avoid strain on fittings or short pipe lengths. Anchor horizontal runs of pipe over 50 feet in length to walls or supporting structure about midway of run to allow expansion evenly divided toward ends. 3. Provide sufficient number of elbow swings or accepted expansion joints to allow proper expansion and contraction of mains and risers. K. Pipe Slopes: 1. Lay horizontal soil and waste pipes, unless otherwise noted on drawings, to: a. 1/8" per foot minimum for pipe 3 inches and larger b. 1/4" per foot minimum for pipe less than 3 inches c. Horizontal vent lines shall have a minimum grade back to the stacks or vertical lines and shall run as direct and free from bends as possible. L. Piping Materials by System: 1. Sanitary Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: a. Aboveground: Service weight no -hub cast iron pipe and fittings. b. Under Ground Floor Slabs: 1) Cast iron pipe hub push joint with neoprene compression gaskets. City of South Miami Section 15410 Gibson Bethel Community Center Piping (Plumbing) Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 3 of 6 262 2. Vandal proof Vent Caps: a. Install according to manufacturer's printed instructions. 3. Domestic Water Supply Piping: Drilling tubes for field manufactured fittings is not allowed. a. Aboveground Interior: 1) Copper Tubing Type L: a) Wrought copper solder joint fitting without the use of lead components. Tubing used with this type shall not be soft drawn. b) Bending of tubing having a radius of not less than 4 tube diameters without deformation may be used for tubing diameters not exceeding 1 inch. Copper tubing used for this type connection shall be bending temper. c) Victaulic copper connection system with Style 606 couplings. Tubing used with this type connection shall be drawn temper. b. Optional Press Connections for Aboveground Interior Copper Tubing Type L and Underground Exterior Copper Tubing Type K: 1) Press fittings shall be made according to the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2) The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. 3) The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged (inserted) in the fitting. 4) The joints shall be pressed using the tool approved by the manufacturer. M. Joints and Methods of Connections: 1. Cast Iron No -Hub Pipe: a. Aboveground: Joint with neoprene rubber sleeve and stainless -steel ring clamp according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Underground: Joint with cast iron coupling, neoprene gasket, and stainless -steel bolts according to manufacturer's instructions. N. Pipe Cleaning Systems: 1. Domestic Water Piping: Entire domestic water distribution systems shall be flushed clean after the permanent water meter has been installed and before the bacteria testing is conducted. 3.2 TESTS A. Furnish necessary instruments, test equipment, and personnel required to perform tests and remove test equipment and drain pipes after tests have been made and accepted. B. After portions of mechanical work are completed and ready for testing, given 48 hours' notice to A/E and perform tests in A/E's presence. City of South Miami Section 15410 Gibson Bethel Community Center Piping (Plumbing) Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 4 of 5 263 C. Tests may be made of isolated portions of piping to facilitate the general progress of installation. 1. Revisions subsequently made in piping system shall require retesting of such affected portions of piping systems. 2. Subject piping and connections to a hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure test before painting, installation of insulation or concealment. 3. Sanitary Waste Drainage Systems: a. Apply a water test to all parts of drainage systems before pipes are concealed or fixtures set in place. b. Close openings of each system to be tested tightly except highest openings above roof and fill entire system with water up to overflow point of highest opening. c. Subject systems to not less than 10 feet of hydrostatic head, except uppermost 10 feet of piping directly below opening. 1) Water shall remain in the systems for not less than 60 minutes after which time no leaks occur at any point and no lowering of water level at overflow point is visible. 4. Water Supply Piping: a. Apply a pressure test to water system before piping is concealed or insulated and before fixtures and equipment are connected. b. Apply a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 200 psig for 2 hours, with no leaks occurring in the system. 1) Water used for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. 3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Clean fixtures, equipment, piping, and exposed work. 1. Show traps, wastes, and supplies free and unobstructed. 2. Plated, polished bronze, or painted surfaces bright and clean. B. After installation, adjust valves, faucets, and automatic control devices for quiet operation. Balance system as required for proper operation. C. Disinfection: After cleaning and testing domestic water system, disinfect by introducing a solution of calcium hypochlorite with 50 parts per million of chlorine. 1. Open and close all valves while system in being chlorinated. After disinfecting agent has been applied for 24 hours, test for residual chorine at ends of pipe. 2. If less than 5 ppm is indicated, repeat process until it is equal to or greater than 5 ppm or according to AWWA C601 Standards.//l City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 15410 Piping (Plumbing) Page 5 of 5 264 15421 DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 15410 - Piping (Plumbing). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature before starting work. B. Submit Shop Drawings/Catalog cuts on the following: 1. Drains. 2. Cleanouts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Model numbers are taken from Josam. 1. Accepted equivalents: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Blucher-Josam. C. Wade. d. Zurn. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Drains: 1. Shower Stall: a. Coated cast iron floor drain, 2-piece body, double drainage flange, invertible non -puncturing flashing collar, weepholes, bottom outlet, inside caulk connection, and adjustable satin Nikaloy 6" X 6" super-flo strainer. b. Josam No.30000-6S-X. 2. Toilet Room: a. Same as Shower Stall above except for primer trap. b. Josam No.30000-6S-50-X by Josam or accepted equivalent. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 15421 Drains and Cleanouts Page 1 of 3 265 B. Cleanouts and Cleanout Access Covers: 1. Floor, Interior Finished Rooms: a. Cast iron, adjustable inside caulk outlet, brass internal plug, Nikaloy scoriated cover plate secured by countersunk plug. b. No.56020-88-15 by Josam or accepted equivalent. 2. Stack Base for Use in Block Walls: a. Cast iron "T" branch tee with plated cast iron countersunk plug, lead seal, satin stainless -steel round access cover plate secured with countersunk screw. b. No.58790-15 by Josam or accepted equivalent. 3. Stack Base for Use in Plaster Walls: a. Cast iron "T" branch tee coated cast iron countersunk plug, lead seal, cast brass round access cover with anchor lugs, satin stainless -steel cover secured with countersunk screw. b. No.58750-15 by Josam or accepted equivalent. 4. Stack Base for Use in Tile Walls: a. Cast iron "T" branch with brass countersunk plug, cast brass square access cover with satin top, anchor lugs, cover plate secured with 4 screws. b. No.58770-15 by Josam or accepted equivalent. 5. Exterior, Heavy Duty: a. Cast iron, inside caulk outlet bronze internal plug, ductile iron scoriated heavy duty cover. b. No. 56040-15 by Josam or accepted equivalent. 6. Cleanout Sizes: a. Full pipe size up through 4 inches, pipe cleanouts with bodies of standard pipe size and caulking ferrules conforming to thickness required for pipe and fittings of same metal. 7. Removable Cleanout Plugs: a. Cast bronze with screw threads and recessed bronze socket. No.58540 by Josam or accepted equivalent. G. Wall Access: 1. Cast bronze, polished chrome plated square frame and cover, 12" X 12" minimum opening or larger, as required. City of South Miami Section 15421 Gibson Bethel Community Center Drains and Cleanouts Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 2 of 3 266 2. No.58640 by Josam or accepted equivalent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide drains and cleanouts as scheduled on drawings. B. Cleanouts: 1. Place pipe cleanouts at the foot of each soil and waste stack in sanitary system and place pipe cleanouts in horizontal runs not to exceed 50 foot spacing. 2. Install access covers as specified. C. Interior Flush Cleanouts: 1. Flush cleanouts with recessed sockets (without access covers) may be used in non -finished areas such as equipment rooms, storage rooms, and the like, if top of hub is installed in level position and top of clean out plug is flush with the concrete floor. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 15421 Drains and Cleanouts Page 3 of 3 267 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES, TRIM, AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 15410 - Piping (Plumbing). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Fixtures: Catalog cuts with rough -in dimensions identified as designated in fixture schedule, riser diagrams, and as specified. 2. Faucets: Catalog cuts and templates for drilled openings. 3. Fixture Trim: Catalog cuts. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification: Submit a letter, signed jointly by the manufacturer of the product and the installer of the product, attesting that no lead is contained in any piece of equipment or in the piping connections that could contaminate water, drinks, or food by contact. B. Comply with Florida Building Code (FBC). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fixtures: Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule 2.02 FIXTURES A. Double Compartment Stainless Steel Sink: 1. (SK - 1), Lustertone, 18 gage, Type 304 stainless steel, self -rimming, double ledge. a. LRAD-33160 by Elkay. 2. Fitting: Single control faucet with vandal resistant aerator. a. 4205.001 by American Standard. 3. Tailpiece: Offset with grid strainer, chrome plated P-trap with swivel joint, chrome plated flexible supplies with loose key stops: McGuire. City of South Miami Section 15440 Gibson Bethel Community Center Plumbing Fixtures, Trim & Supports Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 1 of 2 268 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected. 3.02 EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Provide necessary material and labor to connect fixtures and equipment having plumbing connections including fixtures and equipment specified and furnished in other sections. B. Supply Pipe Cut-off Valves: 1. Equip supply pipes to each item of equipment or fixture (except faucets furnished with an integral stop) with a cutoff valve to enable isolation of the item of equipment or fixture for repair and maintenance without interfering with operation of other items of equipment or fixtures. C. Supply Pipe Support: Anchor supply piping to all items of equipment or fixtures to prevent movement. D. Templates: Furnish templates and rough opening dimensions to fabricators of countertops and case work for location and sizes of openings for faucets and sink. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures, Trim & Supports Page 2 of 2 269 16615 VALVES, HANGERS, AND SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 15090 - Supports, Anchors, and Seals. 2. 15410 - Piping (Plumbing). 3. 15510 - Piping (HVAC). 1.02 REFERENCES A. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Strainers: Catalog cuts, pressure drop curves. 2. Pressure Relief and Reducing Valves: Catalog cuts; pressure range, and settings. 3. Air Vents: Catalog cuts. 4. All Valves: Catalog cuts, schedule of proposed installation locations, pressure ratings, and materials of construction. 5. Inserts: Catalog cuts and load tables. 6. Supports: Catalog cuts or drawings. 7. Anchors: Drawings and details of installation. 8. Water Flow Tube Station: Catalog cuts, pressure drop charts, and engineering information. 9. Shop Drawings of support equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Valves: 1. Nibco. 2.02 VALVES A. General: 1. Globe valves shall not be installed with the stem pointing downwards. Valves may be installed with the stem at or above a horizontal plane. Provide adequate clearance for stem rise. City of South Miami Section 15515 Gibson Bethel Community Center Valves, Hangers and Specialties Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 1 of 7 270 2. Check valves may be installed either in the horizontal or vertical position. Non - spring -loaded check valves shall only be installed in the vertical position when the flow is upwards. 3. Butterfly valves may be installed with the stem in any position. Whenever possible the stem shall be installed as outlined for gate and globe valves. 4. Provide all valves with a 1-1/2" diameter brass tag having 1/2" high black filled numbers and 1/4" high legend above, as manufactured by Seton or accepted equivalent. a. Legend shall include abbreviations such as: PLMG, CW, HW, GAS, HVAC, etc. b. Valve tag fasteners shall consist of No.6 brass beaded chain with brass "S" hooks. The use of color -coded one-piece nylon ties is acceptable instead of beaded chain fasteners. Brass "S" hooks are required with ties. C. Record all valve tag numbers in as -built drawings and submit before requesting final payment. 5. Provide ease of access to valve handwheel or lever to maintenance personnel. a. Valves installed above a ceiling shall have the stem placed 15 degrees above the horizontal position whenever possible. b. Provide colored thumbtack indexes at all ceiling tiles where valves are installed directly above. C. Index all colored thumbtacks in the as -built drawings. B. Check Valves: 1. To 2": a. Class 125 or Class 200, bronze, screwed bonnet, Y pattern, renewable Teflon discs, soldered or threaded ends. b. Manufacturers: 1) Nibco T/S-235-Y. C. Ball Valves: 1. Plumbing: Allowed only for balancing service in domestic hot water return. 2. Porting: No reduced ports shall be acceptable in any ball valve. 3. Up to 211 : a. 125 PSIG, bronze bodied, % turn, full port, Teflon seated, stainless steel ball valve with level handle. Manufacturer: City of South Miami Section 15515 Gibson Bethel Community Center Valves, Hangers and Specialties Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 2 of 7 271 1) Nibco 2.03 HOSE BIBBS A. I nterior: 1. Concealed Supply: a. Flanged, all brass, chrome plated, 3/4" angle hose valve, with vacuum breaker. b. Manufacturers: No.952 by Chicago Faucet or accepted equivalent. C. Provide isolation valve in branch. B. Pressure Relief Valves: 1. 3/410: Brass body, micro finished bevel for seats, cadmium plated springs, manual chilled lift ring, ASME Std. Bell and Gossett or water accepted equivalent. C. Pressure Reducing Valves: 1. 3/411: Brass body and brass working parts with built-in strainer, 125 W.S.P. Bell and Gossett or accepted equivalent. D. Air Vents: E. Thermometers: 1. Industrial, mercury filled, glass thermometers with 9-inch scale, "V" shape, and adjustable angle separable socket well. 2. Operating temperature shall display at midpoint of thermometer range. 3. Accuracy shall be ±0.5 degrees F. 4. Casings shall be brass or aluminum. 5. Manufacturers: H.O. Trerice, Marshalltown, Ashcroft, or Taylor. F. Gage valves: 1. Brass, 1 /2" needle valve type. 2. Manufacturers: H.O. Trerice, Model No.735-2 or accepted equivalent. 3. Provide pressure snubbers at gage cocks manufactured by H.O. Trerice, Model 872 or accepted equivalent of Marshalltown, Ashcroft, or Taylor. G. Dielectric Pipe Fittings: 1. Dielectric pipe fittings shall consist of insulators, insulating gasket, pipe connector and nut or flange as required. 2. Pipe connectors shall be suitable for soldered, screwed, or welded joints as required. 3. Dielectric unions shall be rated at 250 psi and cast-iron flange unions at 175 City of South Miami Section 15515 Gibson Bethel Community Center Valves, Hangers and Specialties Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 3 of 7 272 psi. 4. Dielectric fitting shall be plated according to Federal Specifications of 0.005". 5. Fittings shall be as manufactured by Epco. H. Water Flow Sensors: 1. As manufactured by Annubar ANR-75, stainless steel. 2. Instrument connections shall be No.C-22. 3. 1/4" valves on 1-3/8" square head. 4. Valve rating shall be maximum 5,000 psi at 100 degrees F. 5. Flow sensor in steel pipe shall be weld nipple mounted. 6. Manufacturers: Dietrich Standard Corp or accepted equivalent. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide hangers, supports, and supplementary steel as required for the different applications. B. Inserts, Hangers, Rods, and Clamps: Fig. numbers used refer to Grinnell, Fee and Mason, or Michigan Hanger Co. 1. Inserts: (Galvanized or stainless steel except as noted.) a. Universal concrete insert, Fig.282. b. Wedge type concrete insert, Fig.281. C. Expansion case, Fig.117. 2. Clamps: a. UFS beam clamp with weldless eye nut, Fig.292, clamp size 1, rod size 3/4. b. C-clamp with retaining clip, Fig.87. C. 1 beam clamp, Fig.131. d. Universal side 1 beam clamp, Fig.225. e. C-clamp, copper finish, Fig.CT-88. 3. Hangers: Use adjustable clevis type hangers as specified. Hangers for insulated pipes shall have a diameter large enough to include insulation and a protection shield shall be installed with each hanger. a. Cast iron pipe: Fig.590. b. Copper tubing: Fig.CT-65. C. Insulated steel pipe: Fig.300. d. Uninsulated steel pipe: Fig.260. e. Trapeze. 4. Rods: Continuous thread, Fig.146. Sizes shall be as specified. 5. Riser Clamps: a. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Black steel, Fig.261. Section 15515 Vales, Hangers and Specialties Page 4 of 7 273 b. Plastic coated, Fig.261 C. C. Copper finish, Fig.CT121. C. Horizontal Steel Piping Support Spacing and Rod Size: Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1-1 /4" 3/8" 8 feet 1-1 /2" & 2" 3/8" 10 feet 2-1 /2" & 3" 1 /2" 12 feet 4" & 5" 5/8" 12 feet 6" 3/4" 15 feet 8" & 12" 7/8" 18 feet 14" & 16" 1 " 24 feet D. Horizontal Copper Piping: Pipe Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing Up to 1-1 /2" 3/8" 6 feet 2" 3/8" 8 feet 2-1 /2", 311, & 4" 1 /2" 8 feet E. Insulation Protection Shield: Fig.167. F. Wall Access: As specified under General Provisions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide shut-off valves at inlets and outlets of equipment and branch connections to mains and as shown on Construction Documents. B. Final connections to apparatus, equipment, automatic control valves, and pressure reducing valves shall be made with flanges or unions between shut-off valve and connection. C. Connections to cooling coils and refrigeration machines shall have flanges or unions next to equipment to allow tube removal without extensive dismantling of piping. D. Strainers shall be full line size and shall be full size valved for servicing. Strainers shall be installed upstream of automatic control valves and other locations as shown on Construction Documents. E. Pressure Relief Valves: Provide at cooling coil side of shut-off valves and where shown on Construction Documents. F. Flexible Connectors: Provide between vibrating equipment and piping. G. Location of Valves and Chain Operators: City of South Miami Section 15515 Gibson Bethel Community Center Valves, Hangers and Specialties Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 5 of 7 274 1. Install valves to be accessible for operation and free from interferences when operated. 2. Position so leakage will not contact any electrical equipment located below. 3. Provide valve chain operators for valves 4 inches and larger if the valve handle is more than 6 feet above the operating equipment room floor level. H. Pressure Gages: Provide as shown on Construction Documents and at following locations: 1. At suction and discharge of circulating pumps. 2. At inlet and outlet of evaporator and condenser. 3. At makeup water inlet to expansion tanks and equipment. I. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Provide adjustable hangers, inserts, brackets, rolls, clamps, and supplementary steel as required for proper support of pipe lines. 2. Design hangers to allow for expansion and contraction of pipe lines and of adequate size to allow covering to run continuously through hangers. 3. Support piping independently of equipment. 4. Coordinate location of hangers with light fixtures. 5. Wire brush steel or iron supports and prepare surfaces under this section for painting. 6. Pipes supported by trapeze hangers and not mounted on pipe rollers shall be secured to the trapeze with pipe clamps or "U" bolts. 7. Hangers shall be placed at each change of direction, within 1 foot of valves and other appurtenances installed in horizontal piping and not more than 3 feet from end of each branch runout. 8. Special Supports: Provide clamps, hangers, and supports according to equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 9. Supports of wire, rope, wood, chain, strap, perforated bar, or any other makeshift devices are not allowed. 10. Where overhead construction does not allow fastening hanger rods in required locations, provide additional steel framing as required. 11. Refer to "Vibration Isolation" Section for supports requiring vibration isolators. 12. Maximum loading on inserts shall not exceed 75 percent of catalog rating. 13. Floor supports, wall brackets, and expansion tank supports as shown on Construction Documents or as required to support equipment. Submit shop drawings. 14. Buckling of piping due to inadequate provision for expansion shall be Contractor's responsibility. Piping shall be properly guided between expansion joints and anchor points. J. Water Flow Sensors: Install water flow tube stations according to manufacturer's published recommendations and as shown on Contract Documents. K. Dielectric Fittings: Provide dielectric fittings between piping of dissimilar metals. City of South Miami Section 15515 Gibson Bethel Community Center Valves, Hangers and Specialties Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 6 of 7 275 City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12111/18 END OF SECTION Section 15515 Valves, Hangers and Specialties Page 7 of 7 276 16023 CODES AND STANDARDS PART GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. Comply with the following: 1. Florida Building Code - 2017(FBC). 2. National Electrical Code — 2014 (NEC), (NFPA 70). 3. Florida Fire Prevention Code - 2014 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where materials and equipment are available under the continuing inspection and listing service of Underwriters Laboratories (UL), furnish materials and equipment so listed. PART 2 NOT USED PART 3 NOT USED City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 16023 Codes & Standards Page 1 of 1 277 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Examine drawings and specifications. Visit site to determine work to be performed by Electrical, Mechanical, HVAC, and other trades. 2. Provide required electrical materials and equipment to put work into operation, completely wired, tested, and ready for use including raceways, conductors, disconnects, starters/contactors, or other devices for proper operation and sequences of electrical, mechanical, or other systems or equipment. 3. Unless otherwise noted, conduit, wire for controls, and devices, both line and low voltage, shall be provided and installed as described in this or other parts of the Construction Documents. a. Install boxes or housings necessary for conduit and wire to controls, excluding items to be installed in piping, ducts, tanks, machinery, solenoid valves, pressure switches, aquastats, or similar devices. b. These items are specified for installation in other sections. Connecting wiring is specified in this Division. 4. Control wiring in separate conduit between HVAC sensing devices and control panels or motors, shall be installed under this Division after verification from approved shop drawings of the required locations and connections. 5. Connect electrical equipment and devices as parts of the equipment or furniture furnished under other sections. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers Data: 1. Complete list of materials to be furnished under this section. 2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data required to assure specification compliance. 3. Catalog cuts, clearly marked for identification of items to be provided, including disconnects, breakers, fuses, starters, lighting fixtures, transformers, or other materials not requiring specially prepared Shop Drawings. B. Shop Drawings for nonstandard items, including but not limited to panelboards, switchboards, control centers, anchoring layouts and details, lighting fixtures, or similar products. C. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Record Drawings. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 16100 Basic Material and Methods Page 1 of 2 278 2. Warranties. 3. Operating Instructions, maintenance manuals, and parts lists. 4. Point-to-point wiring diagrams. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: 1. Deliver materials to jobsite in their original unopened containers with labels and certifications intact and clearly legible at time of use. 2. Store materials according to manufacturers' recommendations and as approved by A/E. B. Replacement: In case of damage, pilferage, or other loss, make immediate repair or replacement of materials necessary to obtain approvals of A/E, without cost to the owner. C. Protection: Use necessary means to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation, including protection of installed work and materials of other trades. PART 2 NOT USED PART 3 NOT USED City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 161 CC Basic Material and Methods Page 2 of 2 279 16112 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 16120 - Wire and Cable. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Materials shall bear Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature including printed installation instructions and recommendations before starting work. Submit samples if requested. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code - 2014 (NEC). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Conduit shall be sized according to NEC, unless otherwise noted. Feeders and home runs shall not be less than 3/4" diameter. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1. Galvanized steel tubing with smooth interior coat of lacquer enamel or zinc coat. 2. Comply with ANSI C80.3-1983, and UL 797, and Article 348 of the NEC. C. Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Steel: Flexible galvanized steel conduit (Greenfield) complying with UL 1 and Article 350 of the NEC. 2. Liquid Tight: Flexible galvanized steel conduit with oil and water-resistant overall plastic sheath, complying with UL 1, and Article 351 of the NEC. 3. Minimum size for flexible metal conduit 1/2" except 3/8" where allowed by Section 349 of the NEC for connections to lighting fixtures. D. Conduit Fittings: 1. EMT fittings: Zinc or cadmium plated steel or malleable iron of the compression type or stainless -steel multiple point locking (set screw) type. City of South Miami Section 16112 Gibson Bethel Community Center Raceway and Conduit Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 1 of 8 280 Connectors shall have insulated throats. Fittings shall comply with ANSI C80.3-1983. Die cast zinc alloy fittings are not allowed. 2. Flexible metal conduit fittings: Steel or malleable iron only with insulated throat, complying with Fed. Spec.W F-406B. Die cast zinc alloy fittings are not allowed. 3. Bushings and connectors shall incorporate an insulating insert of at least 150 degrees C. rated plastic or 105 degrees C. rated nylon. Conduit bushings made entirely of nonmetallic material are not allowed. Grounding and bonding bushings shall have clamp type terminal for copper conductor. 4. Expansion Fittings and Sealing Fittings: UL listed with ground continuity means. E. Conduit Supports: 1. Straps: Formed zinc coated steel or malleable iron one -hole pipe straps or conduit clamps sized for conduits or tubing. 2. Fastenings: Zinc coated, or cadmium plated steel screws, bolts, toggles, and expansion anchors as required. 3. Electrical steel channels shall be equivalent to Unistrut P-3000 Series. Provide trapeze, clamps, supports, concrete inserts, galvanized steel or plated steel with galvanized conduit clamps, and threaded 1/4" diameter minimum suspension rods. 4. For individual branch circuit EMT or flexible metal conduit concealed above accessible hung ceilings only, "caddy clips" spring steel conduit clamps. F. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: 1. Hot dip galvanized code gage sheet steel, complete with knockouts, enclosures, and removable covers unless indicated as hinged. a. Manufacturers: 1) Hoffman. 2) Lee Products. 3) Keystone. 4) Square D. 2. Exterior locations shall have weathertight gasketed covers, joints, and drip - proof rain shields. Paint after installation with exterior enamel paint. 3. Wireways and gutters shall comply with Articles 362 and 374 of the NEC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with the work of this Section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide where indicated and where required, ducts, conduits, tubing, wireways, and City of South Miami Section 16112 Gibson Bethel Community Center Raceway and Conduit Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 2 of 8 281 gutters to form a complete and integrally grounded raceway system. The system shall be installed according to NEC and local code requirements. Components of the system shall be of sufficient size, strength, and capacity to allow for placements, pulling -in, or other installation of conductors, wires, cables, splices, taps, and terminations whether included in this Contract or for future use without strain or injury to those items being installed. B. Provide pull wires in empty raceways where no conductors are installed in this Contract. Allow 10 inches minimum slack at each end of pull wire and securely caulk in place. Provide marking tags showing opposite destination noting building and closet number at each end. C. The minimum size of, EMT, and flexible metallic conduit shall be according to NEC except as follows: 1. Unless otherwise specified under "Products" or shown on the Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, telephone conduits shall be not less than 1-inch trade size. 3. Feeders and homeruns shall not be less than 3/4" diameter. D. Check sizes of raceways to determine the green equipment ground conductor specified, shown, or required can be installed in the same raceway with phase and neutral conductors according to the percentage of fill requirements of NEC. If necessary, increase the duct, conduit, tubing, or raceway sizes shown or specified to accommodate conductors without additional cost to the owner. E. Raceway and Conduit Locations: Unless indicated otherwise, conduit types specified shall be used in the following locations. Any deviation from this schedule shall be submitted for approval with corresponding price adjustments before installation. Any conduit installed and not of the specified type shall be removed and replaced with the specified type at no additional cost to the owner. Interior Raceways: a. Embedded in Concrete Walls or Floors Above Grade: 1) EMT with concrete tight steel fittings. b. Concealed in Masonry Walls: 1) EMT with concrete tight fittings. C. Concealed in dry wall construction, or in suspended ceilings: EMT or flexible metal conduit with steel fittings. d. Interior Exposed: EMT with steel fittings. 2. PVC conduit shall not be used indoors either exposed or concealed. F. Raceway and Conduit Installation: City of South Miami Section 16112 Gibson Bethel Community Center Raceway and Conduit Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 3 of 8 282 1. Conduit Routing: a. Route feeders, homeruns, and conduits as indicated, except for minor deviations as accepted. b. Maintain a minimum separation of 12 inches between conduits containing emergency feeders and conduits containing normal feeders. C. The routing of conduit, as shown on the plans, is general. d. Before installing any work, examine the working layouts of all other trades to determine exact locations and clearances. e. Where equipment is installed by other trades requiring connection as specified in this section, determine exact conduit entry locations from the approved shop drawings. f. Modifications to conduit runs shown on the electrical drawings, based on this section, shall be made without additional cost to the owner, and shall be subject to A/E approval. g. In determining clearances, conduit shall not be run within 6 inches of any heated pipe or duct, or if unavoidable, the conduit must be kept at least 1 inch from the outer covering. 2. Conduits in Finished Spaces: a. Conduits, fittings, outlet boxes, and pull boxes shall be concealed in ceilings, floor slabs, walls, or partitions of the buildings. b. Provide sufficient space at concealed conduits over conduit and coupling for the applications of finished floor, walls, and ceilings. C. Examine the Drawings, and if necessary, confer with the A/E to determine the type of construction containing the concealed conduits and the space available for such conduits. 3. Conduit Bending, Cutting, and Placement: a. Conduit bends and offsets shall be avoided where possible. b. Required bends shall be made with standard benders designed for the purpose and with a minimum radius of 6 times the internal conduit diameter. C. Make conduit bends according to the NEC unless otherwise shown on the contract Drawings. Use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit is not allowed. d. Conduit crushed or deformed shall not be installed. e. Bends shall be free from dents or flattening. Bends more than 360 degrees are not allowed in conduit between any 2 terminations of pull boxes. f. Make no bend in surface raceways. Use factory formed fittings for surface raceways. g. Raceways shall not contain more than two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Provide additional junction or pull boxes to meet this requirement. h. The ends of conduit shall be carefully reamed out free from burrs before installation and after threading. City of South Miami Section 16112 Gibson Bethel Community Center Raceway and Conduit Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 4 of 8 283 1) Cuts shall be made square. 2) Coupling of conduits by means of running threads is not allowed. 3) Where it is impossible to run the conduit and coupling sections together, an Erickson coupling or. other accepted combination coupling shall be used. 4) Joints shall be made up tight. 5) Joints in conduits concealed in slab, floor fill, earth, etc., shall be made using approved silicone paint on threads. i. Prevent lodgment of plaster, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes, fittings, and equipment during course of construction. Clogged raceways shall be entirely freed of obstructions or replaced. j. During installation of conduit, unfinished runs and terminations in pull boxes, cabinets, etc., shall be capped until conductors are installed. k. Plastic caps designed for this specific purpose shall be used to cover and align conduits before concrete pours and shall remain on conduit stub -ups until conduit is extended. Caps shall have self -aligning, interlocking male or female wings molded on each side. Duct or electrical tape and wire are unacceptable. 4. Conduit Connections: a. Conduit and EMT runs shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from service entrance to outlets. Unless otherwise specified, each conduit shall enter and be securely connected to a cabinet, junction box, pull box or outlet box by means of a locknut on the outside and a bushing on the inside or by means of a liquid -tight, threaded, self-locking, cold -weld type wedge adapter. Where nominal circuit voltage exceeds 250 volts: 1) In EMT or flexible metal conduit, the 1 locknut shall be made wrench -tight. 2) Locknuts shall be the bonding type with sharp edges for digging into the metal wall of an enclosure and shall be installed to provide a locking installation. 3) Locknuts and bushings or self-locking adapters will not be required where conduits are screwed into tapped connections. 4) Protect vertical runs of conduit or EMT terminating in the bottoms of wall boxes or cabinets, etc., from the entrance of foreign material before the installation of conductors. b. The end of each conduit one inch and smaller shall be provided where it enters a junction box, outlet box, cabinet, etc., with the locknut and bushing. For conduits 1-1/4" and larger, use insulated bushings with ground stud. If insulated bushings are of the fully insulated type, use additional locknuts inside the junction box or cabinet before installing the bushing. Provide conduit entering main distribution switchboard feeder pull boxes with insulated bushing with ground stud regardless of size. C. Install the conduit system complete before any conductors are drawn in. Each run of conduit shall be blown through and swabbed after plaster is finished and dry, and before conductors are installed. d. Install conduit to drain any moisture, collecting in the conduit, to the nearest outlet or pull box, where possible. e. Where metallic conduit is exposed to different temperatures, seal the conduit to prevent condensation and passage of air from one area to the other. City of South Miami Section 16112 Gibson Bethel Community Center Raceway and Conduit Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Page 5 of 8 284 f. Light and power conduit shall run from a permanent and continuous ground return back to the service ground connection point. Conduits used on systems entirely isolated from the light and power distribution system shall be electrically continuous and grounded in an approved manner. 5. Conduit Penetrations and Supports: a. Sleeves, conduits, or other pipes passing through floor slabs, beams, or walls shall be located to not impair the strength of the structure. b. Conduits penetrating the walls or smoke partitions shall be fire stopped (sealed). Filling materials for openings in floors shall be fire -resistive, and finished to prevent passage of water, smoke and fumes. Filling material for openings in walls shall be fire -resistive where it occurs in fire walls and shall be installed to prevent the passage of air, smoke or fumes. Where conduit and wiring pass through fire walls or floor slabs, the Contractor shall fill the opening with fireproof sealant. C. Where conduits passing through the openings are exposed in finished rooms, the finishes of the filling materials shall match and be flush with the adjoining floor, ceiling, or wall finishes. d. Where unused sleeves or slots are provided for future installation of conduit, etc., they shall be suitably identified if not readily recognizable. e. EMT and conduits not embedded in concrete or masonry shall be securely and independently supported so that no strain will be transmitted to outlet box and pull box supports, etc. Supports shall be rigid enough to prevent distortion of conduits during wire pulling. . f. Run conduits exposed in unfinished spaces, mechanical equipment spaces, where specifically indicated on the Drawings, or with the expressed permission of the A/E. 1) Feeder conduits shall be run exposed or in hung ceilings, except as noted. 2) Where exposed conduits are installed, they shall be run parallel to the building walls or partitions, using approved conduit fittings. 3) Exposed conduits shall be securely supported with malleable iron pipe straps, angle iron pipe straps, angle iron or steel channel racks or other approved means as required for clearance of other piping or ductwork. 4) Spacing of conduit supports shall not exceed 7 feet. 5) Horizontal feeder conduit banks shall have their hangers fastened to the building structure by approved means. 6) Hangers for banks consisting of 1 or 2 conduits may be fastened from inserts in the slab. 7) Auxiliary steel for fastening shall be furnished and installed under this section. g. Support individual conduits not larger than 1-1/2" diameter by means of one -hole pipe straps or individual pipe hangers. Support individual horizontal conduits larger than 1-1/2" diameter by individual pipe hangers. h. Conduit located in hung ceilings shall be supported in approved manner similar to exposed conduits. i. Branch circuit conduits above suspended ceilings may be supported from the floor construction above or from the main ceiling support members, however, the finished installation shall not interfere with the removability of ceiling panels. Individual branch conduits above suspended ceilings with removable panels City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 16112 Raceway and Conduit Page 6 of 8 285 may be supported from the ceiling suspension wires provided the load imposed on any individual wire is not greater than 64 pounds, including the ceiling weight. j. Unsupported vertical drops over 10 feet from bus ducts or at motors shall be in rigid steel conduit. For vertical drops of less than 10 feet EMT may be used. Brace conduit to prevent swaying. k. Space conduits installed against concrete or masonry surfaces away from the surface by clamp backs or other approved means. I. In dry locations, spring steel fasteners, clips, or clamps specifically designed for supporting exposed single conduits may be used instead of pipe straps or pipe hangers. 1) Hanger rods used with spring steel fasteners shall be not less than 1/4" diameter steel with corrosion resistant finish. 2) Spring steel fasteners shall be specifically designed for supporting single conduits or EMT 3) Type, size and spacing of spring steel fasteners with accessories shall by approved by the A/E and the owner. 4) Submit applicable load and rating data for approval. 5) Wire shall not be used for support. 6) Nails are not allowed for the support of conduit. M. Where 2 or more horizontal conduits or EMT run parallel and at the same elevation, they shall be supported on multiple trapeze pipe hangers. Each conduit or EMT shall be secured to the horizontal hanger member by a U-bolt, one -hole strap, or other suitably designed and approved fastener. n. U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly, and for securing hanger rods and conduits shall be provided. Each multiple hanger shall be designed to support a load equal to or greater than the sum of the weights of the conduits, wires, hanger, plus 200 pounds. Hardware shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 6. Conduit Fastening: Fasten raceways as follows: a. To Hollow Masonry: Toggle bolts or expansion bolts as required. Holes not used to be filled. b. To Concrete or Solid Brick Masonry: By expansion bolts. Holes drilled to a depth of more than 1-1/2". C. To Steel Work: Machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring -tension clamps. Raceways or pipe straps shall not be welded to steel structures. d. To Light Steel Construction Partitions: Sheet metal screws. Bar hangers may be attached with saddle ties of 16 gage double strand zinc -coated steel wire. e. Nail -type nylon anchors with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts or machine screws. f. Explosive charge setting devices are not allowed for any type of fastening on the project. g. Conduits, tubing, or raceways shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, cabinet, junction box, or pull box. h. Surface Wireways. and Auxiliary Gutters: Fasten according to manufacturer's directions with fastenings appropriate for surface as specified. . i. Cable Supports in Vertical Raceways: According to NEC Article 300-19. 7. Flexible Conduit: City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 Section 16112 Raceway and Conduit Page 7 of 8 286 a. Flexible conduits shall be used for connections to motors and other electrical equipment when it is subject to movement, vibration, misalignment, cramped quarters, or where noise transmission is to be eliminated or reduced. Flexible conduit used to meet the above requirements shall be of the liquid -tight type when installed under any of the following conditions: 1) Moisture or humidity laden atmosphere where it is possible for condensation to accumulate. 2) Corrosive atmospheres. 3) Where water or spray due to wash -down operations is frequent or possible. 4) Wherever there is a possibility of seepage, dripping, etc., of oil, grease, or water. b. Flexible conduit shall be used for short connections to control devices, recessed fixtures, and similar items with enough slack to avoid tension. Connection between structure and first point of attachment to vibrating equipment shall be flexible. 8. Empty Conduits: Where empty conduit or tubing is indicated for wiring to be installed in future by utility company or by separate contract, install conduit or tubing according to previous requirements for conduit and tubing with following additional requirements: a. No length of run shall exceed 75 feet for 3/4" size and 150 feet for 1 inch or larger sizes. b. Raceways shall not contain more than two 90-degree bends or equivalent. C. Install additional pull or junction boxes to comply with above limitations, whether or not indicated. d. Inside radii of bends in conduits of 1 inch or larger shall be not less than 10 times nominal diameter. e. Provide pull wire in empty raceways. 9. Painting: Paint exposed conduit to match the surrounding wall or ceiling it is mounted against. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 END OF SECTION Section 16112 Raceway and Conduit Page 8 of 8 287 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 16112 - Raceways and Conduit. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Materials shall bear Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and descriptive literature before starting work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Wire and Cable: 1. Wire and cable shall be soft annealed 98 percent conductivity copper with 600-volt A.C. thermoplastic insulation unless otherwise noted. 2. Wire and cable shall be new and manufactured not more than 12 months before installation. 3. Each coil or reel shall bear UL label and wire marked with AWG or circular mil wire size, voltage rating, insulation type, type stranding, and the manufacturer's name. 4. Unmarked wire found installed shall be replaced at no additional cost to the owner. 5. Wiring shall comply with NEMA WC-5, NEMA WC-7, IPCEA S-61-402 and IPCEA S-66-524. B. Light and Power Wiring Circuit Conductors: 1. Light and power wiring circuit conductors shall be stranded in all sizes, and concentric strand Class B for conductors No.8 AWG and larger. C. Wring Insulation shall be as follows: 1. For Feeders and Motor and Equipment Power Circuits: Type THWN-75 degrees C. in wet or dry locations, and THHN-90 degrees C. only at dry locations. 2. For Branch Circuit Wiring for Lighting and Power Circuits: Type THWN-75 degrees C. in wet or dry locations, and THHN-90 degrees C. only at dry locations. City of South Miami Section 16120 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wire and Cable Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 1 of 6 288 3. For Wiring Through Fluorescent Fixtures Where Fixture Is Used as Wreway: Type THHN-90 degrees C. D. Color Coding: 1. Wire of Size No.8 and smaller shall be factory color coded 600 volt, THWN, or THHN. Sizes larger than No.8 may be factory color coded or color coded with 3M tape or accepted equivalent. Should tape be used, it shall cover not less than 6 inches of cable within enclosure. 2. Colors to be used in coding shall be: 120/208 Volt System 277/480 Volt System Neutral - White Neutral - Gray Phase A - Black Phase A - Brown Phase B - Red Phase B - Orange Phase C - Blue Phase C - Yellow Ground - Green Ground - Green 3. All other colors (violet, traced, etc.) shall only be used for switch legs, control, or communication circuits. 4. Conductors for control wiring shall be color coded, using different color coding than the energy conductor coding specified above. Control wires shall be numbered. E. Minimum Wire Size: Use No.12 AWG for control over 200 feet, unless otherwise noted. Control wiring may be No.14 AWG if distance is less than 200 feet. 1. Fire alarms, CCTV, intercoms, and intrusion systems shall have cable and wiring according to manufacturer's specifications or as specified. F. Wire and Cable Connectors and Terminations: 1. For splices in branch circuit conductors solid or stranded size No.10 AWG and smaller, use UL listed soft plastic wire nut with sharp self -cutting interior threads, 3M Scotchlok, Ideal Supernut, or T&B Piggy of the size to match the wire. 2. For terminations of stranded or solid wire in size No.10 AWG and smaller at equipment terminals, use UL listed, tin-plated copper, 600-volt vinyl insulated compression type ring or fork type equivalent to T&B "Sta-Kon" or Burndy "Vinylug". 3. For No.8 AWG and Larger: T&B "Locktite" connectors, Burndy "Versitap" connectors, or OZ-Gedney solderless connectors, with insulating covers, tape or heat shrink insulation system. a. Terminations and splices in feeders may be made with solderless pressure type connectors complete with composition insulating covers, field insulating tape, or heat shrink insulation system. b. Connectors and lugs for 250 mcm cable and larger shall be of the 2- hole type and for compression type shall have at least 2 indents. C. Compression lugs and connectors shall be tin plated wrought copper, of size to match the cable. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Section 16120 Wire and Cable Page 2 of 6 289 4. Splices in underground exterior wiring shall be made fully waterproof by potting or encapsulating. 5. Insulating tapes shall be of a type approved for the application and shall be flame retardant. Tapes shall be as manufactured by 3M or Bishop Electric. 6. Cable Ties: T&B "Ty -Rap" or Burndy "Unirap". 7. Cable Identification: Branch circuits wire markers 3M "Scotch Code" or accepted equivalent. For feeder sizes, non-ferrous metal stencil tags. 8. Thermal Fusion Connections: "Catalytic thermal weld" by Cadweld or accepted equivalent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Wire and Cable Installation: 1. Wire and cable shall be suitably protected from weather or damage during storage and handling and shall be in first-class condition when installed. 2. Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until raceway system is substantially complete. Wiring shall be continuous within conduit runs. Splices will be allowed only at outlet and junction boxes. Joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. 3. Pulling lubricants, if used, shall comply with UL requirements for the type of conduit material and cable insulation being used. 4. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting and abrasion of cable insulation during the pulling of feeders. a. Ropes used for pulling of feeders shall be made of polyethylene or other suitable nonmetallic material. b. Pulling lines shall be attached to conductor cables by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes attached directly to the conductors. C. Rope hitches shall not be used. d. Cables to be installed in a single conduit shall be pulled in together. e. Where polyethylene insulation is used, and a pulling lubricant is required, the lubricant shall be certified by the manufacturer to be noninjurious to such insulation. 5. Do not bend cables during installation, either permanently or temporarily, to radii less than 12 times the outer diameters, except where conditions make the specified radius impracticable and shorter radii are allowed by the NEC and NEMA Standards. City of South Miami Section 16120 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wire and Cable Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 3 of 6 290 6. Neatly and securely bundle conductors located in branch circuit panelboards, cabinets, control boards, switchboards, and motor control centers. Use nylon bundling straps. 7. Provide suitable installation equipment to prevent cutting or distortion of conduits during the pulling of feeders. Use masking or other means to prevent obliteration of cable identification when solid color coating or colored tracers are used. 8. Control wiring color codes shall be of type as required by its equipment manufacturer. Interconnections of control wiring shall be on numbered terminal strips. 9. Where 2 neutrals are installed in same conduit, their sets of wiring shall be grouped and clearly identified by permanent tags or other means. 10. At each outlet, a loop or end of wire not less than 9 inches long shall be left for connection to lead. 11. Leading end of each conductor pulled shall be carefully examined for damage to jacket. If damage is evident, cable shall be extended and further checked for damage, with good cable only to remain. 12. Cables in junction and pull boxes shall be properly trained and racked. 13. Branch circuit wiring in panelboard gutters shall be installed vertically in the gutter with a 90-degree bend at the supply circuit breaker, wire shall enter the circuit breaker lug horizontally. 14. Install cable supports and boxes at vertical feeders and according to the schedule in the NEC. Boxes shall be built of heavy steel plates not less than No.10 USS gage fastened to an angle iron frame with removable covers secured by brass machine screws. The cable support shall be of the split wedge type that clamps each conductor firmly and tightens due to the weight of the conductor. B. Wire and Cable Splicing and Terminations: 1. Splices and terminations of conductors shall be made using specified materials and methods installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Splices in branch circuit wiring shall be made by stripping conductor insulation, twisting conductors until mechanically secure, and installing a self - threading insulated type connector. Splices are not allowed within panelboards. 3. Conductors shall be squarely cut and fully inserted into the lug barrel or connector. Insulation shall be stripped without cutting the conductor or removing strands, exposing the conductor for the minimum distance required for connection. Splice connectors shall be of a type and be so installed that the conductor is fully insulated by a skirt of such design or taped so cold flow of the conductor insulation will not be induced when the conductor is positioned in its final operating position. 4. Do not combine conductors under the same lug. Provide individual lugs for individual conductors. Re -tighten bolt type connectors 24 to 48 hours after initial installation and before taping. 5. Connectors shall be insulated by approved type, integral or separate cover, or by means of taping with approved plastic or rubber and friction tapes to provide insulating value equal to that of the conductors being joined. The number and size and combinations of conductors allowed by UL as listed on City of South Miami Section 16120 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wire and Cable Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 4 of 6 291 manufacturers' packaging of connector shall be strictly complied with. 6. Terminations at equipment terminal blocks shall be made using compression type connectors suitable to match terminal type. 7. Continuity of neutral on multi -wire branch circuits shall not be made on any device at terminal blocks, but shall be spliced and a tap brought out, thereby assuring no openings of the neutral in the replacement of a device. 8. Feeders shall be identified by means of nonferrous tags or pressure -sensitive labels securely fastened to all cables, feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull boxes, manholes, switchboard rooms, terminations of cables, etc. Tags or labels shall be stamped or printed to include the feeder number, source and equipment supplied. If suspended type tags are provided, they shall be attached by nylon cables ties or other nonconductive permanent means. 9. Branch circuit conductors shall be identified at supply circuit breakers, with the circuit number using pressure sensitive adhesive wire markers. 10. Branch circuit wiring for lighting and other single phase 277 volt or 120-volt applications shall be multi -wired utilizing common neutrals. Under no circumstances shall any switch break a neutral conductor. Branch circuit wiring extending more than 100 feet to the nearest outlet from a panel shall be No.10. 11. Circuiting work shall comply with the following: a. Loads on panel busses shall be balanced on phases as evenly as possible. b. No neutral conductor shall be common to more than 1 circuit conductor connected to the same phase leg of the supply system. C. Circuiting of panelboards shall allow breakers to be grouped logically by functions. C. Voltage Drops at New Construction: 1. Total Allowable Drop for Service Source to Load: Limit to a maximum drop of 5 percent. Increase wire size, where necessary, to comply with this requirement. a. Branch Circuits: Limit to a maximum drop of 3 percent. b. Service Source to Individual Panelboards: Limit to a maximum drop of 2 percent. D. Voltage Drops at Existing Construction: Total Allowable Drop for Service Source to Load: Limit to a maximum drop of 5 percent. Increase wire size, where necessary, to comply with this requirement. a. Branch Circuits: Limit to a maximum drop of 3 percent. b. Service Source to Individual Panelboards: Limit to a maximum drop of 3 percent. City of South Miami Section 16120 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wire and Cable Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 5 of 6 292 City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 END OF SECTION Section 16120 Wire and Cable Page 6 of 6 293 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature and data before starting work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Florida Building Code (FBC). 1. Convenience outlets installed within 6 feet of water supplies, wet locations, and toilet rooms shall have a ground fault circuit interrupt (GFI) protection device. 2. Outdoor outlets shall be weather proof outdoor GFI. 3. Use of isolated ground receptacles is prohibited. 4. Outlets, switches, and boxes located adjacent to cooling towers or in other corrosive environments shall be rated NEMA 4X. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wiring devices shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Wiring Devices: Comply with NEMA Wd6 and NEC (NFPA 70). 1. Switches: a. Rated at 20 amps, 277 volts AC, horsepower rated for 1 HP at 120 volts. b. Provide for back (not push -in) or side wiring. C. Key type switches shall be keyed identically. d. Manufacturers: Hubbell CSB 120 Series or accepted equivalent by Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: a. Comply with NEMA 5-20R as applicable, be of specification grade, back (not push -in) and side wired, U-slotted grounding type, 3-wire, rated 20 amp, 125 volts AC. City of South Miami Section 16140 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wiring Devices Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 1 of 3 294 b. Double Duplex: Consist of 2 receptacles under a common plate. Single receptacles shall be similar to duplex receptacles. C. Manufacturers: Hubbell CR20 or accepted equivalent by Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 3.. Ground Fault Receptacles: a. NEMA 5-20R type, rated at 20 amps, 120 volts with 5 ± 1 mA trip threshold, and UL nominal trip time of 0.025 sec. b. Manufacturers: 1) Hubbell GF5352, Pass and Seymour 2091-Fl feed thru type, or accepted equivalent by Bryant or Leviton. 4. Special Purposes Receptacles: a. Comply with NEMA 5-20R, of specification grade, back (not push -in) or side wired. b. Provide ratings and type as indicated on Drawings. 5. Wiring devices shall be ivory color unless noted otherwise. B. Lighting and Exhaust Fan Switch at Single Use Toilet Rooms: Switch with built-in time delay. 1. Fan and light operate together when control is in "on" position. 2. Fan continues to operate for a minimum of 5 minutes after light is turned off. 3. 120V, 60 Hz, 4-amp capacity for each light circuit and fan circuit, ivory. 4. No.5C209 by Broan or accepted equivalent. C. Cover Plates: 1. Outlets in shall have brushed stainless steel plates. 2. Provide ganged switches to a maximum of three. If more are required on Drawings, provide in multiples of two or three. 3. Provide weatherproof receptacles with cast aluminum, spring loaded dock - type gasketed wet location cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wiring devices according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Verify location of wiring devices before rough -in of outlet boxes and conduit with City of South Miami Section 16140 Gibson Bethel Community Center Wiring Devices Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11 /18 Page 2 of 3 295 Architectural Drawings for door swings and furniture details. Duplex receptacles in finished areas shall be vertically mounted. C. Boxes mounted back-to-back are not allowed. D. Install devices tightly within box with screws provided. Do not rely upon plate for device alignment and support to assure devices are grounded to box. In receptacles, use self -grounding screws, separate ground conductor or bond wire to box. City of South Miami Gibson Bethel Community Center Basulto & Associates, Inc. 12/11/18 END OF SECTION Section 16140 Wiring Devices Page 3 of 3 296 EXHIBIT No. I SCOPE OF SERVICES Attachment D FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-OS "BACKGROUND SCREENING, FLORIDA STATUES, CHAPTER 435" 297 2018 FLORIDA STATUES TITLE XXXI LABOR CHAPTER 435 EMPLOYMENT SCREENING 435.01 Applicability of this chapter; statutory references; rulemaking. 435.02 Definitions. 435.03 Level I screening standards. 435.04 Level 2 screening standards. 435.05 Requirements for covered employees and employers. 435.06 Exclusion from employment 435.07 Exemptions from disqualification. 435.08 Payment for processing of fingerprints and state criminal records checks. 435.09 Confidentiality of personnel background check information. 435.10 Sharing of personnel information among employers. 435.11 Penalties. 435.12 Care Provider Background Screening Clearinghouse. 435.01 Applicability of this chapter; statutory references; rulemaking.— (1)(a) Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever a background screening for employment or a background security check is required by law to be conducted pursuant to this chapter, the provisions of this chapter apply. (b) Unless expressly provided otherwise, a reference in any section of the Florida Statutes to chapter 435 or to any section or sections or portion of a section of chapter 435 includes all subsequent amendments to chapter 435 or to the referenced section or sections or portions of a section. The purpose of this chapter is to facilitate uniform background screening and, to this end, a reference to this chapter, or to any section or subdivision within this chapter, constitutes a general reference under the doctrine of incorporation by reference. (2) Agencies may adopt rules to administer this chapter. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 35, ch. 2010-1 14. 435.02 Definitions. —For the purposes of this chapter, the term: (1) "Agency" means any state, county, or municipal agency that grants licenses or registration permitting the operation of an employer or is itself an employer or that otherwise facilitates the screening of employees pursuant to this chapter. If there is no state agency or the 298 municipal or county agency chooses not to conduct employment screening, "agency" means the Department of Children and Families. (2) "Employee" means any person required by law to be screened pursuant to this chapter, including, but not limited to, persons who are contractors, licensees, or volunteers. (3) "Employer" means any person or entity required by law to conduct screening of employees pursuant to this chapter. (4) "Employment" means any activity or service sought to be performed by an employee which requires the employee to be screened pursuant to this chapter. (5) "Specified agency" means the Department of Health, the Department of Children and Families, the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation within the Department of Education, the Agency for Health Care Administration, the Department of Elderly Affairs, the Department of Juvenile Justice, the Agency for Persons with Disabilities, and local licensing agencies approved pursuant to s. 402.307, when these agencies are conducting state and national criminal history background screening on persons who work with children or persons who are elderly or disabled. (6) "Vulnerable person" means a minor as defined in s. 1.01 or a vulnerable adult as defined in s. 415.102. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 207, ch. 99-8; s. 36, ch. 2010-1 14; s. 9, ch. 2012-73; s. 257, ch. 2014-19; s. 10, ch. 2015-79. 435.03 Level I screening standards.— (1) All employees required by law to be screened pursuant to this section must undergo background screening as a condition of employment and continued employment which includes, but need not be limited to, employment history checks and statewide criminal correspondence checks through the Department of Law Enforcement, and a check of the Dru Sjodin National Sex Offender Public Website, and may include local criminal records checks through local law enforcement agencies. (2) Any person required by law to be screened pursuant to this section must not have an arrest awaiting final disposition, must not have been found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, and must not have been adjudicated delinquent and the record has not been sealed or expunged for, any offense prohibited under s. 435.04(2) or similar law of another jurisdiction. (3) The security background investigations under this section must ensure that no person subject to this section has been found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, any offense that constitutes domestic violence as defined in s. 741.28, whether such act was committed in this state or in another jurisdiction. 299 History. s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 15, ch. 96-268; s. 21, ch. 96-322; s. 3, ch. 98-417; s. 87, ch. 2000-153; s. 45, ch. 2000-349; s. 62, ch. 2001-62; s. 50, ch. 2003-1; s. 4, ch. 2004-267; s. 3, ch. 2005-1 19; s. 89, ch. 2006-197; s. 61, ch. 2006-227; s. 109, ch. 2007-5; s. 16, ch. 2008-244; s. 37, ch. 2010-1 14; s. 34, ch. 2011-4. 435.04 Level 2 screening standards.— (1)(a) All employees required by law to be screened pursuant to this section must undergo security background investigations as a condition of employment and continued employment which includes, but need not be limited to, fingerprinting for statewide criminal history records checks through the Department of Law Enforcement, and national criminal history records checks through the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and may include local criminal records checks through local law enforcement agencies. (b) Fingerprints submitted pursuant to this section on or after July 1, 2012, must be submitted electronically to the Department of Law Enforcement. (c) An agency may contract with one or more vendors to perform all or part of the electronic fingerprinting pursuant to this section. Such contracts must ensure that the owners and personnel of the vendor performing the electronic fingerprinting are qualified and will ensure the integrity and security of all personal information. (d) An agency may require by rule that fingerprints submitted pursuant to this section must be submitted electronically to the Department of Law Enforcement on a date earlier than July 1, 2012. (e) Vendors who submit fingerprints on behalf of employers must: 1. Meet the requirements of s. 943.OS3, and 2. Have the ability to communicate electronically with the state agency accepting screening results from the Department of Law Enforcement and provide the applicant's full first name, middle initial, and lost name; social security number or individual taxpayer identification number; date of birth; mailing address; sex, and race. (2) The security background investigations under this section must ensure that no persons subject to the provisions of this section have been arrested for and are awaiting final disposition of, have been found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, or have been adjudicated delinquent and the record has not been sealed or expunged for, any offense prohibited under any of the following provisions of state low or similar law of another jurisdiction: (a) Section 393.13S, relating to sexual misconduct with certain developmentally disabled clients and reporting of such sexual misconduct. (b) Section 394.4S93, relating to sexual misconduct with certain mental health patients and reporting of such sexual misconduct. 300 (c) Section 41 S. 111, relating to adult abuse, neglect, or exploitation of aged persons or disabled adults. (d) Section 777.04, relating to attempts, solicitation, and conspiracy to commit an offense listed in this subsection. (e) Section 782.04, relating to murder. (fl Section 782.07, relating to manslaughter, aggravated manslaughter of an elderly person or disabled adult, or aggravated manslaughter of a child. (g) Section 782.071, relating to vehicular homicide. (h) Section 782.09, relating to killing of an unborn child by injury to the mother. (i) Chapter 784, relating to assault, battery, and culpable negligence, if the offense was a felony. 0) Section 784.011, relating to assault, if the victim of the offense was a minor. (k) Section 784.03, relating to battery, if the victim of the offense was a minor. (1) Section 787.01, relating to kidnapping. (m) Section 787.02, relating to false imprisonment. (n) Section 787.02S, relating to luring or enticing a child. (o) Section 787.04(2), relating to taking enticing or removing a child beyond the state limits with criminal intent pending custody proceedings. (p) Section 787.04(3), relating to carrying a child beyond the state lines with criminal intent to avoid producing a child at a custody hearing or delivering the child to the designated person. (q) Section 790.11 S(I ), relating to exhibiting firearms or weapons within 1,000 feet of a school. (r) Section 790.11 S(2)(b), relating to possessing an electric weapon or device, destructive device, or other weapon on school property. (s) Section 794.011, relating to sexual battery. (t) Former s. 794.041, relating to prohibited acts of persons in familial or custodial authority. (u) Section 794.OS, relating to unlawful sexual activity with certain minors. (v) Chapter 796, relating to prostitution. (w) Section 798.02, relating to lewd and lascivious behavior. (x) Chapter 800, relating to lewdness and indecent exposure. (y) Section 806.01, relating to arson. (z) Section 810.02, relating to burglary. (aa) Section 810.14, relating to voyeurism, if the offense is a felony. (bb) Section 810.14S, relating to video voyeurism, if the offense is a felony. 301 (cc) Chapter 812, relating to theft, robbery, and related crimes, if the offense is a felony. (dd) Section 817.563, relating to fraudulent sale of controlled substances, only if the offense was a felony. (ee) Section 825.102, relating to abuse, aggravated abuse, or neglect of an elderly person or disabled adult. (f f) Section 825.1025, relating to lewd or lascivious offenses committed upon or in the presence of an elderly person or disabled adult. (gg) Section 825.103, relating to exploitation of an elderly person or disabled adult, if the offense was a felony. (hh) Section 826.04, relating to incest. (ii) Section 827.03, relating to child abuse, aggravated child abuse, or neglect of a child. 0j) Section 827.04, relating to contributing to the delinquency or dependency of a child. (kk) Former s. 827.05, relating to negligent treatment of children. (11) Section 827.071, relating to sexual performance by a child. (mm) Section 843.01, relating to resisting arrest with violence. (nn) Section 843.025, relating to depriving a law enforcement, correctional, or correctional probation officer means of protection or communication. (oo) Section 843.12, relating to aiding in an escape. (pp) Section 843.13, relating to aiding in the escape of juvenile inmates in correctional institutions. (qq) Chapter 847, relating to obscene literature. (rr) Section 874.05, relating to encouraging or recruiting another to join a criminal gang. (ss) Chapter 893, relating to drug abuse prevention and control, only if the offense was a felony or if any other person involved in the offense was a minor. (tt) Section 916.1075, relating to sexual misconduct with certain forensic clients and reporting of such sexual misconduct. (uu) Section 944.35(3), relating to inflicting cruel or inhuman treatment on an inmate resulting in great bodily harm. (vv) Section 944.40, relating to escape. (ww) Section 944.46, relating to harboring concealing or aiding an escaped prisoner. 302 (xx) Section 944.47, relating to introduction of contraband into a correctional facility. (yy) Section 98S.701, relating to sexual misconduct in juvenile justice programs. (zz) Section 98S.711, relating to contraband introduced into detention facilities. (3) The security background investigations under this section must ensure that no person subject to this section has been arrested for and is awaiting final disposition of, been found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, any offense that constitutes domestic violence as defined in s. 741.28, whether such act was committed in this state or in another jurisdiction. (4) For the purpose of screening applicability to participate in the Medicaid program, the security background investigations under this section must ensure that a person subject to screening under this section has not been arrested for and is not awaiting final disposition of; has not been found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to; and has not been adjudicated delinquent and the record sealed or expunged for, any of the following offenses: (a) Violation of a federal law or a law in any state which creates a criminal offense relating to: 1. The delivery of any goods or services under Medicaid or Medicare or any other public or private health care or health insurance program, including the performance of management or administrative services relating to the delivery of goods or services under any such program; 2. Neglect or abuse of a patient in connection with the delivery of any health care good or service; 3. Unlawful manufacture, distribution, prescription, or dispensing of a controlled substance; 4. Fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, or other financial misconduct; S. Moral turpitude, if punishable by imprisonment of a year or more; or 6. Interference with or obstruction of an investigation into any criminal offense identified in this subsection. (b) Violation of the following state laws or laws of another jurisdiction: 1. Section 817.S69, criminal use of a public record or information contained in a public record; 2. Section 838.016, unlawful compensation or reward for official behavior; 3. Section 838.021, corruption by threat against a public servant; 4. Section 838.022, official misconduct; 303 5. Section 838.22, bid tampering; 6. Section 839.13, falsifying records; or 7. Section 839.26, misuse of confidential information. (c) Violation of a federal or state low, rule, or regulation governing the Florida Medicaid program or any other state Medicaid program, the Medicare program, or any other publicly funded federal or state health care or health insurance program. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 16, ch. 96-268; s. 22, ch. 96-322; s. 4, ch. 98-417; s. 5, ch. 99-284; s. 88, ch. 2000-153; s. 7, ch. 2001-125; s. S, ch. 2004-267; s. 4, ch. 20OS-119; s. 111, ch. 2006-120; s. 90, ch. 2006-197; s. 110, ch. 2007-5; s. 3, ch. 2007-112; s. 66, ch. 2009-223; s. 6, ch. 2010-31; s. 38, ch. 2010-114; s. 10, ch. 2012-73; s. 4, ch. 2013-80; s. 6, ch. 2014-84; s. 4, ch. 2014-194; s. 3, ch. 2016-162; s. 19, ch. 2017-37; s. 89, ch. 2018-24. 435.05 Requirements for covered employees and employers. —Except as otherwise provided by law, the following requirements apply to covered employees and employers: (1)(a) Every person required by law to be screened pursuant to this chapter must submit a complete set of information necessary to conduct a screening under this chapter. (b) For level I screening, the employer must submit the information necessary for screening to the Department of Law Enforcement within 5 working days after receiving it. The Department of Law Enforcement shall conduct a search of its records and respond to the employer or agency. The employer must inform the employee whether screening has revealed any disqualifying information. (c) For level 2 screening, the employer or agency must submit the information necessary for screening to the Department of Law Enforcement within 5 working days after receiving it. The Department of Law Enforcement shall perform a criminal history record check of its records and request that the Federal Bureau of Investigation perform a national criminal history record check of its records for each employee for whom the request is made. The Department of Law Enforcement shall respond to the employer or agency, and the employer or agency must inform the employee whether screening has revealed disqualifying information. (d) The person whose background is being checked must supply any missing criminal or other necessary information upon request to the requesting employer or agency within 30 days after receiving the request for the information. (2) Every employee must attest, subject to penalty of perjury, to meeting the requirements for qualifying for employment pursuant to this chapter and agreeing to inform the employer immediately if arrested for any of the disqualifying offenses while employed by the employer. (3) Each employer licensed or registered with an agency must conduct level 2 background screening and must submit to the agency annually or at the time of license renewal, under 304 penalty of perjury, a signed attestation attesting to compliance with the provisions of this chapter. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 208, ch. 99-8; s. 46, ch. 2000-349; s. 63, ch. 2001-62; s. 21, ch. 2004-267; s. 67, ch. 2009-223; s. 39, ch. 2010-1 14; s. 7, ch. 2014-84. 435.06 Exclusion from employment.— (1) If an employer or agency has reasonable cause to believe that grounds exist for the denial or termination of employment of any employee as a result of background screening, it shall notify the employee in writing, stating the specific record that indicates noncompliance with the standards in this chapter. It is the responsibility of the affected employee to contest his or her disqualification or to request exemption from disqualification. The only basis for contesting the disqualification is proof of mistaken identity. (2)(a) An employer may not hire, select, or otherwise allow an employee to have contact with any vulnerable person that would place the employee in a role that requires background screening until the screening process is completed and demonstrates the absence of any grounds for the denial or termination of employment. If the screening process shows any grounds for the denial or termination of employment, the employer may not hire, select, or otherwise allow the employee to have contact with any vulnerable person that would place the employee in a role that requires background screening unless the employee is granted an exemption for the disqualification by the agency as provided under s. 435.07. (b) If an employer becomes aware that an employee has been arrested for a disqualifying offense, the employer must remove the employee from contact with any vulnerable person that places the employee in a role that requires background screening until the arrest is resolved in a way that the employer determines that the employee is still eligible for employment under this chapter. (c) The employer must terminate the employment of any of its personnel found to be in noncompliance with the minimum standards of this chapter or place the employee in a position for which background screening is not required unless the employee is granted an exemption from disqualification pursuant to s. 435.07. (d) An employer may hire an employee to a position that requires background screening before the employee completes the screening process for training and orientation purposes. However, the employee may not have direct contact with vulnerable persons until the screening process is completed and the employee demonstrates that he or she exhibits no behaviors that warrant the denial or termination of employment. (3) Any employee who refuses to cooperate in such screening or refuses to timely submit the information necessary to complete the screening, including fingerprints if required, must be disqualified for employment in such position or, if employed, must be dismissed. 305 (4) There is no reemployment assistance or other monetary liability on the part of, and no cause of action for damages against, an employer that, upon notice of a conviction or arrest for a disqualifying offense listed under this chapter, terminates the person against whom the report was issued or who was arrested, regardless of whether or not that person has filed for an exemption pursuant to this chapter. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 40, ch. 2010-1 14; s. 65, ch. 2012-30; s. 11, ch. 2012-73. 435.07 Exemptions from disqualification. —Unless otherwise provided by law, the provisions of this section apply to exemptions from disqualification for disqualifying offenses revealed pursuant to background screenings required under this chapter, regardless of whether those disqualifying offenses are listed in this chapter or other laws. (1)(a) The head of the appropriate agency may grant to any employee otherwise disqualified from employment an exemption from disqualification for. 1. Felonies for which at least 3 years have elapsed since the applicant for the exemption has completed or been lawfully released from confinement, supervision, or nonmonetary condition imposed by the court for the disqualifying felony; 2. Misdemeanors prohibited under any of the statutes cited in this chapter or under similar statutes of other jurisdictions for which the applicant for the exemption has completed or been lawfully released from confinement, supervision, or nonmonetary condition imposed by the court; 3. Offenses that were felonies when committed but that are now misdemeanors and for which the applicant for the exemption has completed or been lawfully released from confinement, supervision, or nonmonetary condition imposed by the court; or 4. Findings of delinquency. For offenses that would be felonies if committed by an adult and the record has not been sealed or expunged, the exemption may not be granted until at least 3 years have elapsed since the applicant for the exemption has completed or been lawfully released from confinement, supervision, or nonmonetary condition imposed by the court for the disqualifying offense. (b) A person applying for an exemption who was ordered to pay any amount for any fee, fine, fund, lien, civil judgment, application, costs of prosecution, trust, or restitution as part of the judgment and sentence for any disqualifying felony or misdemeanor must pay the court - ordered amount in full before he or she is eligible for the exemption. For the purposes of this subsection, the term "felonies" means both felonies prohibited under any of the statutes cited in this chapter or under similar statutes of other jurisdictions. (2) Persons employed, or applicants for employment, by treatment providers who treat adolescents 13 years of age and older who are disqualified from employment solely because of KIIII crimes under s. 817.563, s. 893.13, or s. 893.147 may be exempted from disqualification from employment pursuant to this chapter without application of the waiting period in subparagraph (1)(a)1. (3)(a) In order for the head of an agency to grant an exemption to any employee, the employee must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the employee should not be disqualified from employment. Employees seeking an exemption have the burden of setting forth clear and convincing evidence of rehabilitation, including, but not limited to, the circumstances surrounding the criminal incident for which an exemption is sought, the time period that has elapsed since the incident, the nature of the harm caused to the victim, and the history of the employee since the incident, or any other evidence or circumstances indicating that the employee will not present a danger if employment or continued employment is allowed. (b) The agency may consider as part of its deliberations of the employee's rehabilitation the fact that the employee has, subsequent to the conviction for the disqualifying offense for which the exemption is being sought, been arrested for or convicted of another crime, even if that crime is not a disqualifying offense. (c) The decision of the head of an agency regarding an exemption may be contested through the hearing procedures set forth in chapter 120. The standard of review by the administrative law judge is whether the agency's intended action is an abuse of discretion. (4)(a) Disqualification from employment under this chapter may not be removed from, nor may an exemption be granted to, any personnel who is found guilty of, regardless of adjudication, or who has entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, any felony covered by s. 435.03 or s. 435.04 solely by reason of any pardon, executive clemency, or restoration of civil rights. (b) Disqualification from employment under this chapter may not be removed from, nor may an exemption be granted to, any person who is a: 1. Sexual predator as designated pursuant to s. 775.21; 2. Career offender pursuant to s. 775.261; or 3. Sexual offender pursuant to s. 943.0435, unless the requirement to register as a sexual offender has been removed pursuant to s. 943.04354. (c) Disqualification from employment under this chapter may not be removed from, and an exemption may not be granted to, any current or prospective child care personnel, as defined in s. 402.302(3), and such a person is disqualified from employment as child care personnel, regardless of any previous exemptions from disqualification, if the person has been registered as a sex offender as described in 42 U.S.C. s. 9858f(c)(1)(C) or has been arrested for and is awaiting final disposition of, has been convicted or found guilty of, or entered a plea of guilty or 307 nolo contendere to, regardless of adjudication, or has been adjudicated delinquent and the record has not been sealed or expunged for, any offense prohibited under any of the following provisions of state law or a similar law of another jurisdiction: 1. A felony offense prohibited under any of the following statutes: a. Chapter 741, relating to domestic violence. b. Section 782.04, relating to murder. c. Section 782.07, relating to manslaughter, aggravated manslaughter of an elderly person or disabled adult, aggravated manslaughter of a child, or aggravated manslaughter of an officer, a firefighter, an emergency medical technician, or a paramedic. d. Section 784.021, relating to aggravated assault. e. Section 784.045, relating to aggravated battery. f. Section 787.01, relating to kidnapping. g. Section 787.025, relating to luring or enticing a child. h. Section 787.04(2), relating to leading, taking, enticing, or removing a minor beyond the state limits, or concealing the location of a minor, with criminal intent pending custody proceedings. i. Section 787.04(3), relating to leading, taking, enticing, or removing a minor beyond the state limits, or concealing the location of a minor, with criminal intent pending dependency proceedings or proceedings concerning alleged abuse or neglect of a minor. j. Section 794.011, relating to sexual battery. k. Former s. 794.041, relating to sexual activity with or solicitation of a child by a person in familial or custodial authority. I. Section 794.05, relating to unlawful sexual activity with certain minors. m. Section 794.08, relating to female genital mutilation. n. Section 806.01, relating to arson. o. Section 826.04, relating to incest. p. Section 827.03, relating to child abuse, aggravated child abuse, or neglect of a child. q. Section 827.04, relating to contributing to the delinquency or dependency of a child. r. Section 827.071, relating to sexual performance by a child. s. Chapter 847, relating to child pornography. t. Chapter 893, relating to a drug abuse prevention and control offense, if that offense was committed in the preceding 5 years. u. Section 985.701, relating to sexual misconduct in juvenile justice programs. 2. A misdemeanor offense prohibited under any of the following statutes: a. Section 784.03, relating to battery, if the victim of the offense was a minor. b. Section 787.025, relating to luring or enticing a child. 308 c. Chapter 847, relating to child pornography. 3. A criminal act committed in another state or under federal law which, if committed in this state, constitutes an offense prohibited under any statute listed in subparagraph 1. or subparagraph 2. (5) Exemptions granted by one agency shall be considered by subsequent agencies, but are not binding on the subsequent agency. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 47, ch. 2000-349; s. 64, ch. 2001-62; s. 29, ch. 2004-267; s. 9, ch. 2005-128; s. 41, ch. 2010-1 14; s. 8, ch. 2014-84; ss. 1, 3, ch. 2016-98; s. 26, ch. 2016-104; S. 37, ch. 2016-105; s. 15, ch. 2016-238; s. 20, ch. 2017-37; s. 26, ch. 2018-103. 435.08 Payment for processing of fingerprints and state criminal records checks. —The employer or the employee is responsible for paying the costs of screening. Payment shall be submitted to the Department of Law Enforcement with the request for screening. The appropriate agency is responsible for collecting and paying any fee related to fingerprints retained on its behalf to the Department of Law Enforcement for costs resulting from the fingerprint information retention services. The amount of the annual fee and procedures for the submission and retention of fingerprint information and for the dissemination of search results shall be established by rule of the Department of Law Enforcement. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 209, ch. 99-8; s. 48, ch. 2000-349; s. 42, ch. 2010-1 14. 435.09 Confidentiality of personnel background check information. —No criminal or juvenile information obtained under this section may be used for any purpose other than determining whether persons meet the minimum standards for employment or for an owner or director of a covered service provider. The criminal records and juvenile records obtained by the department or by an employer are exempt from s. 119.07(1). History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 282, ch. 96-406; s. 49, ch. 2000-349. 435.10 Sharing of personnel information among employers. —Every employer of employees covered by this chapter shall furnish copies of personnel records for employees or former employees to any other employer requesting this information pursuant to this section. Information contained in the records may include, but is not limited to, disciplinary matters and any reason for termination. Any employer releasing such records pursuant to this chapter shall be considered to be acting in good faith and may not be held liable for information contained in such records, absent a showing that the employer maliciously falsified such records. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228. 435.11 Penalties.— (1) It is a misdemeanor of the first degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082 or s. 775.083, for any person willfully, knowingly, or intentionally to: 309 (a) Fail, by false statement, misrepresentation, impersonation, or other fraudulent means, to disclose in any application for voluntary or paid employment a material fact used in making a determination as to such person's qualifications for a position of special trust. (b) Use records information for purposes other than screening for employment or release records information to other persons for purposes other than screening for employment. (2) It is a felony of the third degree, punishable as provided in s. 775.082, s. 775.083, or s. 775.084, for any person willfully, knowingly, or intentionally to use juvenile records information for any purposes other than specified in this section or to release such information to other persons for purposes other than specified in this section. History.—s. 47, ch. 95-228; s. 283, ch. 96-406. 435.12 Care Provider Background Screening Clearinghouse.— (1) The Agency for Health Care Administration in consultation with the Department of Law Enforcement shall create a secure web -based system, which shall be known as the "Care Provider Background Screening Clearinghouse" or "clearinghouse," and which shall be implemented to the full extent practicable no later than September 30, 2013, subject to the specified agencies being funded and equipped to participate in such program. The clearinghouse shall allow the results of criminal history checks provided to the specified agencies for screening of persons qualified as care providers under s. 943.0542 to be shared among the specified agencies when a person has applied to volunteer, be employed, be licensed, or enter into a contract that requires a state and national fingerprint -based criminal history check. The Agency for Health Care Administration and the Department of Law Enforcement may adopt rules to create forms or implement procedures needed to carry out this section. (2)(a) To ensure that the information in the clearinghouse is current, the fingerprints of an employee required to be screened by a specified agency and included in the clearinghouse must be: 1. Retained by the Department of Law Enforcement pursuant to s. 94105(2)(g) and (h) and (3), and the Department of Law Enforcement must report the results of searching those fingerprints against state incoming arrest fingerprint submissions to the Agency for Health Care Administration for inclusion in the clearinghouse. 2. Retained by the Federal Bureau of Investigation in the national retained print arrest notification program as soon as the Department of Law Enforcement begins participation in such program. Arrest prints will be searched against retained prints at the Federal Bureau of Investigation and notification of arrests will be forwarded to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement and reported to the Agency for Health Care Administration for inclusion in the clearinghouse. 310 3. Resubmitted for a Federal Bureau of Investigation national criminal history check every 5 years until such time as the fingerprints are retained by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. 4. Subject to retention on a 5-year renewal basis with fees collected at the time of initial submission or resubmission of fingerprints. S. Submitted with a photograph of the person taken at the time the fingerprints are submitted. (b) Until such time as the fingerprints are enrolled in the national retained print arrest notification program at the Federal Bureau of Investigation, an employee with a break in service of more than 90 days from a position that requires screening by a specified agency must submit to a national screening if the person returns to a position that requires screening by a specified agency. (c) An employer of persons subject to screening by a specified agency must register with the clearinghouse and maintain the employment status of all employees within the clearinghouse. Initial employment status and any changes in status must be reported within 10 business days. (d) An employer must register with and initiate all criminal history checks through the clearinghouse before referring an employee or potential employee for electronic fingerprint submission to the Department of Law Enforcement. The registration must include the employee's full first name, middle initial, and last name; social security number; date of birth; mailing address; sex; and race. Individuals, persons, applicants, and controlling interests that cannot legally obtain a social security number must provide an individual taxpayer identification number. (3) An employee who has undergone a fingerprint -based criminal history check by a specified agency before the clearinghouse is operational is not required to be checked again solely for the purpose of entry in the clearinghouse. Every employee who is or will become subject to fingerprint -based criminal history checks to be eligible to be licensed, have their license renewed, or meet screening or rescreening requirements by a specified agency once the specified agency participates in the clearinghouse shall be subject to the requirements of this section with respect to entry of records in the clearinghouse and retention of fingerprints for reporting the results of searching against state incoming arrest fingerprint submissions. History.—s. 12, ch. 2012-73; s. 9, ch. 2014-84. 311 EXHIBIT 2 FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 Insurance & Indemnification Requirements Insurance A. Without limiting its liability, the contractor, consultant or consulting firm (hereinafter referred to as "FIRM" with regard to Insurance and Indemnification requirements) shall be required to procure and maintain at its own expense during the life of the Contract, insurance of the types and in the minimum amounts stated below as will protect the FIRM, from claims which may arise out of or result from the contract or the performance of the contract with the City of South Miami, whether such claim is against the FIRM or any sub -contractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. No insurance required by the CITY shall be issued or written by a surplus lines carrier unless authorized in writing by the CITY and such authorization shall be at the CITY's sole and absolute discretion. The FIRM shall purchase insurance from and shall maintain the insurance with a company or companies lawfully authorized to sell insurance in the State of Florida, on forms approved by the State of Florida, as will protect the FIRM, at a minimum, from all claims as set forth below which may arise out of or result from the FIRM's operations under the Contract and for which the FIRM may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the FIRM or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: (a) claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; (b) claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the FIRM's employees; (c) claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the FIRM's employees, (d) claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; (e) claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting there from; (0 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; (g) claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and (h) claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the FIRM's obligations under the Contract Firm's Insurance Generally. The FIRM shall provide and maintain in force and effect until all the Work to be performed under this Contract has been completed and accepted by CITY (or for such duration as is otherwise specified hereinafter), the insurance coverage written on Florida approved forms and as set forth below: Workers' Compensation Insurance at the statutory amount as to all employees in compliance with the 'Workers' Compensation Law" of the State of Florida including Chapter 440, Florida Statutes, as presently written or hereafter amended, and all applicable federal laws. In addition, the policy (ies) must include: Employers' Liability at the statutory coverage amount. The FIRM shall further insure that all of its Subcontractors maintain appropriate levels of Worker's Compensation Insurance. Commercial Comprehensive General Liability insurance with broad form endorsement, as well as automobile liability, completed operations and products liability, contractual liability, severability of interest with cross liability provision, and personal injury and property damage liability with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate, including: • Personal Injury: $1,000,000; • Medical Insurance: $5,000 per person; • Property *Damage: $500,000 each occurrence; Umbrella Commercial Comprehensive General Liability insurance shall be written on a Florida approved form with the same coverage as the primary insurance policy but in the amount of $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate. Coverage must be afforded on a form no more restrictive than the latest edition of the Comprehensive General Liability policy, without restrictive endorsements, as filed by the Insurance Services Office, and must include: (a) Premises and Operation (b) Independent Contractors 312 (c) Products and/or Completed Operations Hazard (d) Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazard Coverage (e) Broad Form Property Damage (f) Broad Form Contractual Coverage applicable to this specific Contract, including any hold harmless and/or indemnification agreement (g) Personal Injury Coverage with Employee and Contractual Exclusions removed, with minimum limits of coverage equal to those required for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability. Business Automobile Liability with minimum limits of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) plus an additional One Million Dollar ($1,000,000.00) umbrella per occurrence combined single limit for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability. Umbrella coverage must be afforded on a form no more restrictive than the latest edition of the Business Automobile Liability policy, without restrictive endorsements, as filed by with the state of Florida, and must include: (a) Owned Vehicles. (b) Hired and Non -Owned Vehicles (c) Employers' Non -Ownership Subcontracts: The FIRM agrees that if any part of the Work under the Contract is sublet, the subcontract shall contain the same insurance provision as set forth in these insurance and indemnification requirements, other than the Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance and substituting the word Subcontractor for the word FIRM where applicable. Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance (Builders' Risk), IF APPLICABLE: A. In the event that this contract involves the construction of a structure, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain, with an Insurance Company or Insurance Companies acceptable to the CITY, "Broad" form/All Risk Insurance on buildings and structures, including Vandalism & Malicious Mischief coverage, while in the course of construction, including foundations, additions, attachments and all permanent fixtures belonging to and constituting a part of said buildings or structures. The policy or policies shall also cover machinery, if the cost of machinery is included in the Contract, or if the machinery is located in a building that is being renovated by reason of this contract. The amount of insurance must, at all times, be at least equal to the replacement and actual cash value of the insured property. The policy shall be in the name of the CITY and the CONTRACTOR, as their interest may appear, and shall also cover the interests of all Subcontractors performing Work. B. All of the provisions set forth in the Miscellaneous section below shall apply to this coverage unless it would be clearly not applicable. Miscellaneous: A. If any notice of cancellation of insurance or change in coverage is issued by the insurance company or should any insurance have an expiration date that will occur during the period of this contract, the FIRM shall be responsible for securing other acceptable insurance prior to such cancellation, change, or expiration so as to provide continuous coverage as specified in this section and so as to maintain coverage during the life of this Contract. B. All deductibles must be declared by the FIRM and must be approved by the CITY. At the option of the CITY, either the FIRM shall eliminate or reduce such deductible or the FIRM shall procure a Bond, in a form satisfactory to the CITY covering the same. C. The policies shall contain waiver of subrogation against CITY where applicable, shall expressly provide that such policy or policies are primary over any other collectible insurance that CITY may have. The CITY reserves the right at any time to request a copy of the required policies for review. All policies shall contain a "severability of interest" or "cross liability" clause without obligation for premium payment of the CITY as well as contractual liability provision covering the Contractors duty to indemnify the City as provided in this Agreement. D. Before starting the Work, the FIRM shall deliver to the CITY and CONSULTANT certificates of such insurance, acceptable to the CITY, as well as the insurance binder, if one is issued, the insurance policy, including the declaration page and all applicable endorsements and provide the name, address and telephone number of the insurance agent or broker through whom the policy was obtained. The insurer shall be rated A.VII or better per A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, latest edition and authorized to issue insurance in the State of Florida. All insurance policies must be written on forms approved by the State of Florida and they must remain in full force and effect for the duration of the contract period with the CITY. The FIRM may be required by the CITY, at its sole discretion, to provide a "certified copy" of the Policy (as defined in Article I of this document) which shall include the declaration page and all required endorsements. In addition, the FIRM shall deliver, at the time of delivery of the insurance certificate, the following endorsements: (1) a policy provision or an endorsement with substantially similar provisions as follows: "The City of South Miami is an additional insured. The insurer shall pay all sums that the City of South Miami becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of 'bodily injury", 'property damage', or "personal and advertising injury" and it will provide to the City all of the coverage that is typically provided under the standard Florida approved forms for commercial general liability coverage A and coverage B"; (2) a policy provision or an endorsement with substantially similar provisions as follows: "This policy shall not be cancelled (including cancellation for non-payment of premium), terminated or materially modified without first giving the City of South Miami ten (10) days advanced written notice of the intent to materially modify the policy or to cancel or terminate the policy for any reason. The notification shall be delivered to the City by certified mail, with proof of delivery to the City." E. If the FIRM is providing professional services, such as would be provided by an architect, engineer, attorney, or accountant, to name a few, then in such event and in addition to the above requirements, the FIRM shall also provide Professional Liability Insurance on a Florida approved form in the amount of $1,000,000 with deductible per claim if any, not to exceed 5% of the limit of liability providing for all sums which the FIRM shall become legally obligated to pay as damages for claims arising out of the services or work performed by the FIRM its agents, representatives, Sub Contractors or assigns, or by any person employed or retained by him in connection with this Agreement. This insurance shall be maintained for four years after completion of the construction and acceptance of any Project covered by this Agreement. However, the FIRM may purchase Specific Project Professional Liability Insurance, in the amount and ,under the terms specified above, which is also acceptable. No insurance shall be issued by a surplus lines carrier unless authorized in writing by the city at the city's sole, absolute and unfettered discretion. Indemnification Requirement A. The Contractor accepts and voluntarily incurs all risks of any injuries, damages, or harm which might arise during the work or event that is occurring on the CITY's property due to the negligence or other fault of the Contractor or anyone acting through or on behalf of the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, save and hold CITY, its officers, affiliates, employees, successors and assigns, harmless from any and all damages, claims, liability, losses, claims, demands, suits, fines, judgments or cost and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, paralegal fees and investigative costs incidental there to and incurred prior to, during or following any litigation, mediation, arbitration and at all appellate levels, which may be suffered by, or accrued against, charged to or recoverable from the City of South Miami, its officers, affiliates, employees, successors and assigns, by reason of any causes of actions or claim of any kind or nature, including claims for injury to, or death of any person or persons and for the loss or damage to any property arising out of a negligent error, omission, misconduct, or any gross negligence, intentional act or harmful conduct of the Contractor, its contractor/subcontractor or any of their officers, directors, agents, representatives, employees, or assigns, or anyone acting through or on behalf of any of them, arising out of this Agreement, incident to it, or resulting from the performance or non-performance of the Contractor's obligations under this AGREEMENT. C. The Contractor shall pay all claims, losses and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, in connection therewith, including the expense or loss of the CITY and/or its affected officers, affiliates, employees, successors and assigns, including their attorneys fees, in the defense of any action in law or equity brought against them and arising from the negligent error, omission, or act of the Contractor, its Sub -Contractor or any of their agents, representatives, employees, or assigns, and/or arising out of, or incident to, this Agreement, or incident to or resulting from the performance or non-performance of the Contractor's obligations under this AGREEMENT. D. The Contractor agrees and recognizes that neither the CITY nor its officers, affiliates, employees, successors and assigns shall be held liable or responsible for any claims, including the costs and expenses of defending such claims which may result from or arise out of actions or omissions of the Contractor, its contractor/subcontractor or any of their agents, representatives, employees, or assigns, or anyone acting through or on behalf of the them, and arising out of or concerning the work or event that is occurring on the CITY's property. In reviewing, approving or rejecting any submissions or acts of the Contractor, CITY in no way assumes or shares responsibility or liability for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its contractor/subcontractor or any of their agents, representatives, employees, or assigns, or anyone acting through or on behalf of them. E. The Contractor has the duty to provide a defense with an attorney or law firm approved by the City of South Miami, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. F. However, as to design professional contracts, and pursuant to Section 725.08 (1), Florida Statutes, none of the provisions set forth herein above that are in conflict with this subparagraph shall apply and this subparagraph shall set forth the sole responsibility of the design professional concerning indemnification. Thus, the design professional's obligations as to the City and its agencies, as well as to its officers and employees, is to 314 indemnify and hold them harmless from liabilities, damages, losses, and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentionally wrongful conduct of the design professional and other persons employed or utilized by the design professional in the performance of the contract. END OF SECTION 315 EXHIBIT 3 FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-OS CONSTRUCTION BID FORM THIS PROPOSAL IS SUBMITTED TO: Steven Alexander City Manager City of South Miami 6130 Sunset Drive South Miami, FL 33143 I. If this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned Respondent agrees to enter into a Contract with the City of South Miami in the form included in this Solicitation Package and to perform and furnish all work as specified or indicated in this Solicitation, including as set forth in Exhibit I (Scope of Services, Attachment A, B C & D) for the Proposed Price as set forth below, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Solicitation Package. 2. Respondent accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Solicitation and Instructions to Respondents, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Proposal/Bid Bond, if required. This Proposal will remain subject to acceptance for 180 calendar days after the day of the Proposal Opening. The Respondent, by signing and submitting this proposal, agrees to all of the terms and conditions of the form of contract that Is a part of the Solicitation package with appropriate changes to conform to the information contained in this Bid Form. Respondent agrees to sign and submit the Bonds, if required by this Solicitation, required insurance documents, and other documents required by the Solicitation, including the Contract if not already submitted, within ten (10) calendar days after the date of the City's Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Proposal, Respondent represents that: a. Respondent has examined copies of all the Solicitation Documents and of the following Addenda, if any (receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged.) Addendum No. � Dated: b. Respondent has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Cfra D2=a a proposed work site, locality, and all local conditions and laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. c. Subsurface conditions: If applicable to this Solicitation, the Respondent represents that: I. Respondent has studied carefully all reports and drawings, if applicable, of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions. ii. Respondent has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies in addition to or to supplement those referred to in this paragraph which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance, or the furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. The Respondent hereby acknowledges that no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are, or will, be required by Respondent for any reason in connection with the Proposal. The failure of the Respondent to request a pre -bid marking of the construction site by any or all utility companies shall create an irrefutable presumption that the Respondent's bid, or proposal price, has taken into consideration all possible underground conditions and Respondent, If awarded the contract, shall not be entitled to a change order for any such condition discovered thereafter. ill. Respondent has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Iv. Respondent has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated in the Solicitation Package or in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities or conditions 316 at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of all Underground Facilities and conditions that may affect the Work. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect to any Underground Facilities or conditions are, or will be, required by Respondent in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents unless the Proposal specifically states that the contract price Is subject to adjustment for future discovery of underground facilities and/or conditions that affect the cost of the Work and unless the respondent makes a written request to the City for additional information prior to submitting the bid or proposal as required in subsection ii above, d. Respondent has given the City written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and, if any conflicts, errors or discrepancies have been found and notice given, the Respondent represents, by submitting its proposal to the City, that the Respondent has received sufficient notice of the resolution thereof from the City, that such resolution is acceptable to Respondent and that the Respondent waives any claim regarding the conflicts, errors or discrepancies. e. This Proposal is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted pursuant to any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; Respondent has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Respondent to submit a false or sham Proposal; Respondent has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from responding; and Respondent has not sought by collusion or otherwise to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Respondent or over the CITY. 4. Respondent understands and agrees that the Contract Price is the amount that it needs to furnish and install all of the Work complete and in place. The Schedule of Values, if required, is provided for the purpose of Proposal Evaluation and when initiated by the CITY, it shall form the basis for calculating the pricing of change orders. The Contract Price shall not be adjusted in any way so as to result in a deviation from the Schedule of Values, except to the extent that the CITY changes the Scope of the Work after the Contract Date. As such, the Respondent shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, superintendence and services necessary to provide a complete, in place, Project for the Proposal Price. If this Solicitation requires the completion of a Respondent Cost and Technical Proposal, EXHIBIT 4, as may be set forth in in an exhibit to this Solicitation, such proposal must be attached to this Construction Bid Form and will take the place of the Lump Sum Price, otherwise, the Contract Price for the completed work is as follows: LUMP SUM BASE PRICE: 0 dollars and (D cents Alternates: #1 #2 A fee breakdown for each task included in the lump sum contract price, if applicable, must be provided. Failure to provide this Information shall render the proposal non -responsive. S. The ENTIRE WORK for project in accordance with Exhibit I. Scope of Services. Attachment A B C & D shall be completed, in full, within 120 calendar days from the commencement date set forth in the NOTICE TO PROCEED. Failure to complete the entire work during the described time period shall result in the assessment of liquidated damages as may be set forth in the Contract b. Insert the following information for future communication with you concerning this Proposal: RESPONDENT: Address: Telephone: Facsimile: Contact Person 7. The terms used in this Proposal which are defined in the Contract shall have the same meaning as is assigned to them in the Contract Documents, unless specifically defined in this Solicitation Package. 8. If a Respondent's Cost & Technical Proposal, EXHIBIT 4, is required by the Solicitation, Respondent hereby certifies that all of the facts and responses to the questions posed in the Cost & 317 Technical Proposal, if such an exhibit is made a part of the Solicitation, are true and correct and are hereby adopted as part of this Construction Bid Form, and are made a part of this proposal, by reference. 9. By submitting this proposal, I, on behalf of the business that I represent, hereby agree to the terms of the form of contract contained in the Solicitation package and I agree to be bound by those terms, with any appropriate blank boxes, if any, checked and any blank lines filled in with the appropriate information contained in the Solicitation Documents and this Proposal, or such information that the City and I have agreed upon in the course of contract negotiations and which have been confirmed by the City In writing, including e-mail confirmation, if any. I hereby certify under penalty of perjury that I am the lawful representative of the business entity referenced in this Bid Form, that I have authority to bid for that entity, that I have authority to sign contracts for that entity and bind it to those contract terms and that all of the information and representations contained herein are true and correct to the best of my knowledge, information and belief. SUBMITTED THIS � DAY OF 20—d. 4116 Telephone Number Fix Number�nn Email Ad Tess J END OF SECTION 318 EXHIBIT 5 CDBG REQUIREMENTS FEDERAL GRANT REQUIREMENTS, PUBLIC HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS & SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS AT THE GIBSON-BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER RFP PR2019-05 This project, in whole or in part, will be assisted through Miami -Dade County Public Housing and Community Development with Federal funding from Community Development Block Grant, (CDBG) NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT EXHIBIT 5, "CDBG REQUIREMENTS" WILL RENDER A RESPONDENTS PROPOSAL AS NON -RESPONSIVE. 320 It MIAMI-DAD[MUNIY PUBLIC HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ATTACHMENT TO BID PACKAGE PUBLIC HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS AND SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS Agency Name: City of South Miami Project Name: Renovation of Gibson Bethel Community Center Project Address: S800 SW 6611 Street, South Miami, FL 33143 Prepared by: Letitia Goodson, PM Date: 03/28/2019 Page 1 of 54 Table of Contents Federal Labor Requirements Documents that must be incorporated in the submittal of the bid package: NOTICE TO BIDDERS / PROSPECTIVE GENERAL CONTRACTOR(S)................................. ... 3 ............................................ STATEMENT OF GENERAL CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE................................................................... 4-5 CERTIFICATIONOF RECEIPT................................................................................................................................ 6 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................ 7-8 PROVISIONS TO BE INCORPORATED IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS............................................................................9-12 AcquisitionThreshold................................................................................................................................ Termination Clauses over $10,000........................................................................................................... EqualEmployment Opportunity................................................................................................................ DavisBacon Act........................................................................................................................................ Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHASA)..................................................................... Rightsto Inventions.................................................................................................................................. Department and Suspension EO 1549 &12689)....................................................................................... ByrdAnti -Lobbying Amendment............................................................................................................... NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT..................................................................................................................................... 13 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING.....................................................................................................................14 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION STANDARDS......................................................................................................................15-19 OTHER REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................................20-22 Equal Employment Opportunity (EO 10925, 11114, & 11246)..................................................................... Affirmative Action (41 CFR 60-1 & 60-2)........................................................................................................ Copeland Anti -Kickback (24 CFR part 85.36).................................................................................................. Disclosure for Anticipated Debarment............................................................................................................ NondiscriminationClause................................................................................................................................ AgeDiscrimination Act of 1975....................................................................................................................... Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973................................................................................................ Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion...................................................................... DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION.............................................................................................................23-24 INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION.............................25-26 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS...................................................................27-29 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILiTIES........................................................................................30-31 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION (EO 11246)........................................................................32-34 STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................35-39 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT FOR CONTRACTS SUBJECT TO EO 11246.............................................................................40-41 CERTIFICATION FOR NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES.......................................................................................................42 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES............................................................43 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR CLEAN WATER, CLEAN AIR AND EPA REGULATIONS (EO 11738)...............................44-45 SWORN STATEMENT— PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES.....................................................................................................46-48 PHCD AGREEMENT TO AUTHORIZE EXAMINATION OF RECORDS.................................................................................. 49 SECTION 3....................................................................................................... ........50-54 ....................................... Section3 Requirements................................................................................................................................... Assurance of Compliance with Section 3........................................................................................................ Bidder's Initial Section 3 Goals........................................................................................................................ DAVIS BACON WAGE DECISION.............................................................................................................ATTACHMENT A FL19021S MOM 03/iS/2019 FL21S -BUILDING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISION (HUD 4010)........................................ ............... .........ATTACHMENT B Page 2 of 54 NOTICE TO BIDDERS/PROSPECTIVE CONTRACTOR (S) This project, in whole or in part, will be assisted through the Miami -Dade County Public Housing and Community Development with Federal funding from Community Development Block Grant and as such bidder must comply with Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended; by Executive Order 11375; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended; the Davis -Bacon Act of 1968, as amended; the Copeland Anti -Kickback Act; the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and all other applicable federal, state and local ordinance. The bidder is required to pay workers on this project the minimum wages as determined in the Wage Determination Decision included in the Bidder's package; and that the contractor must ensure that employees are not discriminated because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. This project is also a Section 3 covered activity. Section 3 requires that job training, employment and contracting opportunities be directed to very -low and low income persons or business owners who live in the project's area. (Please use this language in the advertisement of the project) Page 3 of 54 STATEMENT OF SUB -CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE To be submitted by each sub -contractor with requested information and affidavits. All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. Add additional pages as necessary. 1. 1 Sub -Contractor. 2. Sub -contractor Address: :7_-f. k tic L /4 r r Phone: Q� - �.--� Email address: -p Mi 3. Name of each owner, principal officer, partner, etc. I 4. Minority Business? ❑ I Yes No Women -owned Business? ❑ Yes No 5. Company Qualifier: 6. Years in Business: 7. U.S. Treasury Number. (Employer's Identification number; Federal Social Security number used on Employer's quarterly Federal Tax/return, U.S. Treasury Department. CC# License Number: State: EIN# j 8. Contractor's Certification Categories: 9. Contracts completed in the last five years (include the months and year completed, use additional pages, if needed) Project Duration (months years) Year Completed -14 Page 4 of 54 10. 1Contractor's on -going construction projects (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion). Pro ect I Current Duration (months yearsl Anticipated Completion Date 11. Have you ever defaulted on a Contract? ❑ Yes M'No Please explain. 12. The subcontractor promises to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the _ (agency name) and Miami -Dade County with regard to any disclosures or information received, whether at trial, in arbitration or on appeal. initials) 13. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm, corporation, or governmental unit, to furnish any information requested by the_ (name of agency) in verification of the reci als comprising this statement of bidder's experience initials) Sworn to and subscribed before me this _ / Date (Affiant) 9 day of/*20 �. and is personally —known to me or has presented as identification. (Type of Identification) T",y Public Sure of FWk% yr f `IA; Rene Caneno MOdk*z My Cm07104 0 e09251 T roe o71o4r2U2� (Serial Number) (Print or Stamp Name of Notary) (Expiration Date) Notary Public Notary Seal Page 5 of 54 STATEMENT OF SUB -CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE To be submitted by each sub -contractor with requested information and affidavits. All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. Add additional pages as necessary. 1. Sub-Contractor:IMMRNFW 2. Sub -contractor Address: / � Y Phone: Email address: J7. bom_S 3. Name of each owner, principal officer, partner, etc. H 4. Minority Business? LJ Yes No Women -owned Business? Yes No 5. Company Qualifier: 6. Years in Business: ,/ 7. U.S. Treasury Number. (Employer's Identification number; Federal Social Security number used on Employer's quarterly Federal Tax/return, U.S. Treasury Department. CCH License Number: State: EINH (p� 8. Contractor's Certification Categories: 9. Contracts completed in the last five years (include the months and year completed, use additional pages, if needed) Project Duration Imonths vearsl Year Completed ,, !!'' — 'i1/1�1 d ,LC—Qi / S /•�c.ou ILt r�'Y�J�p - a ao Page 4 of 54 ovci 10. 1Contractor's on -going construction projects (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion). Project Current Duration (monthss years) Anticipated Completion Date 11. Have you ever defaulted on a Contract? ❑ Yes 'No Please explain. 12. The subcontractor promises to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the _ (agency name) and Miami -Dade County with regard to any disclosures or information received, whether at trial, in arbitration or on appeal. A (initials) it The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm, corporation, or governmental unit, to furnish any information requested by the_ (name of agency) in verification of the rec' als comprising this statement of bidder's experience L (initials) Sworn to and subscribed before me this % day of 0 �. By e!j a �, � . and is personally known to me or has presented (Affiant) I — identification. (Type of Identification) (Sign Ore of Notary) 1Nmery pubic Stale of FloridaN Rene Carreno Martinez $� My Commission GG 008251 "morn) Expires OTID42020 (Serial Number) (Print or Stamp Name of Notary) (Expiration Date) Notary Public Page 5 of 54 Seal CERTIFICATION OF RECEIPT This is to acknowledge receipt of a copy of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD Form 4010) concerning the project RENOVATION OF GIBSON BETHEL COMMUNITY CENTER (Name of project) Further, I hereby certify that I have on this date, read, examined, understood and acknowledge the contents of U.S. Department of Labor requirements, particularly the -requirements contained in Wage General Decision Number FL190215 MOM 03/15/2019 FL215 - BUILDING that is applicable to this project. I hereby agree to abide by the requirements of the Federal Labor Standards Provision issued by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development and described in Form HUD- 4010 and those requirements contained in Wage General Decision Number FL190215 MOM 03/15/2019 FL215 -BUILDING for this project. Agertcy Name: Employer ID #/FID M 6 Full Address Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address AW 92 Authorized Signature: Print Name: /Vv5 0 Date: ., � �j Check one, as applicable: Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 6 of 54 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The term "Contractor", as used in this document, refers to the entity providing construction type services. The terms "owner" and "sub -recipient" are used interchangeably, and refer to the entity receiving Federal funds directly from PHCD. Based on the type of project, the Contractor shall acquire the following insurance and submit necessary certificate(s) and original policies described hereunder. REQUIRED CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSURANCE Worker's Compensation Insurance- for all employees of the Contractor as required by Florida Statute 440. Professional Liability Insurance- in the name of the Contractor or the licensed design professional employed by the Proposer in an amount of not less than $250,000. Commercial General Liability — on a comprehensive basis, including Explosion, Collapse and Underground Liability coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Miami -Dade County must be shown as an additional insured with respect to this coverage. Automobile Liability Insurance- covering all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles used in connection with the work, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Completed Value Builder's Risk Insurance- on al "All Risk" basis (when applicable) in an amount not less than one hundred (100%) percent of the insurable value of the building(s) or structure(s) as determined by Miami -Dade County. The policy will show Miami -Dade County as a Loss Payee A.T.I.M.A. All insurance requirements must be verified at before a pre -construction meeting is scheduled through the PHCD Project Manager assigned. III. All insurance policies required above all shall be issued by companies authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Florida, with the following qualifications: The company must be rated no less than "A" as to management, and no less than "Class VII" as to financial strength, by A.M. Best Company, Oldwick, New Jersey, or its equivalent, subject to the approval of the County Risk Management Division. Or The company must hold a valid Florida Certificate of Authority as shown in the latest "List of All Insurance Companies Authorized or Approved to Do Business in Florida" issued by the State of Florida Department of Financial Services. Page 7 of 54 IV. All insurance required by the contract must stay in force until final acceptance except, "Completed Value Builder's Risk" which may be dropped after substantial completion. The Contractor shall also keep all insurance required by contract, except "Completed Value Builder's Risk", in force when performing any work during the guarantee period(s). The Contractor shall furnish certificates of insurance and insurance policies to the owner prior to commencing any operation under this contract, which certificates shall clearly indicate that the Contractor has obtained insurance, in the type, amount, and classifications, as required for strict compliance with the contract. NOTE: Certificates will indicate no modification or change in insurance shall be made without thirty (30) days in advance notice to the certificate holder. Compliance with the foregoing requirements as to the carrying of insurance shall not relieve the Contractor from his liability under any other portion of this contract. V. Cancellation of any insurance or bonds, or non-payment by the contractor of any premium for any insurance policies or bonds required by this contract shall constitute a breach of this contract. In addition to any other legal remedies, the owner at its sole option may terminate this contract or pay such premiums, and deduct the costs thereof from any amount, which are or may be due to the Contractor. Page 8 of 54 PROVISIONS TO BE INCORPORATED IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS In addition to other provisions required by US HUD in the HUD 4010 incorporated in this document, the Federal agency or non -Federal entity, all contracts made by the non -Federal entity under the Federal award must contain provisions covering the following, as stated in 2 CFR Appendix II to Part 200: (A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C.1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. (B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non -Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. Provisions for termination are as follows: 1. Termination at Will This contract, in whole or in part, may be terminated by the Principal Contractor/Owner upon no less than ten (10) working days' notice when the Principal Contractor/Owner determines that it would be in the best interest of the Principal Contractor/Owner and the Public Housing and Community Development (PHCD). Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person with proof of delivery. 2. Termination for Convenience The Principal Contractor/Owner may terminate this contract, in whole part, when both parties agree that the continuation of the activities would not produce beneficial results commensurate with the further expenditure of funds. Both parties shall agree upon the termination conditions. The Principal Contractor/Owner, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to terminate this contract without cause upon thirty (30) days written notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Contractor shall not incur any additional costs under this contract. The Principal Contractor/Owner shall be liable only for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor prior to notice of termination. The Principal Contractor/Owner shall be the sole judge of "reasonable costs." 3. Termination Because of lack of Funds In the event of a funding short -fall, or a reduction in federal appropriations, or should funds to finance this contract become unavailable, the Principal Contractor/Owner may terminate this contract upon no less than twenty-four (24) hours written notification to the Contractor. Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person with proof of delivery. The Principal Contractor/Owner shall be the final authority to determine whether or not funds are available. The Principal Contractor/Owner may at its discretion terminate, renegotiate and/or adjust the contract award whichever is in the best interest of the Principal Contractor/Owner. Page 9 of 54 4. Termination for Substantial Funding Reduction In the event of a substantial funding reduction of the allocation to the Principal Contractor/Owner through Board of County Commissioners' action, the Principal Contractor/Owner may, at its discretion, request in writing from the Director of PHCD a release from its contractual obligations to the County. The Director of PHCD will review the effect of the request on the community and the County prior to making a final determination. S. Termination for Breach The Principal Contractor/Owner may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, when the Principal Contractor/Owner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion that the Contractor is not making sufficient progress thereby endangering ultimate contract performance, or is not materially complying with any term or provision of this contract. Unless the Contractor's breach is waived by the Principal Contractor/Owner in writing, the Principal Contractor/Owner may, by written notice to the Contractor, terminate this contract upon no less than twenty-four (24) hours' notice. Said notice shall be delivered by certified mail, return receipt requested, or in person with proof of delivery. Waiver of breach of any provision of this contract shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach and shall not be construed to be a modification of the terms of this contract. The provisions herein do not limit the Principal Contractor's/Owner's right to legal or equitable remedies. 6. Penalties for Fraud Misrepresentation or Material Misstatement In accordance with the Code of Miami -Dade County, Section 2-8.4.1, any individual or corporation or other entity that attempts to meet its contractual obligations with the County through fraud, misrepresentation or material misstatement, shall have its contract with the County terminated, whenever practicable, as determined by the County. The County may terminate or cancel any other contracts which such individual or other subcontracted entity has with the County. Such individual or entity shall be responsible for all direct and indirect costs associated with such termination or cancellation, including attorney's fees. The foregoing notwithstanding, any individual or entity who attempts to meet it contractual obligations with the County through fraud, misrepresentation or material misstatement may be disbarred from County contracting for up to five (5) years. Page 10 of 54 7. Payment Settlement If termination occurs, the Contractor will be paid for allowable costs incurred in carrying out activities required by this contract up to the date and time of termination. (C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of "federally assisted construction contract" in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity" (30FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964- 1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor." (D) Davis Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by the Federal program, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by grantees and sub grantees shall include a provision for compliance with the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-31444 and 3146- 3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non - Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contractor subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non -Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for complaisance with the Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part3). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non -Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. Further, the provision listed below must be included in each set of bid documents and incorporated in each contract, subcontract, and any lower -tier subcontract: "The contractor hereby agrees that it will abide by the requirements of the Federal Labor Standards Provisions issued by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development and described in Form HUD-4010 and those requirements contained in Wage General Decision Number FL190215 MOM 03/15/2019 FL215 - BUILDING." (E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHASA) (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non -Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases o supplies Page 11 of 54 or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. (F) Rights to Inventions Made under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of "funding agreement" under 37 CFR 401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that "funding agreement," the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 FR Part 401, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. (G) Clean Air Act (42 U.SC. 7401-7671a.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.1251- 1387), as amended — Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non -Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) see page 44-45. (H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 1549 and 12689) — A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM.gov), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., P. 235), "Debarment and Suspension." SA Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. (1) Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352) — Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non -Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal ward. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non -Federal award. Page 12 of 54 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans and Cooperative Agreements In excess of $100,000 The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any of the funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, orcooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included In the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreement in excess of $100,000) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. Employer ID 0/FID A: 41-2--3P4 --�22 Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address /q0-?0 Nub sy 4& . "14 '. �L 330/6 L vls � Lam✓-�� /�i"i sr.� . co Lr-�. Authorized Signature: Print Name: Title: Date: Check one, as applicable: Y Contractor Subcontractor Page 14 of 54 334 Other NONCOLLUSIONAFFIDAVIT STATE OF: , COUNTY OF: — 1 7✓ LGG being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: i (1) He/she is Gc of� 7�?/lt�P/1i7 Sthe Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid. (2) Bidder has been fully informed regarding the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances regarding such Bid; (3) Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusion or sham Bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the contractor for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices, profit or cost element of the Bid ice or a Bid pri of apy other Bidder, or to secure through advantage against the 91A (Local Public Agency) or any person interested in the proposed cori r t; and (S) The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and pr perVaKdjrte not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement o thehe Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties n inteluding this affiant. (SIGNED) Title Subscribed and sworn o before me this day of .20� Public state of Floritla Y• Rene Carreno Martinez y, 3' My Commission GG 000251 9io, pda Ezplres 07l0U2o20 My commission expires: Page 13 of 54 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION STANDARDS Contracts covered by the Notice and Specifications shall take affirmative action to ensure equal employment opportunity. Evaluation of contractor's compliance with the affirmative action standards shall be based on contractor's efforts to achieve maximum results from their actions. The contractor shall be required to provide documentary evidence of efforts to implement each of the 16 affirmative action steps outlined in the Specifications. Listed below are the 16 essential affirmative action steps, the efforts required to implement them and the records that should be maintained to document the contractor's efforts. 1. Contractors must maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the contractor's employees are assigned to work. The contractor, where possible, must assign 2 or more women to each construction project. The contractor shall specifically insure that all forepersons, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minorities or women working at such sites or in such facilities. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractor must have copies of memoranda to supervisory staff, or minutes or notes of staff meeting or EEO officer's meetings with supervisors to inform them of the contractor's obligation to maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion and to where possible, assign two or more women to each construction project. Monitoring of work environment by EEO officer. 2. Contractors must establish and maintain a current list of minority and women's recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and women's recruitment sources and to community organizations when the contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organization's responses. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have a current listing of recruitment sources for minority and women craft workers. It must have copies of recent letters to community resource groups or agencies specifying the contractor's employment opportunities and the procedures one should follow when seeking employment. It must note the responses receive and the results on the bottom or reverse of the letters or establish a follow-up file for each organization notified. 3. Contractors must maintain a current file of the name, address, and telephone number of each minority and/or women off -the -street applicant and minority and/or women referred from a union, recruitment source, or community organization, and of the action that was taken with respect to each individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the contractor by the union or, if referred, was not employed by the contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason, along with whatever additional actions the contractor may have taken. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have a file of the names, addresses, telephone numbers, and crafts of each minority and/or woman applicant showing the date of contact and whether or not the person was hired and Page 15 of 54 (if not) the reason; whether or not the person was sent to a union for referral and what happened; and follow-up contracts when the contractor was hiring. 4. Contractors must provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement failed to refer to the Contractor a minority or woman sent by the contractor, or when the contractor has other information that the union referral process impeded the contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have copies of letters sent to verify claim that the union is impeding the contractor's efforts to comply. S. Contractors must develop on-the-job training opportunities or participate in training programs for the area that expressly includes minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The contractor shall provide notices of those programs to the sources compiled under Item 2, above. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have records of contributions in cash, equipment supplied or contractor personnel provided as instructors for approved Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or Department of Labor funded training programs and records of the hiring and training of minorities and women from such programs. Supply copies of letters informing minority and women's recruitment sources or schools providing these training programs. 6. Contractors must disseminate their EEO policies by providing notices of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their help in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper or annual report; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and women employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have written EEO policies that include the name and contact information on the contractor's EEO officer and must (a) include the policy in any company policy manuals; (b) post a copy of the policy on all company bulletin boards (in the office and on all job sites); (c) put in records, such as reports or diaries, that each minority and woman employee is aware of the policy and that it has been discussed with them; (d) record that the policy has been discussed regularly at staff meetings; (e) make copies of newsletters and annual reports that include the policy; and (f) make copies of letters to unions and training programs requesting their cooperation in helping the contractor meet its EEO obligations. Contractors must review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions, including specific review of these items with on -site supervisory personnel such as superintendents and general forepersons prior to the initiation of work at any job site. Contractors must make and maintain a written record and maintain it to identify the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. Page 16 of 54 To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have written records (memoranda, diaries, minutes of meetings) identifying the time and place of meeting, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of subject matter. 8. Contractors must disseminate their EEO policies externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and women's policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the contractor does or anticipates doing business. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have copies of (a) letters sent, at least every 6 months or at the start of each new major contract, to all recruiting sources (including labor unions and training programs) requiring compliance with the policy; (b) advertisement that has the EEO "tagline" on the bottom; and (c) letters to subcontractors and suppliers, at least at the time of the subcontract is signed, requiring compliance with the policy. 9. Contractors must direct recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, women and community organizations, to schools with minority and women students, and to minority and women's recruitment and training organizations serving the contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one (1) month prior to the date for acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the contractor will send written notification to such organizations, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have written records of contacts (written communications, telephone calls, or personal meetings) with minority and women's community organizations and recruitment's sources, and schools and training organizations, specifying the date(s), individuals contacted, results of the contact, and any follow-up. It must have copies of letters sent to these organizations at least one (1) month prior to the acceptance of applications for training (apprenticeship or other) describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. 10. Contractors must encourage minority and women employees to recruit other minority persons and women and provide, where reasonable, school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on -site and in other areas of the workforces. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have copies of diaries, telephone logs, or memoranda indicating contacts (written and oral) with minority and women employees requesting their assistance in recruiting other minorities and women, and record results. If contractors normally provide after -school, summer, and vacation employment, it must have copies of letters to organizations under Item 9 describing those opportunities and must have responses received and results noted on letters or in a follow-up file. 11. Contractors must validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under CFR 60-3. Page 17 of 54 To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have evidence in the form of correspondence, or certificates that all tests, interviews and selection procedures used by the contractor, a craft union, or Joint Apprenticeship Committee meet the requirements in the OFCCP testing and selection guidelines. 12. Contractors must conduct, at least annually, an inventory evaluation (at least) of all minority and women personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for such opportunities by appropriate training. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have written records (memo, letters, personnel files, etc.) showing that the company conducts annual reviews of minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and notifies these employees of training opportunities (formal or on-the-job) and encourages their participation. 13. Contractors must ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect, by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to insure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have evidence (letter, memos, personnel files, reports) that: (a) the activity under Item 12, above, has been carried out; (b) any collective bargaining agreements have an EEO clause and the provisions do not operate to exclude minorities and women; (c) the EEO officer reviews all monthly workforce reports, hiring, terminations, and training provided on the job; (d) the EEO officer's job description identifies his or her responsibility for monitoring all employment activities for discriminatory effects; and (e) the contractor has initiated corrective action -whenever the contractor has identified a possible discriminatory effect. 14. Contractors must insure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated, except for providing separate or single -user toilets and necessary changing facilities to assure privacy between the sexes. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have incorporated the "Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities" from the contractors federally involved contract documents into all subcontracts and purchase order; have records that announcements of parties, picnics, etc. have been posted and have been available to all employees; have written copies of contracts (written or verbal) with supervisory staff regarding the provision of adequate toilet and changing facilities to assure privacy between the sexes. 15. Contractors must document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontractors from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and women's contractor associations and other business associations. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have copies of letters or other direct solicitation of bids for subcontractors or joint ventures from minority or women contractors with a record of specific responses and any follow-up the contractor has done to obtain a price quotation or to assist a minority or female contractor in preparing or reducing a price quotation; have a list of all minority or female subcontracts awarded or Page 18 of 54 joint ventures participated in with dollar amounts; have copies of solicitations sent to minority and women's contractor associations or other business associations. 16. Contractors must conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. To Demonstrate Compliance: Contractors must have copies of memos, letters, reports, minutes of meeting, or interviews with supervisors regarding their employment practices as they relate to the contractor's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations, and written evidence that supervisors were notified when their employment practices adversely or positively impacted on the contractor's EEO and affirmative action posture. InlUels Page 19 of 54 OTHER REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS A. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Bidder, by submission of this quotation represents: The undersigned has _)� has not participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause herein or the clause originally contained in Section 301 of Executive Order No. 10925, or the clause contained in Section 201 of Executive Order No. 11114; that it has ), has not _filed all required compliance reports; and that representations indicating submission of the required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained prior to subcontract awards. (The above representation need not be submitted in connection with contracts or subcontracts which are exempt from the clause.) For Contracts not subject to Executive Order 11246: In carrying out the contract, the contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not limited to, advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Government setting for the provisions of the nondiscrimination clause. The contractor shall state that all qualified candidates will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. For Contracts who are subject to Executive Order 11246, see page 40-41 B. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION The bidder represents that he has ( ) has not ( ), participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive Order 11246; that he hasKhas not ( ) developed a written affirmative action compliance program for as required by the rules and regulation of the Secretary of Labor (41CFR 60-1 and 60-2); it has not X previously had contracts subject to written affirmative action program requirements of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor; that he has ( ) has not ( ), filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) or the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) all reports due under the applicable filing requirements; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained prior to contract and/or subcontract award. C. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK By submission of a bid, the bidder certifies that it has read and complies with the General Provision entitled "Anti -Kickback Procedures" as stated in 24 CFR part 85.36 as follows: Page 20 of 54 All contracts and subcontracts for construction or repair shall include a provision for compliance with the Copeland "Anti -Kickback" Act (18 USC 874) as supplemented in Department of Regulations (29 CFR, Part 3). This Act provides that each contractor or subcontractor shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he is otherwise entitled. By submission of this bid, the bidder attests that neither it nor any of its employees has performed or participated in any prohibited actions, as defined in this provision. D. FULL DISCLOSURE BY THE CONTRACTOR/BIDDER REGARDING WHETHER IT ANTICIPATES BEING OR IS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENT BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, STATE OF FLORIDA, OR MIAMI- DADE COUNTY AT TIME OF AWARD. This certification applies to a contract or subcontract in excess of $25,000 By sub is ion fan Zfifer, the bidder certifies that it has provided full disclosure in writing to b t (name of implementing agency) whether as of the anticipated time ofVw5Fd of any contract resulting from this solicitation; it anticipates that it or its principals will be debarred, or proposed for debarment by the Federal Government. State of Florida, or Miami - Dade County. By commencing performance of the Contract work, the selected contractor certifies that it has made full disclosure in writing to (name of implementing agency) as to whether as of the time of award it or any of its principals is debarred, suspended, or proposed for debarment by the Federal Government, State of Florida, or Miami -Dade County. E. NONDISCRIMINATION CLAUSE Section 109, Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 No person in the United States shall on the ground of race, color, national origin or sex be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity funded in whole or in part with funds available under Section 109, Housing and Community Development Act of 1974. F. AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT OF 1975, AS AMENDED Non-discrimination on the Basis of Age No qualified person shall on the basis of age be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from Federal assistance. Page 21 of 54 G. SECTION 504OFTHE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973, AS AMENDED Non-discrimination on the Basis of Handicap No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from Federal assistance. H. DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION PROSPECTIVE TIER AND/OR LOWER TIER TRANSACTIONS By submission of the document, the prospective tier and lower tier participants certify, that: 1. Neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, by any Federal department or agency. a. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; b. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and c. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default, and 2. Where the prospective tier or lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Agen ame: A Employer ID #/FID #: sEAk l I 2,0 Z Full /Adddrresss7(including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address ll &e0r/J.s, . es Authorized Signature: Print Name: Title: Date: I P 'r D Check one, as applicable: / Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 22 of 54 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE (GRANTEES OTHER THAN INDIVIDUALS) As required by the Drug -Free Workplace Act of 1988, and implemented at 28 CFR Part 67, subpart F, for grantees, as defined at 28 CFR part 67 Sections 67.615 and 67.620- A. The applicant certifies that it will or will continue to provide a drug -free workplace by: (a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the grantee's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition; (b) Establishing an on -going drug -free awareness program to inform employees about: (1) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (2) The grantee's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace; (3) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs; and (4) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (c) Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement required by paragraph (a); (d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph (a) that, as a condition of employment under the grant, the employee will (1) Abide by the terms of the statement; and (2) Notify the employer in writing of his or her conviction for a violation of a criminal drug statute occurring in the workplace no later than five calendar days after such conviction; (e) Notifying the agency in writing, within 10 calendar days after receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2) from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction (f) Taking one of the following actions, within 30 calendar days of receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2), with respect to any employee who is so convicted Page 23 of 54 (1) Taking appropriate personnel action against such an employee, up to and including termination, consistent with the requirements of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; or (2) Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f). B. The Grantee may insert in the space provided below the site(s) for the performance of work done in connection with the specific grant: Place of Performance (Street address, city, county, state, zip code) Check ❑ if there are workplaces on file that are not identified here. Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address 39 wo 82 4,e • s . 3 1� Authorized Signature: Print Name: Date: Check one, as applicable: Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 24 of 54 INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION — LOWER TIER COVERED TRANSACTIONS INSTRUCTIONS FOR CERTIFICATION LISTED ON PAGE 24 1. By signing and submitting this document, the prospective tier and/or lower tier participants are providing the certification set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective tier and/or lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective tier and/or lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to whom this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. 6. The prospective tier and or lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion — Lower Tier Covered Transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions. 7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Page 25 of 54 8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transactions in addition, to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. Agency Name• Employer ID #/FID #: Full Address fincludine Citv. ST and Ziol and Email Address Authorized Signature: Print Name: T' Date: Or pi afi Check one, as applicable: Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 26 of 54 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS AND VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA 1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because he or she is a disabled veteran or veteran of the Vietnam era in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant for employment is qualified. The contractor agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment and otherwise treat qualified individuals without discrimination based on their status as a special disabled veteran or veteran of the Vietnam era in all employment practices, including the following: i. recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures; ii. hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff and rehiring; iii. rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation; iv. job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; V. leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave; vi. fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the contractor; vii. selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, and on-the-job training under 38 U.S.C. 3687, professional meeting, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; viii. activities sponsored by the contractor including social or recreational programs; and ix. any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 2) The contractor agrees to immediately list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the contractor other that the one wherein the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local employment service office of the state employment security agency wherein the opening occurs. Listing employment openings with the U.S. Department of Labor's America's Job Bank shall satisfy the requirement to list jobs with the local employment service office. 3) Listing of employment openings with the employment service office pursuant to this clause shall be made at least concurrently with the use of any other recruitment source or effort and shall involve the normal obligations which attach to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and non -veterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular job applicants or from any particular group of job applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the contractor from any requirements in Executive orders or regulations regarding nondiscrimination in employment. 4) Whenever the Contractor becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions in paragraphs 2 and 3 of this clause, it shall advise the employment service agency in each State where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state: Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to state and local governmental contractors. As long as the Contractor is contractually bound to these provisions and has so advised that state agency, there is no need to advise the state agency of subsequent contracts. The Contractor may advise the state agency when it is no longer bound by this contract clause. Page 27 of 54 5) The provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of this clause do not apply to the listing of employment openings which occur and are filed outside of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam and the Virgin Islands. 6) As used in this clause: i. All employment openings includes all positions except executive and top management, those positions that will be filled from within the contractor's organization, and positions lasting three days or less. This term includes full-time employment, temporary employment of more that three days' duration, and part time employment. ii. Executive and top management means any employee: (a) whose primary duty consists of the management of the enterprise in which he or she is employed or of a customarily recognized department of subdivision thereof, and (b) who customarily and regularly directs the work of two or more other employees therein; and (c) who has the authority to hire or fire other employees or whose suggestions and recommendations as to the hiring or firing and as to the advancement and promotion or any other change of status of other employees will be given particular weight; and (d) who customarily and regularly exercises discretionary powers; and (e) who does not devote more than 20 percent, or, in the case of an employee or a retail or service establishment who does not devote as much as 40 percent, of his or her hours of work in the work week to activities which are not directly and closely related to the performance of the work described in (a) through (d) of this paragraph 6. ii.; Provided, that (e) of this paragraph 6.ii. shall not apply in the case of an employee who is in sole charge of an independent branch establishment, or who owns at least a 20-percent interest in the enterprise in which he or she is employed. iii. Positions that will be filled from within the contractor's organization means employment openings for which no consideration will be given to persons outside the contractor's organization (including any affiliates, subsidiaries, and parent companies) and includes any openings which the contractor proposes to fill from regularly established "recall" lists. The exception does not apply to a particular opening once an employer decides to consider applicants outside of his or her own organization. 7) The Contractor agrees to comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 8) In the event of the Contractor's non-compliance with the requirements of this clause, actions for non- compliance may be taken in accordance with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 9) The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices in a form to be prescribed by the Deputy Assistance Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Director, provided by or through the contracting officer. Such notice shall state the rights of applicants and employees as well as the contractor's obligation under the law to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified employees and applicants who are special disabled veterans or veterans of the Vietnam era. The contractor must ensure that applicants or employees who are special disabled veterans are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the contractor may have the notice read to a visually disabled individual, or may lower the posted notice so that it might be read by a person in a wheelchair). Page 28 of 64 10) The Contractor will notify each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract understanding, that the contractor is bound by the terms of the Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended, and is committed to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified special disabled veterans and veterans of the Vietnam era. 11) The Contractor will include the provisions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order of $10,000 or more unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary issued pursuant to the Act, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Deputy Assistance Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs may direct to enforce such provisions, including action for non-compliance. Agency Name: Employer ID k/FID M 4-3D-?422- -7 Full A dre s (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address Authorized Signature: Print N/ame: Date: _ - O °1 av! Check one, as applicable: % Contractor Subcontractor Page 29 of 54 Other EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIESS 1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because he or she is a physical or mental disability in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant for employment is qualified. The contractor agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment and otherwise treat qualified individuals with disabilities without discrimination based on their physical or mental disability in all employment practices, including the following: X. Recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures; A. Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff and rehiring; xii. Rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation; xiii. Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; xiv. Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave; xv. Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the contractor; xvi. Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; xvii. Activities sponsored by the contractor including social or recreational programs; and xviii. Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment. 2) The Contractor agrees to comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 3) In the event of the Contractor's non-compliance with the requirements of this clause, actions for non- compliance may be taken in accordance with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act. 4) The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices in a form to be prescribed by the Deputy Assistance Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs, provided by or through the contracting officer. Such notice shall state the rights of applicants and employees as well as the contractor's obligation under the law to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified employees and applicants with disabilities. The contractor must ensure that applicants or employees with disabilities are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the contractor may have the notice read to a visually disabled individual, or may lower the posted notice so that it might be read by a person in a wheelchair). 5) The Contractor will notify each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract understanding, that the contractor is bound by the terms of Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and is committed to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals with physical or mental disabilities. 6) The Contractor will include the provisions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order in excess of $10,000, unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary issued pursuant to Section 503 of the Act, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as Page 30 of 54 the Deputy Assistance Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs may direct to enforce such provisions, including action for non-compliance Full Addres3'(including City, ST and I g0-30 NO B2 A d Authorized Signature: Print Name: Date: JJy S 3 `7 Check one, as applicable: and Email Address Employer ID #/FID #: Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 31 of 54 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 60-4.2 (d) THE NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in all trades on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: A. GOALS FOR MINORITY UTILIZATION, All Trades: Area Covered: Dade County, Florida Goals and Timetables * Timetable Trade Goal Until Further NoticeAll 39.5% B. GOALS FOR FEMALE UTILIZATION, All Trades: Area Covered: Goals for Women apply nationwide. Goals and Timetables * Timetable Trade Goal Until Further NoticeAll 6.9% THESE GOALS ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL THE CONSTRUCTION WORK CONTRACTORS (WHETHER OR NOT IT IS FEDERAL OR FEDERALLY ASSISTED) PERFORMED IN THE COVERED AREA. 3. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a Page 32 of 54 violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 4. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000, at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor, employer identification number, estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. S. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Miami -Dade County, Florida (insert description of the geographical areas where the contract is to be performed giving the state, county and city, if any). 60-4.3 (a) EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE During the performances of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this Equal Opportunity Clause. 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this Equal Opportunity clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of labor. S. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by HUD and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. Page 33 of 54 6. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The Contractor will include the statement preceding subparagraph (1) and the provisions of subparagraph (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchases order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 20 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as HUD many direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by HUD, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the United States. Page 34 of 54 STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted. b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority. C. "Employer Identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: - Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin). - Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin regardless of race). - Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and - American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000, the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. Page 35 of 54 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through 7p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11240, nor the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, the Contractor must employ such apprentices and trainees during the training period, and the Contractor must have a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained in training programs approved by U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and ocher on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individual working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. C. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source of community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. Page 36 of 54 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources complied under (7) b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. Page 37 of 54 I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. M. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non -segregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations or offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. P. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations that assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7) a. through (7) p. The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor -union, contractor -community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under (7) a. through (7) p. of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non -minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. Page 38 of 54 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph (7) of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g. mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 1s. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws that establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., these under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Page 39 of 54 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE FOR CONTRACTORS SUBJECT TO EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 The applicant hereby agrees that it will incorporate or cause to be incorporated into any contract for construction work, or modification thereof, as defined in the regulations of the Secretary of Labor at 41 CFR Chapter 60, which is paid in whole or in part with funds obtained from the Federal Government or borrowed on the credit of the Federal Government pursuant to a grant, contract, loan insurance, or guarantee, or undertaken pursuant to any federal program involving such grant, contract, loan, insurance, or guarantee, the following equal employment opportunity clauses: During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin; such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous place, available to employee and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provision of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement to other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or worker's representatives of the contractor's commitments under section 202 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 196S, and of the rules regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. S. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, the contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1 and the provisions of paragraphs 1 through 7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted Page 40 of 54 by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor Issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontractor or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event the contract becomes involved in, or threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address '40-340 2- GUIs �Z�a5.2a�q �GG.2.2/�G�j/ I/� Authorized Signature: Print Name: Title: Date: DJ JG dtJ �j Chec ne, as appl cable: contractor Subcontractor Other Page 41 of 54 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES 1. "Segregated facilities," as used in this provision, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. 2. By the submission of an offer, the bidder certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishment, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause of the contract. 3. By submission of the bid, the bidder further agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will: a. Obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before the award of subcontracts under which the subcontractor will be subject to the Equal Opportunity clause; b. Retain such certifications in its files; and c. Forward this certification and the attached NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES to proposed subcontractors. d. By commencing performance of the Contract work, the selected contractor certifies to the Nonsegregated Facilities provisions above. Note: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001 Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: 2.2 Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address 11 Authorized Signature: Print Name: Title: Date: r ) 7 ,j ; Check one, as applicable: Contractor Subcontractor Other Page 42 of 54 NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, order (32 F.R. 7439, May 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000, which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly, semiannually, annually). Note: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001 Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: C/r �ovi V-� - 2"FJ4 3 Zz Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address Authorized Signature: / Print Name: Date: Check one, as applicable: Contractor Subcontractor Page 43 of 64 Other NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT CLEAN WATER, CLEAN AIR, EXECUTIVE ORDER (E.O.) 11738 AND EPA REGULATIONS PROVISION This agreement is subject to the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 1857 et seq., the Federal Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq. and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto, at 40 CFR Part 15, as amended from time to time. The Contractor and any of its subcontractors for work funded under this Agreement which is in excess of $150,000, agree to the following requirements: 1. Any facility to be utilized in the performance of this proposed contract has ( ), has not () been listed on the Environmental Protection Agency List of Violating Facilities; 2. The contractor or any of its subcontractors agree to comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 ISC 1857c-8) and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, (33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder; 3. The contractor or any of its subcontractors agree that, as a condition for the award of the contract, prompt notice will be given of any notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) indicating that a facility utilized or to be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA list of Violating Facilities; and 4. The Contractor or any of its subcontractors agree that he will include or cause to be included the criteria and requirements in paragraph 1 through 4 of this section in every nonexempt sub -contract and that the Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 5. The bidder certifies that he/she will comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the clean Air Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.1251 et seq.) as amended and with the Lead -Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (Public Law 91-695). All applicable rules and orders of the Federal Government issued there under prior to the execution of the contract, shall be binding upon the prime bidder, its subcontractors, and assignees. Violations by contractors will be reported to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency. Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: Full Add ess including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address /46 -20 A,10 6.,)_ Authorized Signature: Print Name: �LI e. i (a Page 44 of 54 3-1,9 Date: I v — �) g Check one, as appllca le:ed�CL Contractor _ Subcontractor Other Page 45 of 54 SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133 (3) (a) FLORIDA STATUTES ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND SWORN TO IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICIAL AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS 1. This form statement is submitted to (Print individual's name and title) For �� 5 (Print name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address zcrl3f9 //0 oZ d e . z 2t3Ddr% and if applicable its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is ° } � If t'he entity has not FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement. 2. 1 understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statues. means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to an directly related to the transactions of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to public entity or agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misinterpretation. 3. 1 understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Statutesmeans a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in an federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non -jury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 4. 1 understand that an "Affiliate" as defined in paragraph 287.133(1) (a), Florida Statutes means: a) A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime, or Page 46 of 54 b) An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 5. 1 understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (e), Florida Statues means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States within the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or entity. The term "person" includes those officers, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity 6. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. (Please indicate which statement applies.) 4LNeither the entity submitting sworn statement, nor any of its officers, director, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity had been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND (please indicate which additional statement applies. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. (attach a copy of the final order). I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE 15 FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND Page 47 of 54 THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OR THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THAT PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017 FLORIDA STATUTES FOR A CATECQRRY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. (Signature) Sworn to and subscribed before me this Personally known Or produced identification (Type of identification) day of 202—ei Notary Public -State of � A i L-._ My commission expires ys� Ndery Public state a FkWa i Rene Cerreno Martinez My Carmnluion GG 008251 �igtr Ezpree 0710/72020 (Printed, typed or stamped corVgissioned name of notary public) Page 48 of 54 PUBLIC HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Agreement To Authorize Examination of Records and Adhere to Records Retention Requirements The undersigned agrees to the stipulations noted below for all work, materials, and services provided under this agreement dated and/or for all other third -party agreements/contracts for labor, materials, and services related to the work covered by this agreement for the Renovation of Gibson Bethel Community Park orojecUactivity. The undersigned shall ensure, and shall require all parties with whom it contracts to ensure, that Miami - Dade County, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, or Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives shall, have access to and the right to examine any of the following records from the awardee, sub -recipient, developer, contractor, subcontractor, suppliers and/or any other entity involved in any capacity in the above -referenced projectlactivity, for seven (7) years after final payment under contract. Records shall include, but are not limited to, the following: Contracts, sub -contracts, audits, financial books, ledgers, copies of canceled checks (front and back), wire transfer confirmations, payment requests (draws), invoices, receipts, drawings, maps, pamphlets, designs, electronic tapes, computer drives and diskettes, other media storage, pertinent books, documents, papers, or other records — whether physical, electronic, or in any form-- involving transactions related to this contract for the purpose of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. The awardee, sub -recipient, developer, contractor, sub -contractor, sub -tier, suppliers and or any other entity involved in any capacity in the above -referenced project shall adhere to the following records retention requirements: a) Maintain, and require that its sub -contractors and suppliers maintain complete and accurate records to substantiate compliance with the requirements set forth in the contract/agreement documents for this project. b) The undersigned shall retain such records, and all other documents related to the services and materials furnished for this project, for a period of three (3) years from the completion of the activity or project. Other Information: a) The County may conduct unannounced visits to offices, satellite offices, work sites, supplier warehouse, etc. of all entities involved in any capacity in the above -referenced project. b) Pursuant to the contract, there may be additional records requirement not listed in this agreement. tnnc rame: Employer ID #/FID #: s PA/4' aLlixe t_l,e -32-�22 Full Address incl J lading City, nd Zip) and Email Address Signature: Print Nami Check one, as applicable: Developer A Prime -Contractor _ Sub -contractor or sub -tier sub -contractor Page 49 of 54 Section 3 Requirements For Contracts $2001000 Or More Page 50 of 54 SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS I. ASSURANCE STATEMENT Each applicant, recipient, contractor, and subcontractor on a Section 3 covered project shall sign the attached Section 3 Assurance of Compliance. II. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN FOR UTILIZATION OF PROJECT AREA BUSINESSES Each applicant, recipient, contractor, and subcontractor preparing to undertake work pursuant to a Section 3 covered contract shall develop and implement an affirmative action plan, which shall: a. Set forth the approximated number and dollar value of all contracts proposed to be awarded to all businesses within each category (type or profession) over the duration of the Section 3 covered project. b. Analyze the information set forth in paragraph (a) and the availability of eligible business concerns within the project area doing business in professions or occupations identified as needed in paragraph (a) and set forth a goal or target number and estimated dollar amount of contracts to be awarded to the eligible businesses and entrepreneurs within each category over the duration of the Section 3 covered project. c. Outline the anticipated program to be used to achieve the goals for each business and/or professional category identified. This program should include but not be limited to the following actions: i. Insertion in the bid documents, if any, of the affirmative action plan of the applicant, recipient, contractor, or subcontractor letting the contract; and ii. Identification within the bid documents, if any, of the applicable Section 3 project area. iii. Ensuring that the appropriate business concerns are notified of pending contractual opportunities either personally or through locally utilized media. Ill. BIDDING AND NEGOTIATION REQUIREMENTS Every applicant and recipient shall require prospective contractors for work in connection with Section 3 covered projects to provide, prior to the signing of the contracta preliminary statement of work force needs (skilled, semi -skilled, unskilled labor and trainees by category) where known; where not known, such information shall be supplied prior to the signed of any contract between contractors and their subcontractors. Consideration should be given to those contractors who will have training and employment opportunities for project area residents. When a bidding procedure is used to let the contract, the invitation or solicitation for bids shall advise prospective contractors of the requirements of these regulations. Initials Page 51 of 54 Applicant, recipient and contractors should insert plan for utilization of project area business in the bid documents. The recipient must have Indicated therein that Section 3 applies to the project and what is expected of them. All contractors who bid a job just show in their bid what they will do to implement Section 3. They must in this bid commit themselves to a goal and show what they intend to do to reach that goal. When the bids are opened, they must be evaluated in terms of the bidder's responsiveness to Section 3. A bid which lacks a commitment to Section 3 or which lacks a goal or plan to reach a goal may be judged nonresponsive. Applicants, recipients and contractors will ensure that the attached Section 3 Clause and Assurance of Compliance are made a part of all contracts. In implementing its affirmative action plan, each applicant, recipient, contractor, or subcontractor shall make a good faith effort to achieve its goal or target number and estimated dollar amount of contracts to be awarded to the eligible businesses and entrepreneurs within each category over the duration of the Section 3 covered project. IV. UTILIZATION OF LOWER INCOME RESIDENTS AS TRAINEES AND EMPLOYEES Each applicant, recipient, contractor or subcontractor undertaking work in connection with a Section 3 covered project shall make a good faith effort to fill all vacant training and occupational category positions with lower income project area residents. For further information or if you have any ouestions regarding Section 3 please contact Jorge I. Rendon, Section 3 Coordinator Public Housing and Community Development 701 NW 1� Court, 16`^ Floor Miami, Florida 33136 Office: 786-469-4227 Email: Section3Bamiamiadade.gov Page 52 of 54 ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE (Section 3. HUD ACT of 1968) TRAINING, EMPLOYMENT, AND CONTRACTING OPPORTUNITIES FOR BUSINESS AND LOWER INCOME PERSONS A. The project assisted under this (contract) (agreement) is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S. C. 170U. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given to lower income residents of the project area and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. B. Notwithstanding any other provision of this (contract) (agreement), the (applicant) (recipient) shall carry out the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary set forth in 24 CFR Part 135 (published in 38 Federal Register 29220, October 23, 1973), and all applicable rules and orders of the Secretary issued there under prior to the execution of this (contract) (agreement). The requirements of said regulations include but are not limited to development and implementation of an affirmative action plan for utilizing business concerns located within or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project; the making of a good faith effort, as defined by the regulation, to provide training, employment and business opportunities required by Section 3; and incorporation of the "Section 3 Clause" specified by Section 135.20 (b) of the regulations in all contracts for work in connection with the project. The (applicant) (recipient) certifies and agrees that it is under no contractual or other disability which would prevent it from complying with these requirements. C. Compliance with the provision of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Secretary issued there under prior to approval by the Government of the application for this (contract) (agreement), shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to the project, binding upon the (applicant) (recipient), its successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the (applicant) (recipient), its contractors and subcontractors, its successors, and assigns to the sanctions specified by the (contract) (agreement), and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR Section 135 Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: �;96` 4-41ce 3� 2 Full Address (including City, ST and Zip) and all Address79 Authorized Signature: Print Name: Title: Z� 4� (4— . >".lLSci Date: Check one, as applicable: Contr ctor _Subcontractor Other Page 53 of 54 BIDDER'S INITIAL SECTION 3 GOALS 1. The Bidder agrees to comply with Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended. 2. The Bidder estimates that there will be J new employees hired during the performance of this contract. Furthermore, should this contract be let to the Bidder, the Bidder agrees to delineate work force needs (skilled, semiskilled, unskilled, labor, and trainees) by category. 3. Of these new employees, the Bidder plans to hire at least 00 percent (%) from the Section 3 Covered Area (Dade County, Florida). 4. The Bidder estimates that 0 percent (%) of those materials purchased for use on this project will be from business located in the Section 3 Covered Area (Dade County, o Florida) / � � 4 44Q4 (please print), as an authorized Officer of the Bidder, do hereby acknowledge that we are aware of the requirements under Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, and will abide by them. We further agree to abide by this Affirmative Action Plan to the greatest extent feasible and realize that should we be awarded the contract, it becomes subject to monitoring for compliance with this plan by Miami -Dade County Public Housing and Community Development. Agency Name: Employer ID #/FID #: (14 - -30-�-�22 � Full dress (including City, ST and Zip) and Email Address Ick --ap • LI'V B". t4 2 - A, . 04- Authorized Signature: Print Name: Date: 73 A7 y� Check one, as applica le: Contractor Subcontractor Page 54 of 54 Title: VIR Other Page I of 6 General Decision Number: FL190215 03/15/2019 FL215 ATTACHMENT A Superseded General Decision Number: FL20180260 State: Florida Construction Type: Building County: Miami -Dade County in Florida. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate, if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above -mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis -Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2019 1 02/01/2019 2 03/15/2019 ASBE0060-001 03/02/2016 Rates Fringes ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR. .......................$ 34.58 12.57 ---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP1809-002 08/01/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER: PILEDRIVERMAN......... $ 25.20 10.36 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0071-002 01/01/2019 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC ................$ 44.45 33.705 375 htos://www.wdol.jZov/wdoVscaflies/davisbacon/FL215.dvb?v=2 3/28/2019 CU. FOOTNOTE: A: Employer contributes 8% basic hourly rate for 5 years or more of service or 6% basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as Vacation Pay Credit; Paid Holidays: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Veteran's Day; Thanksgiving Day; plus the Friday after Thanksgiving; and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0487-019 07/01/2016 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe....... $ 23.75 9.20 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10487-020 05/01/2016 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Concrete Pump ......... $ 26.04 9.23 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0487-021 07/01/2016 Rates Fringes OPERATOR: Crane All Cranes 160 Ton Capacity and Over ........... $ 33.05 9.20 All Cranes Over 15 Ton Capacity ....................$ 32.05 9.20 OPERATOR: Forklift .............. $ 23.25 9.20 OPERATOR: Mechanic,..... .... ee$ 32.05 9.20 OPERATOR: Oiler .................$ ---------------------------------------------------------------- 23.50 9.20 IRON0272-001 10/01/2017 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL ........... $ 24.89 10.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0402-001 10/01/2018 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL ........... $ 23.69 12.70 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0519-001 04/01/2018 Rates Fringes PLUMBER. .........................$ 29.13 10.89 ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4 PLUM0725-001 07/16/2018 Rates Fringes PIPEFITTER (Includes HVAC Pipe, Unit and Temperature Controls Installations) .......... $ 35.63 14.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page 2 of 6 376 httn.,q://www.wdol.uov/wdol/.qcafilaq/davisbacon/FT.215.dvh?v=2 3/2R/20 19 Page 3 of 6 SFFL0821-004 01/01/2019 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) ......................$ 28.38 19.44 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0032-001 12/01/2013 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKER, Includes HVAC Duct Installation ........... $ 23.50 12.18 ----------- SUFL2014-024 08/16/2016 Rates Fringes CARPENTER, Includes Acoustical Ceiling Installation, Drywall Finishing/Taping, Drywall Hanging, Form Work, Metal Stud Installation .... ....... .....$ 18.04 3.29 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 13.06 0.70 ELECTRICIAN, Includes Low Voltage Wiring ...... ........ .....$ 29.60 9.38 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING .......... $ 17.72 0.00 LABORER: Common or General, Including Cement Mason Tending ... $ 11.79 0.70 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 13.56 1.34 OPERATOR: Bulldozer .............$ 15.40 1.90 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade .......... $ 18.97 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader ................$ 16.00 2.82 OPERATOR: Roller ................$ 14.43 4.78 PAINTER: Brush, Roller and Spray ......... ...... ...$ ... .. ..... 16.00 3.48 ROOFER ...........................$ 19.98 4.77 TILESETTER ......................$ 18.01 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck ........ $ 13.22 2.12 TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck ...... $ ---------------------------------------------------------------- 14.24 0.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave 377 https://www.wdol.gov/wdoYscafiles/davisbacon/FL215.dvb?v=2 3/28/2019 Page 4of6 for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabeticall, order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2019. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and 378 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/FL215.dvb?v=2 3/28/2019 Page 5 of 6 non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classifications) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications -was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: " an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an 379 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbaconJFL215.dvb?v=2 Page 6 of 6 interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 380 https://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/FL21 S.dvb?v=2 3/28/2019 Federal Labor Standards Provisions U.S. Department of HousingACHMENT B and Urban Development Office of Labor Relations Applicability The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance. A. 1. (1) Minimum Wages. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3). the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained In the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section I(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(Iv); also, regular contributions made or costs Incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs. which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or Incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided In 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work In more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work Is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(li) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible, place where It can be easily seen by the workers. (it) (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed In the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified In conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (b) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed In the classification (if known), or their representatives. and HUD or Its designee agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Washington, Q.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or Its designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215- 0140.) (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and HUD or its designee do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits. where appropriate). HUD or its designee shall refer the questions. including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of HUD or its designee, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(11)(b) or (c) of this paragraph. shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (ili) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part form H 04010 (06/2009) Previous editions are obsolete Page 1 of 5 ref. Handbook 1344.1 381 of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis - Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0140.) 2. Withholding. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements. which is held by the same prime contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, Including apprentices, trainees and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic. including any apprentice, trainee or helper. employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor. sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. HUD or its designee may. after written notice to the contractor. disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of the contractor or subcontractor to the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comptroller General shall make such disbursements in the case of direct Davis -Bacon Act contracts. 3. (1) Payrolls and basic records. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification. hourly rates of wages paid (Including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section I(b)(2)(8) of the Davis -bacon Act), dally and communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected. and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Numbers 1215.0140 and 1215-0017.) (II) (a) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to HUD or its designee if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency Is not such a party. the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant sponsor. or owner, as the case may be. for transmission to HUD or Its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(1) except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to Include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g.. the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at httn://www.dot,cov/esa/whd/lormsAvh347instr.him or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to HUD or its designee If the agency is a party to the contract. but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to HUD or its designee, the contractor. or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It Is not a violation of this subparagraph for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for Its own records, without weekly submission to HUD or Its designee. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215- 0149.) weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has "Statement of Compliance,' signed by the contractor or found under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1 )(iv) that the wages of any subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs the payment of the persons employed under the contract reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan and shall certify the following: or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis- (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which Information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5 show that the commitment to provide such benefits Is (a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information is being maintained enforceable, that the plan or program is financially under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(1), and that such information is responsible. and that the plan or program has been correct and complete. Previous editions are obsolete orm 0 (0612009 Page 2 of 5 ref. Handbook 1344.1 382 (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice. and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the `Statement of Compliance" required by subparagraph A. 3. (ii)(b). (d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 16 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (ill) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under subparagraph A.3.(1) available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or its designee or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause th@ suspension of any further payment. advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and Trainees. (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor. Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program. but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site In any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who Is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site In excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program Is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office. withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (II) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16. trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant ',to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified In the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by Previous editions are obsolete form HUD-4010 (06/2009) Page 3 of 5 ref. Handbook 1344.1 383 the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program. the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (lit) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under 29 CFR Part 5 shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246. as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. b. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3 which are incorporated by reference in this contract 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor will Insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in subparagraphs 1 through 11 In this paragraph A and such other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate Instructions require, and a copy of the applicable prevailing wage decision. and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this paragraph. T. Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided In 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis - Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3. and 5 are herein Incorporated by reference in this contract 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5. 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and HUD or its designee, the U.S. Department of Labor. or the employees or their representatives. 10. (1) Certification of Eligibility. By entering into this contract the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded HUD contracts or participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded HUD contracts or participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. (ill) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed In the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Additionally, U.S. Criminal Code. Section 1 01 0, Title 18, U.S.C., `Federal Housing Administration transactions`, provides in part: "Whoever, for the purpose of ... influencing in any way the action of such Administration ......................... makes. utters or publishes any statement knowing the same to be false ......................... shall be fined not more than $5.000 or imprisoned not more than two years, or both." 11. Complaints, Proceedings. or Testimony by Employees. No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage. salary, or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable under this Contract to his employer. B. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The provisions of this paragraph B are applicable where the amount of the prime contract exceeds $100,000. As used to this paragraph. the terms laborers` and 'mechanlcs' include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or Involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic In any workweek in which the individual is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition. such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory). for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shalt be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards. employed in violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, in the sum of $25 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in sub paragraph (1) of this paragraph. Previous editions are obsolete form HUD-4010 (0812009) Page 4 of 5 ref. Handbook 1344.1 384 (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contract, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act which is held by the same prime contractor such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided In the clause set forth In subparagraph (2) of this paragraph. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall Insert In any subcontracts the clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this paragraph and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph. C. Health and Safety. The provisions of this paragraph C are applicable where the amount of the prime contract exceeds $100.000. (1) No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health and safely as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation. (2) The Contractor shall comply with all regulations Issued by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to Title 29 Part 1926 and failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (Public Law 91-54. 83 Stat 96). 40 USC 3701 of sea. (3) The contractor shall include the provisions of this paragraph in every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontractor as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. Previous editions are obsolete form HUD-4010 (0&2009) Page 5 of 5 ref. Handbook 1344.1 END OF SECTION 385